PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL 



FRENCH GRAIMAR, 



SUPERIOR METHOD 



LEARNING FRENCH. 



f v 

BY FELIX J. B. KESTLER. 










LABOB OMNIA VINCIT. 



NEW-YORK: 
EOE LOCKVOOD & SON, 

SCHOOL BOOK DEPOSITORY, 
411 Broad way * 

1852* 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1852, by 

FELIX J. B. KESTLER, 

In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern 
District of New-York. 



Angell, Engel & Hewitt, 

Printers, 

No. 1 Spruce -St., N. Y. 



w 



PREFACE. 



The best method of learning a language thoroughly 
is certainly that which teaches practice and theory at 
the same time ; for theory without practice, as we 
have i>f Sj7 fT ^ old system, is not sufficient; nor is 
pi .ciice witnouL meory sufficient, as we have it in the 
n v system. 

Conformably to this, I have composed this method 

| combining practice with sound rules, so that any 

I ,olar of ordinary intelligence will be able to speak 

m/L to write the French language thoroughly in four 

uarters. It requires about two quarters to go through 
the First Part, which will enable the scholar to speak, 
read and write the French language well already, and 
to go through the Second Part, where all the rules of 
French Grammar are given in French, and explained 
very clearly, with practical exercises after each lesson, 
so that there will be a constant conversation between 
the teacher and the scholar; the former will put all 
his questions in French, and the latter will answer in 
the same language. 



IV PREFACE. 

One of the greatest difficulties in French is the dis- 
tinction of the masculine and feminine genders ; there 
the scholar always makes great blunders. In this me- 
thod he will find the way of knowing the gender of 
a noun by its termination. 

There are in French about 15,548 nouns, of which 
8,415 are masculine, and 7,133 feminine. As nearly 
half of them are feminine, it is very important to 
know how to distinguish them. There are about 650 
nouns ending in er, all masculine, except two : la mer ? 
the sea; une cuiller, a spoon. All nomis ending m 
5, £, d, <7, Z, <?, ^?, £, and 2, are masculine ; thus, in one 
minute, the learner will know the gender of a great 
many French nouns. 

The verbs are also arranged in a very easy man- 
ner. 

I give first a regular verb with a list of several other 
verbs of the same conjugation, with practical exercises 
on them. After that, I give all the irregular verbs of 
the same conjugation, so that the learner may easily 
see in what tenses and persons they are irregular ; l 
and not have them confused in his mind. Then, af- j 
ter each irregular verb, there is a list of all the irre- 
gular verbs conjugated after the same manner, with 
practical exercises after them. 



PREFACE. V 

The formation of the tenses is rendered so easy that 
the scholar will not have much difficulty in learning 
the irregular verbs. 

The past participle, which is so difficult to be com- 
prehended well in our language, even for natives, is 
fully explained in ten rules in the Second Part of this 
work, with practical exercises on them. 

An easy method of learning several thousand French 
words in ten minutes will be found in the First Part. 

Among the exceptions in the rules of the genders, 
I have omitted about twenty nouns, which will scarcely 
ever occur. 

F&LIX J. B. KESTLER. 



I. In the use of this method, let the scholar always 
learn the lesson well. 

II. Great advantage would be derived by writing all 
the exercises in a blank book, the French on one page 
and the English on the other, only one sentence in a 
line, with the translation opposite. 

ELI. Let the first lesson of the First Part, which 
teaches to read French, be known thoroughly. 



VI PREFACE. 

IY. Whenever the pupil meets with a sentence that 
has no question or no answer, let him compose the 
question or the answer. 

Y. After the exercises have been translated and 
spoken out aloud, the teacher saying the English and 
the pupil the French of all the exercises, and after 
the next lesson has been read with the teacher, in order 
that in studying his lesson the pupil may have the 
right pronunciation of all the words, if there is any 
time left, let there be as much conversation in French 
as possible, between the teacher and the pupil, in using 
all the words which the latter knows already, but espe- 
cially those of the lesson of the day. 



SUPERIOR METHOD 



OF 



TEACHING FRENCH. 



PAET I. 

PREMIERE LEgOK— First Lesson. 

The French Language is composed of twenty-five letters, viz. 
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, 

ah, bay, say, day, ay, f, zhay, ash, ee, zhee, kali, 1, m, n, o, pay, ku, 

R, S, T, U, V, X, Y Z. 

ayr, s, tay, eu, vay, eeks, ee-grayc, zeyd. 



VOWELS or SIMPLE SOUNDS. 

a," e, e, e, e, i, o, u, y. 
ah, uh, ai, ey, ey, ee, o, eu, ee. 



ba, pa, da, ta, ma, na, sa, ca, ca, ka; 

be, pe, de, te, me, ne, se, ce, que ; 

be, pe, de, te, me, ne, se, ce, que ; 

be, pe, de, te, me, ne, se, ce, que ; 

bi, pi, di, ti, mi, ni, si, ci, qui ; 

ty, py, dy, ty, my, ny, sy, cy, quy ; 

bo, po, do, to, mo, no, so, co, co, ko ; 

bu, pu, du, tu, mu, nu, su, cu, cu, ku : 



SOUNDS COMPOSED IN FORM. 


ai, aie, au, 


eau, 


ou, oi, eu, oeu ; 


a y» ay, o, 


o, 


oo, oo ah, uh, uh; 


an, en, 


on, 


un, in, oin. 


ang, ang, 


ong, 


ung, aing, oo-aing * 



* Let the scholar 'pronounce every one of the composed sounds by 
prefixing the consonants, 



DEUXIEME LEC0N. 



DEUXIEME LEgON.— Second Lesson. 



Vous. 






You. 


Vous avez. 






You have. 


Avez-vous ? 






Have you ? 


Je. 






I. 


Ai-je ? 






Havel? 


J'ai. 






I have. 


-The pronoun ye 


drops the e, when it i 


r with a vowel or h mute 




Le, masc. 
La, fern. 


\ 


The. 


Pain, m. 






Bread. 


Viande, f. 






Meat. 


Vin, m. 






Wine. 


Cafe, m. 






Coffee. 


The, in. 






Tea. 


Chocolat, m. 






Chocolate. 


Sucre, m. 






Sugar. 


Pomme, f. 






Apple. 


Poire, f. 






Pear. 


L'eau, f. 






The water. 



Obs, B. — L' stands for le or la before a vowel or h mute. 



Avez-vous le pain ? 

Oui, Monsieur, j'ai le pain. 

Ai-je Peau 1 

Vous avez la viande* 

J'ai le cafe. 



Have you the bread ? 
Yes, Sir, I have the bread. 
Have I the water ? 
You have the meat. 
I have the coffee. 



EXERCICE 1. 

* Avez-vous le pain 1 Oui, Monsieur, j'ai le pain. Avez-vous la 



* The letter s between two vowels, sounds like z: poison is pro- 
nounced poo-ah-zong. 

S and x at the end of a word, which is to be pronounced toith another 
word beginning with a vowel, have the sound of z : mes amis is pro- 
nounced mey z ah-me, and faux amis, fo z ah-me. 

When d is pronounced with the following word, it takes the sound of 
t : grand ami is pronounced grang t ah-me. 



TROISIIIME LE£ON. 3 

viande ? J'ai la viande. Ai-je le cafe ? Vous avez le cafe. Ai-je le 
vin ? Vous avez le vin. Avez-vous le sucre ? J'ai le sucre. Avez- 
vous le the? J'ai le sucre* Ai-je la poire? Vous avez la poire. 
Ai-je la pomme ? Oui, Monsieur, vous avez la pomme. Avez-vous 
le chocolat ? J'ai le chocolat. Avez-vous l'eau ? J'ai l'eau. Ai-je 
le vin ? Vous avez le vin. Avez-vous l'eau ? J'ai l'eau. Avez-vous 
le sucre ? Oui, Monsieur, j'ai le sucre. Vous avez le pain. J'ai la 
pomme. Avez-vous la poire ? J'ai la poire. Ai-je la viande ? Vous 
avez la viande. Ai-je l'eau 1 Vous avez l'eau. Vous avez le choco- 
lat. Avez-vous la poire ? J'ai la poire. Avez-vous la pomme ? J'ai 
la pomme. Ai-je le sucre ? Vous avez le sucre. Ai-je le vin ? Oui, 
Monsieur, vous avez le vin. Avez-vous la viande ? J'ai la viande. 

EXERCISE 2. 

Have I the apple ? Yes, Sir, you have the apple. Have you the 
meat? I have the meat. Have you the pear? I have the pear. 
Have I the water 1 You have the water. Have I the wine ? You 
have the wine. Have you the coffee ? I have the coffee. Have you 
the tea ? I have the tea. I have the sugar. Have you the chocolate ? 
I have the chocolate. Have you the bread ? I have the bread. Have 
I the meat ? You have the meat. Have I the wine ? You have the 
wine. I have the water. Have you the sugar ? Yes, Sir, I have the 
sugar. Have you the coffee ? I have the coffee. Have I the apple? 
You have the apple. Have you the bread ? I have the bread. You 
have the meat. Have I the water ? You have the water. Have you 
the pear ? I have the pear. 



TROISIEME LEgOK— Third Lesson. 



Nous. 

Nous avons. 
Avons-nous ? 



We. 

We have. 
Have we? 



Adjectives must be of the same gender and number as the noun to 
which they relate. 

An adjective is made feminine by adding e mute to the masculine 
as: 



Mauvais, mauvaise. 
Grand, grande. 
Petit, petite, 



Bad. 

Great, big, large, tall. 
Small, little. 



TROISIEIME LEgON. 



Habit, m. 


Coat. 


Chapeau, m. 


Hat. 


Robe, f. 


Dress, 


Bon, bonne. 


| Good. 


Et. 


And. 


Ou. 


Or. 


Mon, m. Ma, f. 


My. 


Notre. 


Our. 


Votre. 


Your. 



FRENCH GENDERS. 

There are in French about 15,548 nouns, of which 8,415 are mas- 
culine, and 7,133 feminine. 

A. — Nouns ending in a, are masculine ; as : 



Un sofa. 
Un agenda. 
Le quinquina. 
Le cholera. 
Le pacha. 
Mon Moka. 



A sofa. 

A memorandum-book. 

The Peruvian bark. 

The cholera. 

The pacha. 

My Mocha coffee. 



Except la sepia, the sepia ; la vinula, vinula ; and la talpa, tumor ; 
which are feminine. 



EXERCICE 3. 

Avons-nous votre habit ? Vous avez mon habit. Avez-vous ma 
robe ? J'ai votre robe et votre petit chapeau. Ai-je l'habit ? Vous 
avez l'habit. Avons-nous votre grand sofa? Vous avez notre grand 
sofa. Avez-vous notre bon ou notre mauvais vin 1 Nous avons votre 
bon vin? Ai-je votre petit agenda? Vous avez mon grand agenda. 
Avons-nous votre bon pain ou votre mauvaise viande? Vous avez 
mon bon pain. Avez-vous le bon ou 1© mauvais sue re ? J'ai le bon 
sucre et la mauvaise pomme. Avez-vous ma bonne petite poire ? J'ai 
votre bonne petite poire. Avons-nous votre bon moka ? Vous avez 
mon bon moka et ma bonne eau. Avez-vous ma robe ? J'ai votre 
robe et votre grand chapeau. Ai-je votre bon cafe ou votre mauvais 
chocolat? Vous avez mon bon chocolat et ma mauvaise viande. 
Avez-vous le quinquina? Oui, monsieur, j'ai le quinquina. J'ai 
l'habit. 



QUATRIEME LE£ON. 



EXERCISE 4. 

Have I your large hat 1 You have my small hat. Have you my 
good coffee or my bad bread ? We have your good coffee and your bad 
bread. Have you my little dress ? I have your little dress. Have 
we your good meat or your good wine 1 You have our good meat. 
Have you our good tea or our bad water 1 I have your good water. 
Have we your little sofa 1 You have our large sofa. Have I the 
water or the Peruvian bark ? You have the water and the Peruvian 
bark. Have you our good Mocha coffee % We have your good Mocha 
coffee and your bad sugar. Have you my memorandum-book ? Yes, 
Sir, I have your memorandum-book. Have I the coat ? You have 
the coat ana the gown. Have we the good chocolate? You have 
the good chocolate and the good meat. 



QUATRlfiME LE£ON.— Fourth Lesson. 



II. 

Elle. 
II a. 

A-t-il? 
Elle a. 
A-t-elle? 



He, it. 
She, it. 
He has. 
Has he ? 
She has. 
Has she? 



Obs. A. — The letter -t- in a-i-il and a-t-elle is used for euphony 
sa, f. 



Son, m. 
Joli-e. 
Vilain-e. 
Beau, bel, m. 



belle, f. 



His, her. its. 
Pretty. 

Ugly. 

Fine, beautiful, handsome. 



Obs. B. — Bel must be used instead of beau, before a noun mas- 
culine singular commencing with a vowel or h mute ; as, bel arbre y 
fine tree ; bel habit, fine coat. 

His or her paper. 

His or her book. 

His or her pen. 

His or her table. 

Ink. 

Inkstand. 

Slate. 

Pencil. 

Desk. 

Chair. 



Son papier. 




Son livre. 




Sa plume. 




Sa table. 




Encre, 


f. 


Encrier, 


m. 


Ardoise, 


f. 


Crayon, 


m. 


Pupitre, 


m. 


Chaise, 


f. 



6 QUATRI&ME LE$Otf. 

Obs. C. — Son must be used instead of sa, before a noun feminine 
singular commencing with a vowel : as, son encre instead of sa encre ; 
son eau instead of sa eau. 



Quel, m. quelle, f. 

De. 

Du, m. de la, f. 



Which or what. 

Of, from. 

Of the, some or any. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
All nouns designating males, are masculine ; as, 

Man. 

Father. 

Physician. 

All nouns designating females, are feminine ; as, 



Homme. 
Pere. 

Medecin. 



Femme. Woman. 

Mere. Mother. 



B. — All nouns ending in b, are masculine ; as, 
Le plomb. ] The lead. 



EXERCICE 5. 

L'homme a le crayon et la plume de ma mere. A-t-il le bel habit 
de mon pere ? II a le bel habit de votre pere et le beau pupitre du 
medecin. A-t-il le bel encrier de la femme ? II a le bel encrier de la 
femme et la jolie chaise du pere. Quel encrier avez-vous? J'ai 
votre joli encrier. Quelle plume ai-je? Vous avez ma bonne plume. 
Ma mere a sa belle robe et son petit chapeau. A-t-elle son papier et 
sa plume ? Elle a son papier, sa plume et son encre. Quelle table 
a-t-elle ? Elle a sa grande table. A-t-elle mon ardoise ou ma petite 
chaise ? Elle a votre belle ardoise et votre petite chaise. Avons- 
nous votre vilain chapeau % Vous avez mon vilain chapeau et ma 
jolie robe. Ai-je du plomb ? Vous avez du plomb. Avez-vous le 
plomb du medecin ou le livre de la femme ? Nous avons le livre de 
la femme. Avons-nous sa pomme ou sa poire ? Vous avez sa 
pomme, sa poire, son papier et son eau. Ai-je de la viande ? Vous 
avez de la viande et du vin. Quel crayon avez-vous ? J'ai votre beau 
crayon. Quelle chaise avons-nous ? Vous avez la jolie chaise de 
mon pere. Avez-vous le beau sofa de la femme ? Nous avons le 
beau sofa de la femme et le joli agenda du pacha. J'ai du pain, du 
vin, de la viande et de l'eau. 



CINQUIEME LEgON. 



EXERCISE 6. 

Which inkstand have you ? I have the large inkstand of my father. 
Have you his pen or his ink ? I have his pen, his ink and his fine 
coat. Which chair have we ? You have the fine little chair of my 
mother. Have we her beautiful dress or her pretty memorandum- 
book ? You have her pretty memorandum-book and her ugly chair. 
The physician has the good ink of my father. Has he the good 
Mocha coffee of the woman ? He has the good Mocha coffee of the 
woman and the little slate of my father. Which pencil have I ? You 
have the fine pencil of our mother. Have I her fine little desk or her 
ugly table? You have her fine little desk. Have I her fine or her 
ugly inkstand] You have her fine inkstand. Which paper have we? 
You have the good paper of my mother. Have we her pretty book ? 
You have her pretty book and her fine inkstand Have you my slate ? 
I have your slate. Have you any bread 1 We have some bread, 
(repeat some before each noun,) tea, coffee, chocolate, wine and water. 
Have I a pretty hat ? You have a pretty hat and a fine coat. 

EXERCISE 7. 

My father has your pretty little pen and your large slate. Has he 
my pencil or my good ink 2 He has your good ink. Has he ray fine 
coat or my little chair ? He has your little chair and your fine ink- 
stand. Have you his water or his table 1 I have his water and his 
slate. Which desk have you ? I have the desk of my mother. Have 
you her pear or her meat ? I have her meat and her coffee. Have we 
any chocolate ] We have some chocolate. Have you any water 1 
Yes, Sir, I have some water and some wine. Have I any meat ? You 
have some meat. Which sugar have you ? I have the good sugar 
of the man. The woman has some good lead. Has she the fine 
pencil of the physician or the bad tea of my father ? She has the 
good tea of your father and the fine inkstand of the man. Have you 
any ink 1 We have some ink and paper. 

CINQUIEME LECOK— Fifth Lesson. 



lis, m. ) _. 

Elles, f. \ The y- 

ElleTont. \ ThQ y have * 

0nt - ils? \ u «L 1 

Ont-elles? \ Ha ™ they ? 



Obs. A. — In French, when the subject or nominative of an interro- 



8 



CINQUIEME LE£ON. 



gative proposition is a noun, this noun must stand before the verb, 
and the personal pronouns il, elle, &c., must be placed after the verb ; 



Mon frere a-t-il ? 

Ma soeur a-t-elle sa robe ? 

Les hommes ont-ils du pain? 

Quel sucre les femmes ont-elles? 

Votre pere a-t-il de bon vin ? 

Les freres. 

Mes soeurs. 



Has my brother ? 
Has my sister her dress 1 
Have the men any bread ? 
Which sugar have the women. 
Has your father any good wine ? 

The brothers. \ 

My sisters. 



Obs B. — The plural number of French nouns, adjectives and pro- 
nouns, is generally formed by adding an s to the singular. 



Les jo lis sofas. 
Mes bons livres. 
Nos mauvaises plumes. 
Vos grandes tables. 



The pretty sofas. 
My good books. 
Our bad pens. 
Your large tables. 



Singular. 


Plural 




Le, la, 


les. 


The. 


Du, de la, 


des. 


Of the, some or any 


Mon, ma, 


mes. 


My. 


Son, sa, 


ses. 


His, her, its. 


Notre, 


nos. 


Our. 


Votre, 


vos. 


Your. 



Obs. C. — Some or any before an adjective is expressed in French 



by de, and not by du, de la, des; as : 



Ai-je de bon from age ? 

Vous avez de bons crayons. 

Le m deem a-t-il de bonnes 

plumes ? 
II a de bonne encre. 
Nous avons d'cxcellent cafe. 



Have I any good cheese ? 
You have some good pencils 
Has the physician any good pensl 

He. has some good ink. 

We have some excellent Coffee. 



Pai les chaises des hommes. 
J'ai des livres. 



I have the chairs of the men. 
I have some books. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
C. — All nouns ending in c, are masculine ; as : 

Le sac. The bag, or sack. 



CINQUIEJME LEgON. 



Le lac. 


The lake. 


Du tabac. 


Some tobacco. 


Le bee. 


The beak, the bill. 


Le Grec. 


The Greek. 


Le due. 


The duke. 


Du pore. 


Some pork. 


Du sue. 


Some juice, gravy. 


EXERCICE 8„ 



Vos freres ont-ils de bons livres 1 lis ont de mauvais livres. 
Avez-vous les jolis crayons des Grecs. Nous avons les jolis crayons 
des Grecs. Les femmes ont-elles des pommes et des poires ? Elles 
ont des pommes et des poires. Quelles plumes vos soeurs ont-elles ? 
Elles ont vos belles plumes. Le due a-t-il du tabac ? II a du tabac 
et du vin. Mes freres ont-ils de bonne viande ? lis ont de bonne 
viande et de bonnes pommes. Avez-vous notre pupitre ou nos 
chaises ? J'ai vos belles petites chaises. Quels sacs l'homme a-t-il ? 
II a les sacs de la femme. Mon pere a-t-il l'encrier de votre soeur % 
II a l'encrier de ma soeur et les ardoises des Grecs. Quel pore 
l'homme a-t-il ? II a le mauvais pore de la femme. Quelle encre ma 
soeur a-t-elle ? Elle a la bonne encre de son pere. Votre frere a-t-il 
le grand chapeau de l'homme % Oui, Monsieur, il a le grand chapeau 
de l'homme et le mauvais fromage de ma soeur. 

EXERCISE 9. 

Has our mother any water ? She has some water. Has the man 
any cheese ? He has some cheese. Have the women any meat % 
Yes, Sir, they have some pork. Have the physicians any paper? 
They have some paper. Have we the coats of your brothers ? You 
have the coats of the men. Have the Greeks any pears ? They have 
pears, apples, good coffee, and excellent chocolate (put some before 
every noun). Has the duke any good wine % He has goo^wine and 
excellent bread. Have your brothers any tobacco ? Th^pave some 
excellent tobacco. Have our sisters any fine dresses V They have 
fine dresses. Which inkstands has your good mother ? She has the 
fine inkstands of the physicians. Have I your fine hat or your pretty 
memorandum-book? You have my fine hat. Has the handsome 
woman your ]arge slate? She has my large slate. Has the hand- 
some man any pencils ? Yes, Sir, he has some beautiful pencils. 
Has your little sister my fine inkstand. She has your fine inkstand 
and your good pens. 

EXERCISE 10. 

Which lead has your father ? He has your lead. Has my little 
brother any bread ? He has some bread and cheese. Have I the fine 



10 



SIX1&ME LEgON". 



gowns of your good mother ? You have the fine gowns of my good 
mother. Have I her chocolate or her meat ? You have her chocolate. 
Has your father's sister (say the sister of your father) any large 
tables % She has some large tables. Has your mother's brother any 
fine chairs % He has some fine chairs and a little sofa. Which pens 
have our brothers 1 They have our good pens. Have you my sister's 
inkstands ? I have her inkstands. Have you any apples ? I have 
some apples. Has your father any good apples? He has some good 
apples. Have your sisters any meat ? They have some meat. Have 
the physicians any ink ? They have some ink. Have you any good 
pens ? I have some good pens. Have I your fine coat ? You have 
my fine coat. 



SIXlfiME LEgOK— Sixth Lesson. 


Leur, leurs. 




Their. 


Ou. 




Or. 


Oii? 




Where, whither, where to ? 


Ici, y. 




Here, hither. 


Y. 




There, thither, to it, in it, at it, 


La. 




There, thither. 


Dans. 




In, into. 


Obs. A, — Y, there, 


always stands before the verb. 


Est. 




Is. 


11 est ; elle est. 




He is ; she is. 


Est-il; est-elle? 




Is he ? is she ? 


lis sont ; elles sont. 




They are. 


Votre frere est-il ici? 




Is your brother here ? 


11 y est. 




He is (here). 


Mes livres sont-ils sui 


• la table 1 


Are my books on the table 1 


lis y sont. \ 




They are (on it). 


Le medecijtf&fc-il la ? 




Is the physician there ? 


11 y est. ^9 




He is (there). 


Sur. 




On, upon. 


A la maison. 




Home, at home. 


Un, une. 




A, an, one. 


Un fils. 




A son. 


Une fille. 




A daughter, girl. 


De l'argent. 




Some money or silver. 



Obs. B. — Some or any is expressed in French by de V before a 
noun singular beginning with a vowel or h mute. 



SIXI^ME LE£ON. 



11 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
D. — All nouns ending in d are masculine ; as : 



Le bord. 


The border. 


Le hasard. 


Chance. 


Du lard. 


Some bacon. 


Un homard. 


A lobster. 


Un brouillard. 


A fog, mist. 


Le Nord. 


North. 


Le Sud. 


South. 


Marchand. 


Merchant, storekeeper. 


Vieillard. 


Old man. 


Aussi. 


Also, too. 


EXERC 


ICE 11. 



Le marchand est-il a la maison ? II y est . Ou est le vieillard ? 
II est a la maison. Y est-il ? II y est. Vos soeurs sont elles-ici ? 
Elles n'y sont pas. Ou est votre encrier 1 II est sur la table. Vos 
plumes y sont-elles aussi ? Elles y sont aussi. Avez-vous de Penere ? 
Nous avons de Ten ere. Ai-je de Fargent ? Vous avez de Fargent. 
Vos filles ont-elles du homard 1 Elles ont du homard. Le crayon 
de votre fils est-il sur le sofa ? II y est. Ses plumes y sont-elles 
aussi 1 Elles y sont aussi. Avez-vous les encriers de vos fils ! J'ai 
leurs encriers et j'ai aussi leur papier. Les filles du medecin ont-elles 
de Fargent ? Elles ont de Fargent. Ont-elles aussi de Feau et du 
pain ? Elles ont aussi de Feau et du pain. La jolie robe de votre 
soaur est-elle sur la chaise ? Elle y est. Votre petit chapeau et votre 
bel habit sont-ils sur le sofa? lis y sont. Le marchand a-t-il de bon 
vin ? II a de mauvais vin. Votre mere et vos soeurs sont-elles a la 
"maison ? Elles y sont et mon pere y est aussi. Le vieillard a-t-il de 
bon tabac 1 II a de bon tabac et d'excellent vin. Avons-nous du lard 
ou du homard ? Nous avons du lard et du homard. Votre plume et 
votre encrier sont-ils sur la grande table 1 lis y sont. Vos fils et 
vos filles ont^ils des pommes % lis ont de bonnes pommes, et ils ont 
aussi d'excellentes poires. Ou est le lard 1 II est sur la petite table. 
Le homard y est-il aussi ? II y est aussi. Quel agenda la femme a- 
t-elle ? Elle a votre joli agenda. L'homme a-t-il du lard ? II a du 
lard et du pain. Ai-je de la viande ? Vous avez de la viande, et vous 
avez aussi d'excellent chocolat. Le marchand a-t-il de Fargent ? Ha 
de Fargent. Votre mere a-t-elle de Fencre ? Elle a de l'cncre. 



12 SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



EXERCISE 12. 



Have your daughters their fine dresses ? They have their fine 
dresses, and they have also their good coffee. Is the physician's mother 
at home ? She is (there). Are your sisters at home 1 They are. 
Where is your small pencil ? It is on the table. Are your pens on it 
too ? They are. Is the merchant here ? Yes, Sir, he is. Has the 
woman any good bacon ? She has bad bacon. Are your sons there ? 
They are. Has the old man any bread and cheese ? He has some 
good bread and excellent cheese. Where are your sons ? They are 
at home. Is your little sister at home too? She is (there) too. 
Have your brothers any good tea and chocolate at home? They have 
good cheese and excellent chocolate (there). Has the man any ba- 
con ? He has bacon and bread. Is my beautiful inkstand on your 
desk ? It is. Where is my daugther ? She is here. Where are my 
good sisters'? They are at home. Is my mother at home too ? She 
is. Which money have the merchants? They have their money. 
Have I your silver? You have .my silver, and you have also my 
lead. Has the old man any money? He has some money. Are 
your father and (your) mother at home ? They are. 

EXERCISE 13. 

Where is your fine inkstand ? It is on my ^desk. Has your little 
daughter any money in her bag ? She has some money in it. Has 
she any apples and pears in it too ? She has some apples and pears 
in it too. Which slates have your sons? They have their small 
slates. Are your sisters' books in their desks ? They are in it. 
Have the Greeks any tobacco ? They have some tobacco. Are your 
sisters at home? They are. Has the physician any good ink in his 
inkstand? Yes, Sir. Has he any Peruvian bark? He has some Pe- 
ruvian bark. Have the women any pork ? They have some pork. 
Where is the old man's bacon ? It is on the table. Is his bread on 
it too? It is. Which coats has the duke? He has his coats. Are 
your mother's fine gowns on my chair ? They are. Where is your 
father ? He is at home. 



SEPTIEME LEgON.— Seventh Lesson. 



Qui? 

Qui a? 

Que? 

Qu'avez-vous ? 

L'Allemand qu'a-t-il ? 

Les Francais qu'ont-ils? 



Who, whom ? 

Who has ? 

What? 

What have you ? 

What has the German ? 

What have the French ? 



SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



13 



Obs. — Nouns ending in the singular with s, x, or z, do not change 
in the plural ; as, 

The Frenchman, the Frenchmen. 
The Englishman, the English. 
The nose, the noses. 



Le Francais, les Francais. 
L' Anglais, les Anglais. 
Le nez, les nez. 
Une noix, des noix. 



A walnut, walnuts. 



Le, la, 1' 

Les, 

Avez-vous le riz ? 

Qui, Monsieur, je l'ai 

L'avez-vous ? 
L'a-t-il ? 
Nous les avons. 
Les ont-ils ? 



(before the verb.) t 



It. 

Them. 

Have you the rice ? 

Yes, Sir, I have it. 

Have you it ? 

Has he it? 

We have them. 

Have they them 1 



Ne- 



— pas. 

N'avez-vous pas le lard ? 
Non, Madame, je ne l'ai pas. 
Votre garcon n'a-t-il pas mes sacs? 
Non, Mademoiselle, il ne les a pas. 
Nous n'avons pas. lis n'ont pas. 



Not. 

Have you not the bacon ? 
No, Madam, I have it not. 
Has not your boy my bags ? 
No, Miss, he has them not. 
We have not. They have not. 



Ne- 



-pas de (before a noun). 



Je n'ai pas de pain. 
N'avez-vous pas d'argent. 
Eile n'a pas de livres. 



No, not any. 

I have no bread. 

Have you no money, or silver 1 

She has not any books. 



EXERCICE 14. 

Avez-vous mon eau 1 Non, Madame, je ne l'ai pas. Qui l'a? 
Votre frere l'a. L'Allemand a-t-il mon petit agenda? Non, Made- 
moiselle, il ne l'a pas. L'avez-vous? Je l'ai. Les Francais n'ont- 
ils pas de riz ? lis n'ont pas de riz. Qu'ont-ils ? lis ont cTexcellent 
vin. Ont-ils aussi de bon cafe ? lis n'ont pas de cafe. Qu'avez-vous ? 
J'ai de belles ardoises et de bonnes plumes. L' Anglais qu'a-t-il 1 II 
a des noix. N'a-t-il pas de vin? II n'a pas de vin. Qui a nos grands 
pupitres ? Les x\llemands les ont. Les medecins ont-ils de bon pa- 
pier? lis n'ont pas de bon papier. Qu'ont-ils? lis ont de 1'argent. 
Qu'ai-je ? Vous avez les petites chaises des marchands et les grandes 
tables du vieillard. Avons-nous les pommes? Vous les avez et vous 
avez aussi les poires et la mauvaise viande, Votre pere n'est-il pas 



14 HUITIEME LE£ON. 

a la maison ? Non, Madame, il n'y est pas. Les crayons de vos 
soeurs sont-ils sur la table ? Leurs crayons ny sont pas, mais (but) 
leurs encriers y sont. Ou est votre mere ? Elle est a la maison. 
Qu'avons-nous ? Vous avez une bonne plume. N'avons-nous pas 
de bon pain ? Vous n'avez pas de bon pain, mais vous avez d'excellent 
the. 

EXERCISE 15. 

What have you ? I have a beautiful dress. Has the Greek my 
little bag? He has it not. What has the duke ? He has some good 
tobacco ? Has the Englishman the good walnuts of the Frenchman? 
He has them not. Who has the lead of the German ? The merchant 
has it. What has the old man ? He has the big lobster of the woman. 
Has your little sister my slate? She has it. Have the men their 
inkstands ? They have them not. What have the Germans ? They 
have good sugar. Have the English any good wine ? They have no 
wine, but they have good rice. Have your sisters my pretty hat ? 
No, Madam, they have it not. Has your brother any ink? No, Miss, 
he has no ink, but he has some good pens and (repeat some good) 
pencils. Have you not my coat ? No, Sir, I have it not. Is my 
paper on the table ? It is not (there). Are your brothers at home] 
They are not. 



HUITlfeME LECOK— Eighth Lesson. 



Quelque chose. 

Ne rien. 

Avez-vous quelque chose ? 
Je n'ai rien. 

A-t-il quelque chose de beau ? 
Elle n'a rien de joli. 
Qu'avez-vous de bon ? 



Something, anything. 
Nothing, not anything. 
Have you anything? 
I have nothing. 
Has he any thing fine ? 
She has nothing pretty. 
What have you good ? 



Obs. A. — Something, nothing, and what must be followed in French 
by de before an adjective, as may be seen in the above examples. 

But. 



Mais. 
Quelqu'un. 

Personne ne. 

Quelqu'un a-t-il mon riz 1 
Personne ne l'a. 



Somebody, some one, anybody 
any one. 

Nobody, no one, not any one. 
Has any one my rice ? 
Nobody has it. 



Obs. B. — Nouns ending in au or eu, take an x in the plural 
Le chapeau, les chapeaux. | The hat, the hats. 



HUITIEME LE£ON. 



15 



Un marteau, des marteaux 
Mon neveu, mes neveux. 



Ce, cet (bsfore a vowel or 

mute,) m. 
Cette, f. 
Ces, m. and f. 
Ce charpentier. 
Cet enfant. 

Cette dame. Cette demoiselle. 
Cousin, m. cousine, f. 
Niece. 



1 A hammer, hammers. 
I My nephew, my nephews. 



h) 



This, that. 

These, those. 

This carpenter. 

That child. 

This lady. That young lady. 

Cousin. 

Niece. 



Continuation of the French Genders* 
E. — Nouns ending in e, without being in te, are masculine : as, 



Ble. 
De, 

Conge. 

Marche. 

Pre. 



Wheat or corn in general. 
Thimble, die. 
Holy day. 
Market, bargain. 
Meadow. 



Except la pitie, pity; une amitie, a friendship; une inimitie, a 
hatred ; and la moitie, the half which are feminine. 



EXERCICE 16. 

Avez-vous quelque chose ? Je n'ai rien. Avez-vous quelque chose 
de bon ? Nous avons quelque chose de bon. Qu'avez-vous de beau ? 
Nous avons un beau livre, un beau crayon, un bel encrier et une belle 
table. Votre cousin a-t-il des enfants? Non, Madame, il n'a pas 
d'enfants. Ma cousine a-t-elle de beaux chapeaux ? Elle n'a pas de 
beaux chapeaux, mais elle a une belle robe. Ou est la niece du me- 
decin ? Elle est a la maison. Les charpentiers ont-ils des marteaux. 
lis n'ont pas de marteaux, mais ils ont du ble. Cette dame a-t-elle une 
niece 1 Oui, Mademoiselle, elle a une niece. Vos neveux sont-ils 
a la maison? lis n'y sont pas. Cette Demoiselle a-t-elle conge? 
Elle a conge. Cet homme a-t-il votre de ? II Pa. Ce medecin a-t-il 
vos belles ardoises 1 II les a, et il a aussi mon beau pupitre et mon 
bel encrier. Quelqu'un a-t-il vos vilaines chaises ? Non, Monsieur, 
personne ne les a. Votre pere a-t-il de grands pres? Mon pere n'a 
pas de pres. Avez vous la moitie de ma pomme ? Je n'ai pas 
la moitie de votre pomme, mais j'ai la moitie de la poire de cette 



16 



NEUVI&ME LEfON. 



demoiselle. Vos nieces ont-elles pitie de ces filles? Non, Madame, 
mais elles ont pitie de cette femme. Qui a de l'amitie pour (for) 
votre niece] Nous n'avons pas d'inimitie. J'ai grande pitie de ce 
vieillard el de cet enfant. 

EXERCISE 17. 

Has any one my nephew's fine inkstand 1 Nobody has his fine ink- 
stand, but somebody has his large hats. Who has them ? The En- 
glishman has them. Have the Germans any good wheat? They 
have some good wheat, but they have no good wine. Has your niece 
anything pretty? She has something pretty. What have the car- 
penters good 1 They have some good hammers. Have your good 
cousins (lnasc.) any fine hats ? Yes, Miss, they have some fine hats. 
What has this merchant pretty? He has nothing pretty; he has 
something ugly. Have these ladies anything handsome ? Yes, Madam, 
they have some pretty dresses. Has my cousin (fem.) anything ugly? 
She has nothing ugly, but she has something pretty. Has that man 
a large meadow? No, Sir, he has a small meadow? Who has the 
thimble of this young lady ? My niece has it. Have we holiday ? 
We have holiday. Has anybody the half of my meat ? Nobody has 
the half of your meat, but somebody has the half of your coffee. 
Have the French anything good? They have something good. What 
have they good ? They have some good wine. Has the German 
your bags ? The German has them not, but the Englishman has 
them. What have the English good ? They have some good lead. 
Are your sisters at home? They are. Is my slate on the table ? It 
is not. Where is it ? It is on the desk. Are our fine hats on the 
sofa % They are. 



NEUVIEME LECON.— Ninth Lesson, 



Au marche. 
De quel genre? 
Masculin. Feminin. 
Excepte. Termine. 

En. 



To, or at the market. 
Of what gender ? 
Masculine. Feminine. 
Except. Terminated or ending. 
In. 



J'ai, / have. 

Tu as, thou hast. 

11 ou elle a, he or she has. 

Nous avons, we have, 

Vous avez, you have. 

lis ou elles ont, they have. 



Je n'ai pas, I have not. 

Tu n'as pas, thou hast not. 

11 n'a pas, he has not. 

Nous n'avons pas, we have not 

Vous n'avez pas, you have not 

lis n'ont pas, they have not. 



NEUVIEME LECON. 



17 



Ai-je? have I? 
As-tu ? hast thou ? 
A-t-il ? fea s fee ? 
A-t-elle ? fe# s sfee ? 



N'ai-je pas ? feate / ?io?! ? 
N'as-tu pas ? feas£ *feow noZ ? 
N'a-t-il pas ? Tias fee not ? 
N'a-t-elle pas 1 feas sfee no£ ? 



Ton, m., ta, f., tes, pi. 
Celui, m. 
Celle, f. 
Ceux, m. 
Celles, f. 
Ne — ni, ni. 
II n'a ni le pain ni le vin. 



Thy. 

That or the one. 

Those. 

Neither, nor. 

He has neither the bread nor 
the wine. 



Le mien, m., la mienne, f., les miens, m. pi., les miennes, f. pi., mine. 

Le tien, m., la tienDe, f., les tiens, m. pi., les tiennes, f. pi., thine. 

Le sien, m., la sienne, f., les siens, m. pi., les siennes, f. pi., his, hers, its, 

Le notre, m., la notre, f., les notres, pi. m. and f., ours, our own. 

Le votre, in., la votre, f., les votres, pi. m. and f., yours. 

Le leur, m., la leur, f., les leurs, pi. m. and f., theirs, their own. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 



Te- — Nouns ending in te, are feminine; as, 



La beaute, beauty. 
La bonte, goodness. 
La docilite, docility. 
La fid elite, fidelity. 
La gaiete, gaiety. 



La sante, 
La piete, 
La sensibilite, 
La simplicite, 
La vivacite, 



health. 

piety. 

sensibility. 

simplicity. 

vivacity. 



Except l'ete, summer ; un traite, a treaty ; du veloute, some velvet 
lace; un pate, a meat pie ; le cote, the side; un comte, a county; le 
comite, the committee; and le benidicite, 2fee prayers before meals; 
which are masculine. 



EXERCICE 18. 

Votre mere est-elle au marche ? Elle y est. Le due a-t-il une 
bonne sante ? II n'a pas une bonne sante. Cette demoiselle a-t-elle 
de la gaiete ? Elle n'a pas de gaiete. As-tu mon ardoise ou ma 
plume ? Je n'ai ni ton ardoise ni ta plume. Vos enfants ont-ils mes 
des ou ceux du marchand ? lis n'ont ni les votres ni ceux du mar- 



18 DIXIEJME LEpON. 

chand ; ils ont ceux de cet homme. Votre fille a-t-elle sa chaise ou 
celle de cette femme 1 Elle n'a ni la sienne ni celle de cette femme, 
mais elle a celle de sa soeur. Cette demoiselle a-t-elle du veloute sur 
son chapeau ? Non, Madame. As-tu un bon pate 1 Je n'ai pas de 
pate. Qu'avons-nous de bon ? Nous n'avons rien de bon. Ton 
cousin a-t-il quelque chose de beau ou de vilain ? 11 n'a rien de beau 
ni de vilain. Avez-vous mon the ou celui de mon pere 1 Je n'ai ni 
le votre ni celui de votre pere. Quel livre ai-je 1 Vous avez celui 
de ma soeur. Votre frere a-t-il celui de ma cousine 1 Non, Made- 
moiselle, il ne l'a pas. Avez-vous ma jolie robe ? Je n'ai pas la votre, 
mais j'ai la mienne. Quelles pommes votre mere a-t-elle ? Elle a les 
votres, les siennes et les miennes. Vos tils ont-ils leurs crayons ou 
les notres ? Ils n'ont ni les votres ni les leurs. De quel genre sont 
les substantifs termines en d 1 Les substantifs termines en d sont 
masculins. 

EXERCISE 19. 

Which sugar have we ? You have that of my sister. Have your 
cousins (fern.) their mother's fine velvet lace ? They have not that 
of their mother ; they have their own. Has your daughter your ink 
or mine ? She has neither yours nor mine, but she has that of the 
physician. Where is your sister ? She is at the market. Are your 
sisters there too ? Yes, Sir, they are there too. Have you not the 
large meat pie. I have it not, but my brothers have it. Has your 
son a good health? He has a good health. Has my father his slate 
or that of the carpenter ? He has neither his nor that of the carpenter, 
but he has that of the old man. Of what gender are nouns ending 
in b, c, d ? They are masculine. Is your sister at home ? She is 
not. Where is she ! She is at the market. Are my pens and pen- 
cils on the desk ? They are. Has not that man a fine meadow ? He 
has no fine meadow, but he has a large table. Of what gender are 
nouns ending in a ? They are masculine, except sepia, vinula, and 
lalpa. Have my nephews your ink or mine 1 They have neither 
yours nor mine ; they have their own. Has our niece your beautiful 
dress or that of this young lady 1 She has neither mine nor that of 
this young lady, but she has her own. Have you our coffee ? We 
have not yours, but ours. Have your children anything pretty 1 
They have nothing pretty. Hast thou any hats ? I have no hats, but 
I have some fine coats. 



DIXIEME LECON.— Tenth Lesson. 



Mon, m. 


ma, f. 


mes, pi. m. and f. 


my. 


Ton, m. 


ta, f. 


tes, pi. m. and f. 


thy. 


Son, m. 


sa, f. 


ses, pi. m. and f. 


his, her, its. 



DIXIEME LEgON. 



19 



Notre, sing. 
Votre, sing. 
Leur, sing. 



Lequel, m., laquelle, f. 
Lesquels, m., lesquelles, f. 



Plat, m. dish. 
Assiette, f. plate. 
Fourchette, f. fork. 
Cuiller, f. spoon. 



nos, pi. 
vos, pi. 
leurs, pi. 



your, 
their. 



Which one. 
Which ones, which. 



Tasse, f. cup. 
Soucoupe, f. saucer. 
Couteau, m. knife. 
Verre, in. glass. 



Nouns ending in al, change that syllable into aux in the plural ; as : 

Le cheval, les chevaux. The horse, the horses. 

Le general, les generaux. j The general, the generals. 

Except bal, hall ; cal, callosity ; carnaval, carnival ; regal, entertain- 
ment ; pal, pale, which take an s. 



Au bal. 
Au theatre. 
Au concert. 
A Topera italien. 



Eu-e, had. 
Achete-e, bought. 
Perdu-e, lost. 



To, or at the ball. 
To, or at the theatre. 
To, or at the concert. 
To the Italian opera. 



Ete, been. 
Vendu-e, sold. 
Vu-e, seen. 



Obs. When the past participle, conjugated with the auxiliary to 
have is preceded by its accusative, it must agree with it in gender and 
number. 



Ou avez-vous vu mes soeurs ? 
Je les ai vues a l'opera. 



Where have you seen my sisters'? 
I have seen them at the opera. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
-Nouns ending in /are masculine ; as : 



Un cerf, a stag. 
Un ceuf, an egg. 
D\i suif, some tallow. 



Le boeuf, the ox, the beef. 

Le chef, the chief 

Un veuf, a widower, <J*c. 



20 DIXIEME LE£ON. 

Except la clef, the key ; la nef, the body of a church, and la soif, 
thirst, which are feminine. 



EXERCICE 20. 

Ces femmes qu'ont-elles achete ! Elles ont achete un plat, une 
assiette et un couteau. Avez-vous en raes belles tasses et mes pe- 
tites soucoupes? Je les ai eues. Votre bonne mere a-t-elle ete an 
theatre ? Elle y a ete. Ou avez-vous vu mes fils ? Nous les avons 
vus a l'opera francais. Ces dames ont-elles achete quelque chose de 
beau? Non, Monsieur, elles n'ont rien achete de beau. Ou sont les 
oeufs que j'ai achetes? lis sont la but la table. Cet homrne a-t-il 
perdu sa clef? II ne l'a pas perdue, mais il a perdu ses beaux cou- 
teaux et son bel encrier. Ces demoiselles ont-elles ete au bal ou au 
concert? Elles n'ont ete ni au bal ni au concert, mais elles ont ete 
au theatre. Le veuf a-t-il ton ardoise? Non, Madame, il ne l'a pas. 
De quel genre sont les substantifs termines en fl Les substantifs 
termines en /sont masculins, excepte la soif, la nef et une clef qui 
sont feminins. Le general italien a-t-il vendu ses chevaux ? II les a 
vendus. Avez-vous un verre de vin ? J'ai un verre de vin. Les cou- 
teaux sont ils sur la grande table? lis y sont, et les belles cuillers y 
sont aussi. Qui a ma fourchette ? Ma cousine l'a. Avez-vous le 
cafe ou le chocolat? Je n'ai ni le cafe ni le chocolat. Ton cousin 
a-t-il la clef? Laquelle ? La petite. 

EXERCISE 21. 

Has that widow (veuve) any tallow? She has no tallow, but she 
has some good beef. Where are the oxen of the old man ? They 
are in the large meadow. Where are thy cousins? They are at 
home. Hast thou thy fork or mine ? I have neither yours nor mine. 
Which one hast thou ? I have that of the Frenchman. Who has 
my sisters' fine spoons ? The Englishmen have them. Have they 
also my father's horses ? No, Sir, they have them not, but the generals 
have them. Have we had your large glasses ? You have had them. 
Has the widow bought anything pretty ? Yes, Miss, she has bought 
some pretty cups and (some pretty) saucers. Has the widower not 
been at the ball ? No, Madam, he has not been at the ball, but at 
the theatre. Where have these women been? They have been at 
the market. Is the duke at home? He is not (there). Have you 
seen my sisters at the concert ? We have not seen them. Whom 
have you seen ? We have seen your nephew and your niece. What 
has this woman bought at the market? She has bought there some 
beef, stag and eggs. Has that young lady lost her little key ? She 
has not lost it. What did that lady lose (say has lost) ? She did not 
lose anything. Has the merchant sold his wine ? He has sold it. 



ONZIEME LE£ON. 



21 



Of what gender are nouns ending in /? They are masculine, except... 
Has your daughter bought anything ? Yes, Sir, she has bought a 
large dish, some plates and some knives. 



ONZlfiME LECON.— Eleventh Lesson. 



Je suis, I am. 

Tu es, thou art. 

II est, he is. 

Nous sommes, we are. 

Vous etes, you are. 

lis sont, they are. 



Suis-je 1 am J? 
Es-tu ? art Z/ion ? 
Est-il ! zs Tie ? 
Sommes-nous ? «re we ? 
Etes-vous ? are ?/on ? 
Sont-ils ? ^re #iey ? 



Je ne suis pas, J am not. 

Tu n'es pas, thou art not. 

II n'est pas, he is not. 

Nous ne sommes pas, we are not. 

Vous n'etes pas, you are not. 

lis ne sont pas, they are not 



Ne suis-je pas? am I not? 
N'es-tu pas 1 art thou not ? 
N'est-il pas ? is he not ? 
Ne sommes-nous pas? are we not? 
N' etes-vous pas ? are yon nctf ? 
Ne sont-ils pas ? are they not ? 



Un, une, one. 
Deux, to?. 
Trois, three. 
Quatre, four. 
Cinq, ^re. 



Six, six. 
Sept, seren. 
Huit, eight. 
Neuf, nine. 
Dix, ten. 



Combien ? 
Beaucoup. 

Trop. 

Peu. Un peu. 

Assez. Plus. Que. 



How much, how many 1 

Much, many, a good deal, a great 

deal. 
Too, too much, too many. 
Little, few. A little. 
Enough. More. Than. 



Obs. A. — All adverbs of quantity, as beaucoup, combien, &c, must 
be followed by de before a noun : 



Combien d'amis avez-vous ? 
Mon ami a beaucoup de livres. 
J'ai plus d'argent que vous. 



How many friends have you 1 
My friend has many books. 
I have more money than you. 



22 



ONZlfcME LEgON. 



Obs. B. — When que expresses quantity, it must also take de before 
the next noun ; as : 



J'ai plus de pain que de vin. 
II a autant d'amis que d'ennemis, 
Autant (de before a noun). 
Que. 



I have more bread than wine. 
He has as many friends as enemies. 
As much, as many. 
As, than, which, what. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
G. L. — All nouns ending in I and g are masculine ; as : 



Un etang, a pond. 

Un hareng, a herring. 

Le sang, the blood. 

Le fusil, the gun. 

Le gril, the gridiron. 

Le fauteuil, the arm-chair. 

Un canif, a penknife. 



L'hotel, the hotel. 

Le rossignol, the nightingale. 

Un ecureuil, a squirrel. 

Un canal, a channel, canal. 

Du sel, some salt. 

Du fil, some thread. 

Du miel, some honey. 



EXERCICE 22. 

Etes-vous plus grand que moi (J) 1 Je ne suis pas plus grand que 
vous, mais je suis plus grand que votre frere. Combien de robes 
votre mere a-t-elle ? Elle a sept belles robes. Avez-vous plus de 
fusils que mon pere ? Nous n'avons pas autant de fusils que votre 
pere, mais nous avons beaucoup plus de beaux fauteuils que lui (he). 
Avez-vous beaucoup de sel ? Nous n'avons pas beaucoup de sel, mais 
nous avons beaucoup de bons harengs. Vos deux filles ont-elles trop 
de cafe ? Elles n'ont pas trop de cafe, mais elles ont assez de fro- 
mage et de pain. Combien d'enfants votre ami a-t-il? II a huit 
enfants. Qui avez-vous vu a l'hotel ? J'y ai vu votre cousin, le me- 
decin. Combien d'ennemis avez-vous ? Nous n'avons pas d'ennemis. 
Ces dames ont-elles beaucoup de lil % Elles ont beaucoup de fil, 
mais elles n'ont pas assez de chapeaux. Vos trois fils ont-ils beau- 
coup de viande ? lis ont peu de viande, mais ils ont beaucoup de 
pain et de fromage. Avez-vous un peu de sel ? J'ai beaucoup de sel. 
Ces demoiselles sont-elles plus belles que vos cousines ? Elles sont 
plus belles que mes cousines. Les Allemands ont-ils autant de ros- 
signols que d'ecureuils ? Ils ont plus d'ecureuils que de rossignols. 
Avez-vous plus de fusils et de harengs que nous ? J'ai plus de fusils 
que vous et vous avez plus de harengs que moi. Cet enfant a-t-il 
trop de cafe ? II n'a pas trop de cafe, mais il a trop de pain. Mon 
habit est-il trop grand ! Non, il n'est pas assez grand. Cette robe 
n'est-elle pas trop petite ? Oui, Madame, elle est trop petite. Qu'a- 
vez-vous? Nous avons cinq bons chevaux, neuf beaux shapeaux, 



ONZIEME LEgON. 23 

trois belles tasses et beaueoup de cuillers. As-tu une tasse de cafe ? 
Non, j'ai une tasse de the et un verre de vin. As-tu aussi un verre 
d'eau ? J'ai aussi un verre d'eau. 

EXERCISE 23. 

Hast thou had as much salt as we ? I have had more salt than 
you. Has the Greek as many squirrels as nightingales ? He has not 
so many squirrels as nightingales. Who has more guns than we ] 
Nobody has more guns than you. Are you taller, (more tall,) than 
my niece? I am much taller than she, but she is prettier than 1 
(moi). How many daughters has your good friend? He has four 
daughters. Has that merchant any enemies ? He has no enemies. 
Where have you seen my brothers? We have seen them at the 
hotel. Have these ladies salt enough ? They have too much salt, but 
they have not bread enough {always put enough before the noun). 
Has this young lady thread enough ? She has thread enough, but 
she has not water enough. Have you not bought more forks 
than spoons ? No, Madam, I have bought more spoons than forks. 
Are we not your friends ? You are my friends. Is this little girl 
your sister ? Yes, Sir. Has the physician a cup of chocolate ? No, 
but he has a glass of wine and a cup of tea. How many arm-chairs 
have you bought ? We have bought six arm-chairs. Are they finer 
than those which we have seen at the hotel ? Yes, Miss, they are 
much finer. Hast thou seen a large pond? I have seen a large pond 
and a fine canal. Is not your dress too large? No, it is too little. 
Have your nephews much cheese? They have little cheese, but much 
bread, (repeat de before each noun,) meat, coffee and chocolate. Are 
your sisters handsomer than mine ? They are not handsomer, but 
taller than yours. Have your friends as much of their salt as of ours? 
They have more of theirs than of yours. We have two penknives, 
four beautiful knives and some good honey. 

EXERCISE 24. 

Where are the thimbles which I have bought ? They are there on 
the table. Is your father at the theatre or at the ball ? He is neither 
at the theatre nor at the ball ; he is at the concert. Where are your 
sisters ? They are at the market. Is my daughter taller than your 
friend's? She is not taller, but handsomer than my friend's daughter. 
How many ponds has your father seen ? He has seen four ponds and 
nine lakes. Have you as many friends as my good mother? I have 
not as many friends as she (qu'elle). Have we too much bread? You 
have not too much bread, but you have too much cheese and choco- 
late. Has this young lady a finer dress than your niece ? She has 
not a finer dress, but she has a finer thimble than my niece. Has 
your son anything fine ? He has nothing fine, but he has something 
good. Where have you been ? I have been at the ball, and my bro- 



24 



DOUZIEME LEgOjS". 



thers have been at the Italian opera. Where have you seen my little 
bags ? I have seen them on the sofa. Have your children lost their 
books ? They have lost them. This honey is good. 



DOUZIEME LEgON.— Twelfth Lesson. 



En. Some, some of it or of them, of 

it, of them. 
Have you any butter ? 
I have some. 

How many thimbles have you 1 
We have ten (of them). 

Obs. — The pronoun en must always be placed before the verb. 



Avez-vous du beurre 1 
J'en ai. 

Combien de des avez-vous ? 
Nous en avons dix. 



Quand. 

Aujourd'hui. 

Ce matin. 

Ce soir. 

Hier. Hier matin. 



Hier soir. 



When. 
To-day. 
This morning. 
This evening. 

Yesterday. Yesterday morning. 
Yesterday evening. 



Avez-vous ce crayon-ci ou celui-la? 
Je n'ai ni celui-ci ni celui-la. 
Celui-ci, m. celle-ci, f. 
Ceux-ci, m. celles-ci, f. 
Celui-la, m. celle-la, f. 
Ceux-la, m. celles-la, f. 



Have you this pencil or that one ? 
I have neither this nor that. 
This, this one, the latter. 
These, the latter. 
That, that one, the former. 
Those, the former. 



Sans exceptions. 

Ce monsieur. Ces messieurs. 

Savant. 

Le plus instruit. 

La plus aim able. 

Le plus, la plus, les plus. 



Aussi que. 

Moins. 

Je suis aussi grand que lui. 

II est moins riche qu'eux. 



Plus que moi, more than I. 
Plus que toi, more than thou. 



Without exceptions. 

This gentleman. Those gentlemen. 

Learned. 

The most learned. 

The most amiable. 

The most. 



As as. 

Less, fewer. 

I am as tall as he. 

He is not so rich as they. 



Moins que nous, less than we. 
Moins que vous, less than you. 



DOUZIEME LECON. 



25 



Plus que lui, more than he. 
Plus qu'elle, more than she. 



Moins qu'eux, less than they. 
Moins qu'elles, less than they. 



Continuation of the French Genders, 
I. — Nouns ending in i are masculine ; as : 



Roti, roast meat. 
Bouilli, boiled beef. 
Balai, broom. 

Dtlai, delay. 
Geai, jay (bird). 
Mai, May (month). 
Envoi, invoice. 

Convoi, convoice, funeral proces- 
sion. 
Emploi, employ. 

Except une fourmi, an ant ; eette apres-midi, this afternoon ; la foi. 
faith ; la loi, law, which are feminine. 



Lundi, Monday. 
Mardi, Tuesday. 
Mercredi, Wednesday. 
Jeudi, Thursday. 
Vendredi, Friday. 
Samedi, Saturday. 
Midi, noon, 12 o'clock. 
Etui, case, box. 
Man, husband. 



Dernier, m., derniere, f. 
Lundi passe. 



Last. 

On Monday last. 



EXERCICE 25. 

Ce monsieur a-t-il autant de livres que de crayons ? II a plus de 
ceux-ci que de ceux-la. Quand ces messieurs ont-ils ete au bal ? 
lis y ont ete hier soir. Avez-vous autant de beurre que de from age? 
Nous avons moins de celui-ci que de celui-la. Combien de balais as- 
tu ? J'en ai six. Avez-vous de beaux geais 1 ? Nous en avons de 
beaux. Cet homme a-t-il du roti ? II en a, mais cette femme n'en a 
pas. Cette dame est-elle aussi aimable que vous? Elle. est plus 
aimable que moi. Ou as-tu ete mardi passe ? J'ai ete au concert. 
Etes-vous plus riches que ces messieurs ? Nous ne sommes pas aussi 
riches qu'eux. Votre neveu a-t-il ete au convoi de son ami ? 11 n'y 
a pas ete. Ton frere est-il aussi instruit que toi 1 II est plus instruit 
que moi, mais ma scaur est plus instruite que lui et moi. Ce mon- 
sieur a-t-il achete des crayons ce matin ? II en a achete. Combien 
en a-t-il achete ? II en a achete huit. Quand cette demoiselle a-t-elle 
ete au baH Elle y a ete jeudi dernier. Vos parents ont ils autant 
d'etuis que les miens ? Ils en ont moins que les votres. Votre mari 
a-kil moins de roti que de bouilli? II a moins de celui-ci que de 
celui-la. Combien de beaux chevaux le medecin a-t-il 1 II en a deux 

2 



26 DOUZIEME LE£ON. 

beaux. Mon pere en a plus que lui ; il en a quatre. As-tu ma tasse 
ou ma cuiller? Je n'ai ni celle-ci ni celle-la. Le marchand a-t-il 
vendu autant de fourchettes que d'assiettes ? II a vendu moins de 
eelles-ci que de celles-la. De quel genre sont les substantifs termines 
en i ? Us sont masculins, excepte quatre. Quelles sont les quatre 
exceptions ? Les quatre exceptions sont : fourmiy apres-midi^ foi et 
loi. Sommes-nous plus riches que nos amis ? Nous sommes moins 
riches qu'eux. Suis-je aussi grande que votre fille ? Vous etes plus 
grande qu'elle. Ce monsieur n'est-il pas plus savant que mon fils ? 
II n'est pas aussi savant que lui. Avez-vous de l'argent ? Ten ai, 
mais mes f re res et mes soeurs n'en ont pas. Avez-vous assez de 
pommes et de poires ? Nous en avons trop. Cette femme a-t-elle 
des balais 1 Elle n'en a pas. J'ai un beau canif. 

EXERCISE 26. 

Have you any butter? I have some, but my sister has none. Hast 
thou any meat ? No, Miss, I have not any. Have these women any 
brooms? They have some. Has your father a fine meadow? He 
has a fine one. Have I more jays than your husband ? You have 
fewer than he. How many hammers has that carpenter ? He has 
ten of them. Have you bread enough? We have not enough. Has 
this gentleman finer coats than thou ? He has finer (ones) than I, but 
I have finer hats than he. Have your parents too much wheat? 
They have not too much. Have you much rice ? I have not much, 
but enough. Is your brother at home to-day ? He is at home. When 
have you been at the market ? We have been there this morning. 
Where have your cousins been yesterday evening? They have been 
at the duke's ball, and my sisters have been at the Italian opera. Has 
your mother had this dress or that one? She has had that one. Hast 
thou these thimbles or those? I have neither the former nor the 
latter. Have your daughters been at the ball without your son ? They 
have not been there without him. Is this gentleman as learned as 
you? He is more learned than I. Which of those ladies is the most 
amiable? Your niece is the most amiable. Art thou as tall as I? I 
am taller than you, but these gentlemen are taller than you and I. 
Are you as rich as those merchants ? We are not so rich as they. 
Have your nephews been at the ball last Tuesday? No, Sir, but they 
have been there on Saturday last. Have you any roast meat ? I have 
not any, but this old man has some. Have I less batter than you ? 
You have less butter than I, but I have more boiled beef than you. 
When have you seen the daughters of the general ? I have seen them 
this afternoon. Who has more good wine than I? The Frenchman 
has more than you. Are you not richer than your friends ? We are 
not so rich as they. Are our laws good? They are good. Has your 
father a cup of tea ? No, he has a cup of coffee, and my brother has 
a glass of wine. Have you bought any arm-chairs ? I have bought 



TREIZIEME LEgON. 



21 



some. Is my large hat on the chair ? It is. Have these young ladies 
lost anything ? They have not lost anything. Are the Germans more 
learned than the French ? They are more learned than the French, 
but the latter are more amiable than the former. 



TREIZIEME LEgOK— Thirteenth Lesson. 



Faim, hungry, hunger. 
Soif, thirsty, thirst 
Sommeil, sleepy, sleep. 
Peur, afraid, fear. 
Honte, ashamed, shame. 

Obs. A. — These words 

Avez-vous faim ? 

J'ai soif. 

As-tu sommeil? 

Nous avons peur. 

Qui a honte'? 

Ai-je raison ou tort? 

II n'a ni froid ni chaud. 



Raison, right, reason. 
Tort, wrong. 
Froid, cold. 
Chaud, warm. 



take the verb avoir, to have; as, 

Are you hungry ? 

I am thirsty. 

Art thou sleepy ? 

We are afraid. 

Who is ashamed ? 

Am I right or wrong ? 

He is neither cold nor warm. 



Obs. B. — When chaud and froid relate to things, they take tire, to 
be, like in English ; as, 



Mon cafe est trop chaud. 
Ce the est froid. 



My coffee is too warm. 
That tea is cold. 



Vieux, vieil (before a xowel or 

mute). 
Vieille, fern. 
Mon vieil habit. 
Du vin vieux. 
Avez-vous des plumes ? 
Je n'en ai pas. 
A la campagne. 



Old. 

My old coat. 
Some old wine. 
Have you any pens ? 
I have none. 
In the country. 



Imperfect of etre, to be. 

Petals. I was. 
Tu etais, thou icast. 
II etait, he was. 
Nous etions, we were. 
Vous etiez, you were. 
lis etaient, they were. 



Imperfect of- avoir, to have. 

J'avais, I had. 
Tu avais, thou hadst. 
II avait, he had. 
Nous avions, we had. 
Vous aviez, you had. 
lis avaient, they had. 



28 TREIZIEME LEgON. 



A Paris. 
A Londres. 
En Angleterre. 
En Amerique. 
Lorsque. 



To or at Paris. 
To or at London. 
In England. 
In America. 
When. 



Obs. C. — Put en before countries, and a before cities, towns and 
villages. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
M, O, P, Q. — Nouns ending in m, o, p, or g, are masculine ; as 



Du parfum, some perfume. 
Le nom, the name, noun. 
Un solo, a solo. 
Un duo, a duet. 



L'echo, the echo. 
Un champ, afield. 
Le drap, the cloth. 
Le coq, the cock. 



Except la faim, hunger, which is feminine. 



EXERCICE 27. 

Cette dame a-t-elle du parfum ? Elle n'en a pas. As-tu faim ou 
soif? Je n'ai ni faim ni soif; j'ai sommeil. Avez-vous peur 1 ? Nous 
n'avons pas peur, mais nous avons honte. Cet enfant a-t-il trop 
chaud 1 II n'a pas trop chaud. Qui a froid ? Moi, j'ai froid. Ce 
monsieur a-t-il raison ou honte ? II a raison et vous avez tort. Votre 
viande est-elle trop chaude ? Non, elle est froide. Ou est mon vieil 
encrier ? II est sur la table. Votre pere a-t-il du vin vieux ? II n'en 
a pas. Ou sont mes vieux habits ? lis sont sur la chaise. Aviez- 
vous beaucoup d'amis lorsque vous etiez a Londres ? Je n'en avais 
pas beaucoup lorsque j'etais a Londres, mais j'en avais beaucoup quand 
j'etais en France. Ou etaient vos parents lorsque vous etiez en An- 
gleterre ? lis etaient en Amerique. Votre cousin avait-il de beaux 
habits quand il etait a Rome % II en avait de beaux. Aviez-vous 
plus d'amis que d'ennemis quand vous etiez riches 1 Nous avions 
plus de ceux-la que de ceux-ci. Avais-tu achete du drap quand j'ai 
achete du parfum ? Non, je n'avais pas encore (yet) achete de drap 
quand vous avez achete du parfum. J'ai vu un coq dans vos champs. 

EXERCISE 28. 

Are you hungry or thirsty 1 I am neither hungry nor thirsty, but 
I am sleepy. Are your sisters afraid 1 They are not afraid, but they 
are ashamed. Are these gentlemen right or wrong 1 They are right 
and you are wrong. Is your little brother warm ? No, he is cold. 
Who is afraid ? This little girl is afraid. Were you in (a) Paris 



QUATORZIEME LE£OST. 29 

when I was there ? No, we were in London when thou wast in Paris. 
Were your parents rich when they were in America % Yes, Madam, 
they were very (tres) rich. Had they many friends when they were 
rich ? They had a great many. Were your two brothers in Rome 
when we were there ? They were there when you were there. When 
has your father been to Paris ? He has been there yesterday. Where 
is your son to-day? He is at Versailles. Was your mother in the 
country when mine was there ? She was there when yours was there. 
Whom have you seen in my field ? I have seen a man there. Is 
your fine cock in my meadow ? It is there. Are your horses and 
oxen there too ? They are there too. Were you too warm when 
you were in the country ? I was not too warm ; I was cold. Who 
is wrong ? You and your brother are wrong. 

EXERCISE 29. 

Has that woman any money ? She has none. Are these young 
ladies as amiable as your daughters 1 They are more amiable than 
my daughters. Where are our old books ? They are on the sofa. 
Where have you been yesterday morning? I have been in the country. 
Art thou hungry ? No, but I am thirsty. What has your sister 
bought last evening ? She bought some plates, dishes, fine spoons, 
forks, knives, glasses, and some good old wine. Are these tables 
larger than those ? They are much larger. Were you richer than 
the physician of the French general, when you were in London ? No, 
he was much richer than we, but now (d present) we are richer than 
he. Who has the carpenter's hammers ? Your nephew has them. 
What is the matter with you (say what have you) 1 I am hungry and 
thirsty. Who is sleepy ? My son is sleepy. 



QUATORZIEME LEgOK— Fourteenth Lesson. 

Adjectives ending in e mute in the masculine do not change in the 
feminine. 



Pauvre, poor. 
Jeune, young. 
Rouge, red. 
Jaune, yellow. 
Blanc, blanche, white. 
Noir-e, black. 



Bleu-e, blue. 
Vert-e, green. 
Gris-e, gray. 
Brun-e, brown. 
Violet, violette, violet. 
Cramoisi-e, crimson. 



Obs. A. — Adjectives denoting color, must be placed after the noun : 
une robe grise, a grey dress. 

Pret-e, ready. I Poli-e, polite. 



30 



QTJATORZIEME LE£ON. 



Adjectives ending in x in the masculine change that letter into se 
for the feminine : as : 



Heureux, heureuse, happy. 
Malheureux, se, unhappy. 
Par esse ax, se, lazy. 
Studieux, se, studious. 
Orgueilleux, se, proud. 



Genereux, se, generous, 
Soigneux, se, careful 
Delicieux, se, delightful. 
Jaloux, se, jealous. 
Courageux, se, courageous. 



Obs. B. — Adjectives ending in x or s, do not change in the mascu- 
line plural, but they take an s in the feminine : des enfants paresseux, 
de mauvais livres ; desfemmes malheureuses, de mauvaises pommes. 

In French the preposition de must always be put between the name 
of the thing and the name of the substance of which it is composed, 
which latter is placed last ; as : 



Une robe de velours. 
Une montre d'or. 
Un parapluie de coton. 
Mes bas de soie. 
Velours, m. Soie, f. 



A velvet dress. 
A gold watch. 
A cotton umbrella. 
My silk stockings. 
Velvet, Silk. 



Charmant-e, charming. 
Tailleur, tailor. 
Capitaine, captain. 



Couleur, f. 

Mantille, f. Cravate, f. 



Matelot, sailor. 
Domestique, servant 
Serviette, f. napkin. 



Colour. 
Mantilla. Cravat. 



EXERCICE 30. 

Votre mere etait-elle heureuse quand elle etait jeune ? Non, elle 
etait malheureuse, mais elle est heureuse a present. Vos enfants 
sont-ils aussi paresseux que les miens 1 Us sont plus paresseux que 
les votres. Avez-vous une robe de soie grise ? Non, j'ai une robe de 
soie brune. De quelle couleur sont vos habits de drap ? Us sont 
bleus. Quel chapeau de velours avez-vous ? J'ai celui de la jolie 
demoiselle que vous avez vue hier au bal. Aviez-vous des bas blancs 
quand vous etiez au bal 1 Oui, j'en avais de blancs. Avez-vous vu 
la dame qui avait une mantille de soie verte ? Non, madame, je ne 
l'ai pas vue. Qu'as-tu achete ce matin ? J'ai achete des chaises de 
velours cramoisi et un petit sofa de soie verte. De quelle couleur 
sont les cheveux de votre fils ? Us sont noirs. Votre pere avait-il 
sa belle montre d'or lorsqu'il etait en Italie ? Non, il avait sa montre 



QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 31 

d'argent. As-tu perdu ta cravate jaune 1 Oui, je l'ai perdue hier soir. 
Ou sont nies bas de fil ? lis sont sur la chaise. Les fils du tailleur 
sont-ils studieux ? Oui, ils sont tres studieux. Les matelots du ca- 
pitaine fran^ais sont-ils aussi courageux que ceux du capitaine alle- 
mand ? Ceux-ci sont plus courageux que ceux-la. Laquelle de ces 
deux filles est la plus orgueilleuse ? Celle-ci est la plus orgueilleuse. 
Combien de domestiques vos parents avaient-ils lorsqu'ils etaient en 
Angleterre ? Ils en avaient six ou sept. Votre domestique est-il plus 
soigneux que le mien ? Le votre est plus soigneux que le mien. 
Avez-vous une bonne domestique {or servante) ? J'en ai une tres 
bonne. Est-elle franchise ou anglaise? Elle n'est ni francaise ni 
anglaise ; elle est allemande. Avez-vous eu un de mes parapluies ? 
Nous en avons eu un. Lequel avez-vous eu ? Nous avons eu votre 
parapluie de soie. Votre frere a-t-il une serviette blanche ? Non, il 
n'en a pas. De qui es-tu jaloux ? Je ne suis jaloux de personne. 
Cette pomme est delicieuse. Votre soeur est charmante. 

EXERCISE 31. 

To whom has the tailor sold a blue coat? He has sold one to the 
(au) French captain. Of what color is the cravat which your father 
(has) bought yesterday? It is black. Is my white napkin on the 
table ? It is not (there). Where is my cousin's blue silk mantilla? 
It is on the velvet sofa. Where hast thou bought this beautiful vel- 
vet dress ? I have bought it in France. Has the English physician 
more servants than you? He has more than I. Where is my ser- 
vant? She is at the market. Had your niece her white silk dress 
when she was at the Italian opera ? No, Miss, she had her black vel- 
vet dress and her white silk hat. When has the tailor's wife been to 
the market ? She has been there this morning. Have your sisters 
seen my white thread stockings ? They have not seen them, but I 
have seen them. When did you buy (have you bought) this fine 
gold watch? I have bought it when I was at Rome. Is it as good 
as mine? It is not so good as yours. Has the French merchant 
more silk umbrellas than cotton stockings ? He has as many of the 
latter as of the former. Your mother is a charming lady. Whom is 
that young man jealous of? He is jealous of your nephew. Are these 
young girls lazy? Yes, they are lazy and proucl. Is this old man as 
generous as your father ? He is not so generous as my father, but 
he is happier. Were you studious when you were young? No, I 
was very lazy. Were your parents happy when they were in Lon- 
don 1 They were very unhappy when they were there. Were they 
poor? Yes, Sir, they were very poor, but now they are rich. Of 
what color are your daughters' hair? They are brown. Are these 
children careful ? They are careful. Of what color is the silk which 
your niece has bought to day ? It is violet. Have you any white 
paper ? No, I have some yellow. This velvet is of a fine crimson 



32 



QUINZIEME LE£ON. 



color. Hast thou had a red silk hat ? No, I have had a fine grey- 
silk hat. Are you hungry or thirsty ? We are neither hungry nor 
Inirsty, but we are sleepy. My brother in now in America. 



QUINZIEME LEgON.— Fifteenth Lesson. 
Continuation of the French Genders. 
N. — Nouns ending in n, without being in on, are masculine ; as, 



Au, year. 
Ruban, ribbon. 
Bien, good, wealth. 
Chien, dog. 
Chirurgien, surgion. 
Pharmacien, apothecary. 
Exam en, examination. 
Vin, wine. 
Matin, morning. 
Lupin, rabbit. 
Raisin, grapes. 
Chemin, road, way. 



Juin, June. 
Medecin, physician. 
Serin, canary-bird. 
Requin, shark. 
Pain, bread. 
Bain, bath. 
Parrain, godfather. 
Eerivain, writer. 
Soin, care. 
Coin, corner. 
Besoin, need, want. 
Foin, hay. 



Except la fin, the end ; la main, the hand ; which are feminine. 



Avoir besoin de. 

Avez-vous besoin de ce ruban 1 
Ton pere a besoin de toi. 
A-t-il besoin de tabac ? 
II en a besoin. 
De lui. D'elle. 
D'eux, m. D'elles, f. 



To have need of, to be in want 

of, to want. 
Do you want this ribbon ? 
Thy father is in want of thee. 
Is he in want of tobacco ? 
He wants some. 
Of him. Of her. 
Of them. 



Age-e. 

Que! age avez-vous? 

J*«i vingt-deux ans. 

Elle est de I'age de mon frere. 



\ T e que. 

Je n'ai que du pain. 
II n'a que de Peau. 



Old (in age). 
How old are you ? 
I am twenty-two years old. 
She is as old as my brother. 



Only, nothing but, but. 

I have only bread. 

He has nothing but water. 



QTJINZI&ME LE£ON. 33 



EXERCICE 32. 

Votre medecin a-t-il beaucoup de vin ? II en a beaucoup, ruais le 
pharmacien en a plus que lui, et le chirurgien francais en a le plus. 
Qui a de plus beaux enfants que Pecrivain allemand % Le capitaine 
anglais en a de plus beaux. Etes-vous plus age que nioi? Je suis 
plus jeune que vous. Quel age avez-vous ? J'ai vingt-cinq ans. Mon 
parrain est de Page de votre pere. Ce marchand a-t-il vendu ses 
biens ? II les a vendus. A qui les a-t-il vendus % II les a vendus au 
medecin anglais. Avez-vous plus de chiens que mon cousin? J'en 
ai plus que lui; j'en ai neuf. Ou votre cousine a-t-elle achete ces 
beaux moans de soie ? Elles les a achetes a Paris. As tu-de bons 
raisins ? Oui, j'en ai d'excellents. Avez-vous beaucoup de pain ? 
Je n'ai pas de pain; je n'ai que de Peau. Aviez-vous beaucoup 
d'amis lorsque vous etiez a Berlin ? Nous n'avions pas d'amis ; nous 
n'avions que des ennemis. Cette demoiselle a-t-elle les mains petites ? 
Elle a les mains grandes. Votre cheval brun a-t-il assez de foin ? II 
en a trop. Le pharmacien a-t-il besoin de vous ? II n'a pas besoin de 
moi, mais il a besoin de toi et de ton frere. Avez-vous besoin de 
votre bel encrier ? Non, mais j'ai besoin de mon ardoise. De qui 
votre parrain a-t-il besoin ? II n'a besoin que de moi. N'a-t-il pas be- 
soin de ta soaur ? II n'a pas besoin d'elle, or il n'en a pas besoin. Ta 
mere a-t-elle besoin de ton frere? Elle a besoin de lui, or elle en a 
besoin. As-tu soin de mon livre? J'en ai soin. Avez-vous besoin 
de vos freres ? Nous n'avons pas besoin d'eux, or nous n'en avons 
pas besoin, mais nous avons besoin de nos bonnes soeurs. Quand 
avez-vous besoin d'elles ? Nous en avons besoin a present. Avez- 
vous vu un requin dans ce lac ? Nous y en avons vu un ce matin. 
Etait-il grand? Oui, il etait assez grand. Votre bain est-il trop 
chaud? Non, il est froid. Avez-vous vu mes lapins dans ce coin? 
Je les y ai vus. Avez-vous vu beaucoup de serins en Afrique et en 
Amerique 1 Nous y en avons vu beaucoup. 

EXERCISE 33. 

Had you many friends when you were in London? I had no 
friends there ; I had nothing but enemies. How old are you ? I am 
twenty years old. Is your father older than mine? How old is 
yours ? Mine is thirty (trente) years old. Mine is older than yours ; 
he is thirty-eight years old. My godfather is as old as he ; he is 
also thirty-eight. Has the apothecary sold any Peruvian bark to 
your brother ? No, sir, but he has sold some to the surgeon and to 
the physician. How old art thou ? I am ten years old and my sister 
is twenty-two. When have your sons had examination ? They have 
had examination yesterday morning. Have your servants any grapes ? 
They have a great many. Where is your little rabbit? It is in that 
corner. Are your hands smaller than mine ? Mine are much larger 

2* 



34 



SEIZII&fE LE£ON. 



than yours. Do you want a warm bath ? No, I want a cold bath ; I 
am too warm. What (de quoi) does your cousin want ? He wants a 
glass of wine. Do your parents want anything ? They do not want 
anything, but I want something. What dost thou want? I w^ant 
some bread and a cup of tea or coffee. We have nothing but bread 
and water. Have you any apples and pears ? We have only pears. 
How many good friends had you when you were in Berlin ? I had but 
two and my husband had only one. Are your cousins in want of me ? 
They are in want of thee and of thy brother. When were you in 
want of us ? We were in want of you this morning. Who is in 
want of my brother ? His wife is in want of him. Do you want 
money ? I want some. Who want some grapes ? We want some. 
Are you in want of your niece ? I am in w T ant of her. Is this French 
lady in want of her daughters 1 She is in want of them. Are you 
more in want (plus besoiri) of my brothers than of me 1 I am as 
much in want of you as of them. Has your nephew seen the sur- 
geon's fine canary-bird 1 He has seen it. What have you seen on 
your way % I have seen nothing. 



SEIZIEME IRAQIS.— Sixteenth Lesson. 



Future of avoir, to have 




Future of 


etre, to be. 


I shall or 


will have. 




I shall or will be. 


J'aurai. 






Je serai. 




Tu auras. 






Tu seras. 




11 aura. 






11 sera. 




Nous aurons. 




Nous serons. 




Vous aurez. 




Vous serez. 




lis auront 






lis seront. 


- 


L'annee prochaine. 




Next year. 




La semaine 


passee. 




Last week. 




Le mois dernier. 




Last month. 




Prochain-e. 






Next. 




Demain. 






To-morrow. 






Singular. 


Plural. 




Nominative, 


le, m. 


la, f. 


les, 


the. 


Genitive, 


du, m. 


de la, 


f. des, 


of the. 


Dative, 


au, m. 


a la, i 


aux, 


to the. 


Accusative, 


le, m. 


la,f. 


les, 


the. 



SEIZIEME LE£ON. 35 

Singula?-. Plural. 

Nominative, du, m. de la, f. des, some, any. 

Genitive, de, de, of some. 

Dative, a du, m. a. de la, f. a. des, to some. 

Accusative, du, m. de la, f. des, some 

Obs. — Instead of du, au, the French put de V, a V, before a vowel 
or h mute : de T argent, a Vami. 

M ™- S Ss^eTS-autre, j The one and the other, both. 
*"■ \ ^neVeTS'antres. j The one and the other, both. 
Quelques (before a noun). J 

Quelques uns / - + u,.„+^ ^ r A f ew - 

7z ,^ (without a noun). ( 

Quelques unes v ' ) 

As-tu quelques oiseaux ? I Hast thou a few birds ■? 

J'en ai quelques uns. | I have a few. 



EXERCICE 34. 

A qui avez-vous vendu vos pres et vos champs ? Je les ai vendue 
aux Francais que vous avez vus hier a Popera. Ton frere a-t-il mes 
plumes ou mes serviettes 1 II n'a ni les unes ni les autres. Aurai-je 
ce serin ou cet encrier? Vous n'aurez ni Fun ni Pautre. Votre eou- 
sine qu'aura-t-elle ? Elle n'aura rien. Ou seras-tu demain ? Demain 
je serai a. la campagne. Quand auras-tu besoin de papier blanc ? J'en 
aurai besoin ce soir. Qu'aurez-vous la semaine prochaine ? Nous 
aurons quelques beaux oiseaux. Vos freres auront-ils quelques la- 
pins? lis en auront quelques uns. Combien de des d'argent ta 
soeur aura-t-elle demain ? Elle n'en aura qu'un. Aurai-je la cuiller 
d'argent ou la cuiller de plomb? Tu n'auras ni l'une ni Pautre. 
Avez-vous eu quelques rubans d'or (golden) la semaine derniere ? 
Non, nous en avons eu quelques uns le mois passe. Serez-vous stu- 
dieux aujourd'hui ? Oui, nous serons tres studieux. Et toi, ma fille, 
seras-tu plus polie ? Oui, mon pere, je serai tres polie. Oa avez- 
vous ete le mois dernier ? Le mois passe nous avons ete a. Londres, 
et le mois prochain nous serons a Paris ou a Rouen. L'annee passee 
nous avons ete a New York, et l'annee prochaine nous serons en 
Italic As-tu ete en Angleterre cette annee 1 J'y ai ete. Oii sera 
votre mere au mois de mai ? Elle sera a Philadelphie, mais au mois 
de juin elle sera ici. Vos cousins sont-ils prets a present ] Oui, 
mademoiselle, mais ma mere n'est pas prete. Combien de robes de 
velours aurez-vous cette annee ? J'en aurai sept ou huit. As-tu vu 
ma robe de soie et ma mantille verte 1 Je n'ai vu ni l'une ni Pautre. 
Auras-tu un autre habit de drap ? J'en aurai un autre, et j'aurai aussi 



36 SEIZIEME LE£ON. 

d'autres bas de fil. Votre neveu aura-t-il une autre montre d'or cette 
semaine ? Oui, il en aura une autre. Cette jeune fille aura-t-elle une 
tasse de choeolat ? Non, elle n'aura qu'un verre d'eau et un peu de 
pain et de fromage. 



Continuation of the French Genders* 

ON. — About one ninth part of the French nouns end in on. They 
are divided into three classes : ion, ison, and on (without being in ion 
or ison). 

1°. ION. — Nouns ending in ion are feminine ; as: 



Une action, an action. 
Formation, formation. 
Portion, portion. 



Union, union. 
Reunion, reunion. 
Revolution, revolution. 



Except un bastion, a bastion ; le croupion, the rump of fowls ; un 
pion, a draftsman ; un million a million (and all numbers in ion) ; 
un scorpion, a scorpion ; le septentrion, the north ; and le tallion, reta- 
liation, which are masculine. 

Obs. — Most all nouns ending in ion, are the same in both languages 
2°. ISON.— Nouns ending in ison are also feminine ; as : 



Une maison, a house. 
Conjugaison, conjugation. 
Saison, season. 
Raison, reason. 



Prison, prison. 
Trahison, treachery. 
Garnison, garrison. 
Guerison, cure, recovery. 



Except le poison, poison; un tison, a firebrand; un oison, a gosling, 
which are masculine. 

3°. ON. — There are about 400 nouns ending in on, without being 
in ion, or ison. They are masculine ; as : 



Un baton, a stick. 
Chaudron, cauldron, boiler. 
Mouton, mutton, sheep. 
Saumon, salmon. 
Citron, lemon. 
Crayon, pencil. 



Salon, parlor. 
Gueridon, parlor-table. 
Macon, mason. 
Papillon, butterfly. 
Paon, peacock. 
Rayon, ray. 



Except la boisson, drink; une chanson, a song ; la facon, the man- 
ner or making; une lecon, a lesson; la moisson, the harvest; une 
rancon, a ransom; and la cuisson, cooking or baking, which are 
feminine. 



DIX-SEPTIEME LE^ON. 37 



EXERCISE 35, 

Are your sons ready ? They are ready. Have the sons of the 
surgeon been in the country last week ? No, Sir, they have not been 
there. Have you seen my beautiful parlor-table 1 We have not seen 
it. Will you have as much mutton as salmon ? We shall have more 
of the latter than of the former. Has the merchant sold as many 
velvet chairs as pari or- tables ? He has sold more of these than of 
those. Will the mason have as many apples as pears ? He will have 
as many of the one as of the other. Will the harvest be good this 
year ? Yes, Madam, it will be very good. We shall have a large 
house ; will your father have one too ? He will not have any. 
Where will your nieces be this evening ? They will be in the parlor. 
Where will your daughter be to-morrow evening ? She will be at 
the concert. Have your nephews been lazy yesterday ? Yes, but 
they will be very studious to-day and to-morrow. Have these ladies 
been to France this year ? They have been there last month. Where 
will they be next week 1 They will be in Boston. Is this young 
lady polite ? Yes, she is polite, amiable and pretty. Who will be 
the last (dernier) 1 My little cousin will be the last. Have you a 
few pencils ? We have a few. Wilt thou have many lemons 1 I 
shall only have a few. To whom has your godfather sold his fine 
bird ? He has sold it to the daughters of the apothecary. Shall we 
have a revolution ? We shall have one. How many other canary- 
birds will you have next week ? I shall not have many ; I shall only 
have, one or two. Dost thou want any sugar? I do not want any. 
What is that carpenter in want of? He wants some salt. Has the 
captain been right ? He has been wrong. Has the sailor had larger 
salmons than I ? He has had larger (ones) than thou, but thou hast 
had finer lemons than he. This season is the finest (la plus belle) oi 
the year. Have you been too warm yesterday ? Are you hungry ? 
Who wants a glass of wine ? Will you have a gray silk dress to- 
morrow ? No, Miss, but I shall have one next week. 



i)IX-SEPTIEME LEgON.— Seventeenth Lesson, 



Conditional of avoir. 

I should or would have. 
J'aurais. 

Tu aurais. 

II aurait 
Nous aurions. 
Vous auriez. 
lis auraient. 



Conditional of etre. 

I should or would be. 
Je serais. 

Tu serais. 

II serait. 
Nous serions. 
Vous seriez. 
lis seraient. 



38 



DIX-SEPTIEME LECON. 



Obs, A. — The Conditional of all verbs, ends in rais, rais, rait, rions, 
riez, raient. 

The future of ail verbs, ends in rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 

The imperfect of the indicative of all verbs, ends in ais, ais, ait, 
ions, iez, aient. 

Si j'avais beaucoup d'argent, je I If I had much money I would be 



serais content. 
Nous aurions plus d'amis, si nous 

n'etions pas si pauvres. 
Si. 



satisfied. 
We would have more friends, if 

we were not so poor. 
If, so. 



Obs, B. — The verb that follows si, in a sentence where the condi- 
tional is used, must be in the imperfect. 



Chez. 

Chez mon oncle. 

Chez ta tante. 

Chez moi. 

Chez toi. 

Chez lui. 

Chez elle. 

Chez nous. 

Chez vous. 

Chez eux, m. Chez elles, f. 

Chez quelqu'un. Chez personne. 

Avec. 

Bientot. 

Tres, bien, fort. 

Fort-e. 

Content-e. 



To or at the house of. 

To or at my uncle's 

At thy aunt's house. 

To or at my house. 

To or at thy house. 

To or at his house. 

To or at her house. 

To or at our house. 

To or at your house. 

To or at their house. 

To somebody. To nobody. 

With. 

Soon. 

Very. 

Strong. 

Content, satisfied, pleased. 



Adjectives ending in /, change this letter into ve for the femi- 
nine; as, 

Bref, breve, brief, short I Actif-ve, active, 

Neuf-ve, new, I Oisif-ve, idle. 

Obs. C. — In French the adjective is generally put after the noun ; as, 



Un panier rond. 
Une table carree. 
Une robe neuve. 



A round basket. 
A square table. 
A new dress. 



Except beau, bon, joli, petit, grand, gros (big), jeune, mauvais, me- 
chant (wicked), tout, tous, m., toute, toutes, f. (all), which are placed 
before the noun : 



dix-septi3:me le^on. 



Ce mechant garcon. 
De mauvais cidre. 
De bonne biere. 



That wicked boy. 
Bad cider. 
Good beer. 



EXERCICE 36. 



Ce garcon aurait-il quelque chose s'il n'etaitpas si mechant 1 Oui, 
il aurait un joli chapeau. Nous serions plus heureux, si nous avions 
moins {fewer) d'ennemis. Votre tante aurait-elle ete & la campagne, 
si nous y avions ete ? Elie y aurait ete, si notre oncle y avait ete. 
Etiez-vous chez mon pere lorsque votre oncle y etait? Nous y etions 
lorsqu'il y etait. Ma tante a-t-elle ete chez vous hier ? Non, mais 
elle y sera ce soir. Qui as-tu vu chez le pharmacien ? J'y ai vu tous 
tes freres et toutes tes soeurs. Avez-vous ete chez quelqu'un la se- 
maine derniere ? Nous n'iivons ete chez personne. Le chirurgien 
est il chez lui (at home) ? II y est. Qui est chez vos fils ? Personne 
^y est, or personne n'est chez eux. Ta tante est-elle chez elle (at 
home) ? Elle n'est pas chez elle ; elle est chez le capitaine allemand. 
As-tu achete du papier francais ou du papier anglais ] J'ai achete du 
papier francais. Auriez-vous achete une mantille neuve, si vous aviez 
eu assez d'argent ? Oui, madame, j'en aurais achete une. Votre mari 
a-t-il d'aussi beaux habits neufs que mon oncle ? II en a de plus 
beaux que lui. Aurais-tu un chapeau de velours noir, si ta tante etait 
ici? Oui, et j'aurais aussi une belle table carree. Ou sontles oeufs 
que la domestique a achetes au marche ? lis sont dans le petit panier 
rond. Serez-vous bientot prets? Nous sommes prets a present. 
Cette demoiselle a-t-elle le nez petit % Non, monsieur, elle a le nez 
gros. Qui a les cheveux noirs 1 Les Francais et les Italiens ont les 
cheveux noirs. Ce garcon est-il bien actif ? II est tres-actif. Cette 
femme est fort malheureuse ; elle a perdu son mari et tous ses en- 
fants. Avec qui le garcon du charpentier a-t-il ete a la campagne. II 
y a ete avec sa bonne tante. Aurais-je un verre de cidre, si j'etais 
bien studieux? Tu aurais un verre de cidre et un verre de biere. 
Avez-vous du cidre ? Nous n'avons pas de cidre, mais nous avons de 
fort bonne biere. Suis-je plus fort que ta cousine ? Non, ma cou- 
sine est beaucoup plus forte que toi. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

R. — Nouns ending in r, without being in eur, are masculine ; as : 

Le fer, the iron. Or, gold. 

Jour, day. Air, air. 

Tour, turn. Eclair, flash of lightning. 

Except une cuiller, a spoon ; la mer, the sea ; la chair, the flesh ; la 
tour, the tower ; la cour, the yard, court, which are feminine. 



40 



DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



Boulanger, baker. 
Cordonnier, shoemaker. 
Bottier, bootmaker. 
Chapel ier, hatter. 
Menuisier, joiner. 
Papetier, stationer. 
Tapissier, upholsterer. 
Epicier, grocer. 



Boucher, butcher. 
Banquier, banker. 
Courtier, broker. 
Bijoutier, jeweller. 
Horloger, watchmaker. 
Serrurier, locksmith. 
Barbier, barber. 
Cocher, coachman. 



Are you a tailor ? 
No, I am a shoemaker. 
He is a Frenchman. 
They are bankers. 
What is that man ? 
He is a watchmaker. 
He is a fool. 
They are fools. 
Fool. 



Etes vous tailleur? 
Non, je suis cordonnier. 
II est Francois, 
lis sont banquiers. 
Cet homme qu'est-il ? 
II est horloger. 
II est fou. 
Us sont fous. 
Fou, m., folle, f. 

Obs. A. — Where the indefinite article a or an is used in English 
before words that denote qualities, we make use of no article in 
French, as may be seen in the above examples. 

Obs. B. — Nouns ending in ou, take an s in the plural ; as, un fou, 
des fous ; un clou, sl nail, des clous. Except un bijou, a jewel ; un 
caillou, a pebble ; chou, cabbage ; le genou, the knee ; un joujou, a 
plaything ; un hibou, an owl, and un pou, a louse, which take an x in 
the plural : des bijoux, des cailloux, de bons choux, etc. 



EXERCISE 37. 

Is your father a merchant ? No, Sir, he is a jeweller. What are 
these men ? They are grocers. Is this man a fool ? He is a fool 
and his wife is a fool too. Are these men fools ? They are no fools. 
Has the broker been at your house this morning ? He has not been 
at our house, but at our aunt's. Are your sisters at home (chez elles) ? 
They are not at home; they are at my uncle's. Would you be happy 
if you had many friends? We would be happy if we had much mo- 
ney and many friends. Would your aunt have bought another house, 
if we had bought one ? She would have bought one, if you had 
bought one. Your niece would not have lost all her books and all 
her pens, if she had been a little more careful. When will your sis- 
ters be ready ? They will soon be ready. Have you been at my 
uncle's? I have been at his house. When will you be at my cou- 
sin's ? I will be there this evening. Has the carpenter an iron ham- 
mer ? He has two of them. Is this boy very active ? No, he is very 



DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 



41 



lazy. Have you any good cider? We have some very good. Has 
your father as good beer as I ? He has better (de meilleure) beer than 
you. Have you a beautiful square basket ? No, but we have a large 
round table. Are these little boys good ? No, they are very wicked. 
That beer is very bad ; have you no other ? I have no other ; but I 
have some excellent cider. This little girl would have a fine new silk 
dress, if she were not so proud. Are these French brokers polite ? 
Yes, Miss, they are very polite. Have you any good cabbage ? I 
have some very good. Where have your aunts bought this fine white 
paper? They have bought it at the German stationer's. Hast thou 
had as fine gold jewels as my cousin ? I have had finer (ones) than 
she. Have the Italian bankers many pebbles in their large yard ? 
They have a great many there. When has your uncle been at the 
court ? He has been there last week. Are you as strong as my sis- 
ters ? We are not so (aussi) strong as they. With whom have your 
cousins been to the ball ? They have been there with the watch- 
maker's daughters. Are the upholsterer's daughters as handsome as 
those of the bootmaker ? They are handsomer, but not so amiable. 
Have you seen an owl? I have seen two owls. Art thou a fool ? 
I am not a fool. Is the butcher's wife a fool ? She is a fool. Have 
your nephews been at anybody's house last night (yesterday evening)! 
They have been at nobody's. Has the joiner lost all his hammers ? 
He has not lost them all. Where are all your daughters ? They are 
at home. Is the baker at your house? No, he is at the grocer's. 
Are you a shoemaker? No, I am a carpenter. What is your son? 
He is a locksmith. What are these men ? They are coachmen. Are 
you a German ? No, I am a Frenchman. We have seen many sal- 
mon in the sea. 



DIX-HUITIEME LEgOK— Eighteenth Lesson. 



Imperative of avoir. 

Aie, have (thou). 
Ayons, let us have. 
Ayez, have (you). 



Imperative of etre. 

Sois, be (thou). 
Soyons, let us be. 
Soyez, be (you). 



Obs. A. — The French have no third persons in the imperative ; 
they use the third persons of the present of the subjunctive, when 
they want to command or to exhort. See the subjunctive. 

Obs. B. — All compound tenses are formed by taking the past 
participle with one of the auxiliary verbs avoir, to have, or itre, to 
be ; as : 



J'ai eu. Je n'ai pas eu, 
As-tu ete ? N'as-tu pas ete ? 



I have had. I have not had. 
Hast thou been ? Hast thou not 
been? 



42 



DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 



Avez-vous donne ? 

J'ai prete. 

Toujours. 

Maintenant, a present. 

Tout autant. 

J'ai tout autant d'argent que vous. 

J'en ai tout autant. 

Ne guere de (bef. a noun). 

II n'a guere d'argent. 
II n'en a guere. 

Ne plus de (before a noun). 

Vous n'avez plus de livres. 
Vous n'en avez plus. 
Encore. 

As-tu encore des batons ? 
J'en ai encore, mais mon frere 
n'en a plus. 



Have you given ? 

I have lent. 

Always. 

Now, at present. 

Quite or just as much, as many. 

I have quite as much money as 

you. 
I have just as much. 
Only a little, or few, not much. 
He has not much money. 
He has only a little. 
No more, not any more, no longer. 
You have no more books. 
You have not any more. 
Still, some or any more. 
Hast thou any more sticks? 
I have some more, but my brother 

has no more. 



Adjectives ending in al form their plural masculine by changing al 
into aux ; as : 



Egal, egaux. 



Equal. 



Except fatal, fatal ; final, final ; frugal, frugal ; glacial, frozen ; 
matinal, who rises early in the morning ; nasal, nasal ; naval, naval ; 
pascal, paschal ; theatral, theatrical, which form their plural masculine 
regularly by taking s : fatals, finals, frugals, &c. 

Adjectives ending in au take an x in the plural masculine : 



Beau, beaux. 
Nouveau, nouveaux. 



Fine, beautiful, handsome. 

New. 



Obs. C. — The feminine of nouveau is nouvelle, and nouvel must be 
used before a noun masculine singular commencing with a vowel or 
h mute : un nouvel ami, a new friend. 

Obs. D. — Nouveau means new by nature, and neuf newly made by 
men ; so we say : un gilet neuf a new waistcoat ; un nouveau commis, 
a new clerk. 



Gant, m., glove. 
Mouchoir, handkerchief 
Pan talon, pantaloons. 
Gilet, m., waistcoat. 
Paletot, m., overcoat. 
Surtout, m., overcoat. 



Redingote, f., great coat. 
Manteau, m., cloak. 
Chemise, f., shirt. 
Botte, f., boot. 
Soulier, shoe. 
Pantoufle, f., slipper. 



DIX-HUITlliME LE£ON. 43 

EXERCICE 38. 

Ay cms toujours patience. Avez-vous de la patience ? Oui, nous en 
avons beaucoup. Sois studieux et tu seras content. Ne soyez plus 
si paresseux. Ne soyons pas oisifs. Nous avons ete tres paresseux 
hier, mais aujourd'hui nous serons bien actifs. Combien de nouveaux 
commis le marchand francais a-t-il \ II en a trois nouveaux. Avez- 
vous achete une nouvelle inaison ? Pen ai achete une. Est-elle 
neuve ? Oui, elle est toute (quite) neuve. Maintenant ayons courage. 
Le matelot anglais a-t-il beaucoup de courage ? II n'a guere de cou- 
rage. As-tu un nouvel ami ? J'ai deux nouveaux amis. A qui avez- 
vous donne votre vieil habit ? Je l'ai donne a un pauvre. A qui 
votre neveu a-t-il prete son parapluie de soie ? II l'a prete au bijoutier 
que vous avez vu ce matin chez ma tante. Votre sceur etait-elle a la 
maison ce matin lorsque j'etais chez vous ? Non, elle etait chez les 
filles du courtier italien. Oti est-elle a present? Elle est chez ma 
cousin e. Aurez-vous bientot un manteau neuf? Pen aurai un la 
semaine prochaine. Le menuisier a-t-il encore des marteaux de fer ? 
II en a encore. Combien en a-t-il encore ? II en a encore sept ou 
huit. Le tailleur a-t-il encore des surtouts de drap ? II n'en a plus. 
Le cordonnier avait-il encore beaucoup de beaux souliers neufs lors- 
que tu etais chez lui hier matin ? II n'en avait plus guere. Le tail- 
leur a-t-il encore vendn quelques paletots et quelques gilets de ve- 
lours ? Oui. il en a encore vendu quelques uns. A qui l A 1'horlo- 
ger allemand. Nous sommes egaux a present. Cette demoiselle 
aura-t-elle autant de souliers que de bas de fil? Elle aura tout autant 
des uns que des autres. Le bottier a-t-il encore beaucoup de belles 
bottes neuves? II n'en a plus guere (not many more). La dame 
francaise est-elle encore chez votre cousine ? Elle n'y est plus. 
Auriez-vous prete vos gants neufs a ce monsieur, si vous aviez ete 
ici ? Oui, monsieur, avec beaucoup de plaisir (pleasure), Avez-vous 
une redingote de drap vert % Non, j'en ai une de drap gris. Ou sont 
mes pantoufles rouges? Elles sont sur la chaise. Qu'aurais-tu 
achete a Paris, si tu avais eu de l'argent ? J'aurais achete de beaux 
mouchoirs, des chemises blanches et un pantalon de drap noir. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

EUR. — There are 1,234 nouns ending in eur, all masculine but 67. 
Although the exceptions are so numerous, they may be learned very 
easily. Whenever the learner meets with a word in eur which denotes 
a living creature, he must remember it is masculine ; as : 

Professeur, teacher. 



Chanteur, singer. 
Chasseur, hunter. 
Gouverneur, governor. 
Empereur, emperor. 
Coiffeur, hairdresser. 



Graveur, engraver. 
Ambassadeur, ambassador. 
Createur, creator. 
Voleur, thief. 



44 DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

Except la soeur, the sister, which is feminine of course. 

But when it does not denote a living creature, then it is feminine; as, 

Longueur, length. 
Largeur, width. 
Hauteur, height. 



Profondeur, depth. 



Epaisseur, thickness. 
Valeur, value. 
Douceur, sweetness. 
Grandeur, greatness. 



Except nine : le coeur, the heart ; l'equateur, the equator ; le labeur, 
the labor ; heur, luck, and its compound, le bonheur, the happiness ; le 
malheur, the misfortune; l'honneur, the honor; le deshonneur, dis- 
honor ; and pleurs, tears, which are masculine, although they do not 
denote living creatures. 

Let the scholar say the gender of the following nouns : 

Mur, wall. Jardin, garden. 

Cuir, leather. Plaisir, pleasure. 

Ruban, ribbon. Evantail, fan. 

Manchon, muff. Plancher, floor. 



EXERCISE 39. 

Has your little boy a good heart ? Yes, Miss, he has a very good 
heart. To whom have your sisters lent their fine fans ? They have 
lent them to the ambassador's daughters. Have you your leather 
shoes or those of my nieces ? I have neither mine nor theirs ; I have 
those of the singer. Has the hunter some more meat? He has some 
more, but not enough. Will the governor have a new clerk ? He 
will have two. Wilt thou have as many boots as shoes ? I shall 
have as many of the one as of the other. Have your sons as many 
overcoats as waistcoats ? They have quite as many of these as of 
those. Will your uncle have one more fine garden 1 He will have 
one more. Has your new friend any more gloves ? He has no more 
gloves, but he has some more cloth pantaloons. Where is thy slate? 
It is on the floor of the parlor. Is the teacher still at your friend's ? 
He is no longer at my friend's. What is that man ? He is an en- 
graver. Is this young man a thief? He is no thief. Let us be stu- 
dious now. Let us always be contented, and we shall be happy. Are 
your walls white ? No, Madam, they are yellow. Had you much 
pleasure when you were in the country ? Yes, we had very much 
pleasure when we were there. Are these men hairdressers? No, 
they are barbers. Has that young lady a finer handkerchief than your 
mother ? She has a finer one than she. What have your parents 
bought last week 1 They have bought some fine silk gloves, boots, 
shoes, shirts, and two cloth cloaks. Where have they bought them 1 



DIX-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



45 



They have bought them at Berlin. Has the tailor any more great- 
coats ? He has no more greatcoats, but he has some more waistcoats 
and overcoats. Will your daughter have a new muff"? She will 
have a new muff and some new silk ribbons. Are my new slippers 
on the floor ? They are (there). Has your shoemaker much leather? 
He has only a little, but enough. Have you more dogs than horses ? 
I have just as many of these as of those; just as many of the one as 
of the other. Has my little boy a white shirt? He has one. Where 
are all your children ? They are at the upholsterer's. Would you 
have bought a new house if you had had money enough ? I would 
have bought one. Is this house new ? Yes, Sir, it is quite (toute) new. 
Were your cousins happy when they were in Italy ? No, they were 
very unhappy and very poor. Are they rich now 1 Yes, they are 
very rich now. Have these gentlemen always been rich ? No, they 
were very poor when they were in England. When have you been 
at the theatre ? I have been there last year. 



DIX-NEUVIEME LEgOK— Nineteenth Lesson. 



CEil, yeux. 
Cette dame a les yeux noirs. 
Vous avez les cheveux blonds. 
II a les pieds petits. 
II a le nez tres-long. 
Long, m., longue, f. 
Court-e. 
Ce mur a dix pieds de hauteur. 



i Eye, eyes. 
This lady has black eyes. 
You have fair hair, or light hair 
He has small feet. 
He has a very long nose. 
Long. 
Short. 
This wall is ten feet high. 



Bon, meilleur, le meilleur. 
Avoir mal a la gorge. 
Avez-vous mal au bras ? 
J'ai mal aux yeux. 
Mon fils a mal a la tete. 
A-t-elle mal aux dents ? 
Doux, m., douce, f. 
Faux, m., fausse, f. 



Good, better, the best. 
To have a sore throat. 
Have you a sore arm ? 
I have sore eyes. 
My son has a headache. 
Has she a toothache ? 
Sweet, soft. 
False, treacherous. 



Voisin, m., voisine, f. neighbor. 
Armoire, f. closet, 
Malle, f. trunk. 



Coffre, m., trunk, chest 
Voile, m., veil. 
Baton, slick. 



46 DIX-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



Jamais. 

Ne jamais. 

As-tu jamais ete au bal ? 
Je n'y ai jamais ete. 
Monsieur votre pere. 
Madame votre mere. 



Ever. 

Never. 

Hast thou ever been at the ball ] 

I have never been there. 

Your father. 

Your mother. 



Observations. 



1. In paying respect to a person the French say mister, miss, &c, 
Defore the relations of the person. 

2. They also make use of the second person singular, in addressing 
one another, when they are near relations or very intimate friends. 

Deja. Ne pas encore. [ Already. Not yet. 



EXERCICE 40. 

Mademoiselle votre soeur a-t-elle les cheveux noirs? Elle a les 
cheveux blonds. Madame votre mere a-t-elle les yeux bleus ? Non, 
elle a les yeux gris. Les Fran cais ont-ils les pieds petits ? lis ont 
les pieds grands. Ce monsieur a le nez bien long. Cette demoiselle 
a de jolies petites mains blanches. A-t-elle le nez petit ? Non, elle a 
le nez gros. Qui a mal a la gorge ? Cette vieille femme a mai a la 
gorge. As-tu mal a la tete ? Je n'ai pas mal a la tete, mais j'ai mal 
aux dents. Aviez-vous mal aux yeux lorsque vous etiez en France ? 
Oui, j'avais toujours mal aux yeux, lorsque j'y etais. Monsieur votre 
frere a-t-il encore mal au bras ? II n'a plus mal au bras, mais il a 
encore mal aux pieds. As-tu mal au pied ? Non, j'ai mal a la main. 
Ton coffre est-il meilleur que le mien ? Le mien n'est pas aussi bon 
que le votre, mais il est plus beau. Qui a le meilleur eheval? Le 
votre est le meilleur. Vous avez la main beaucoup plus longue que 
moi. Votre orange est-elle plus douce que celle de mon oncle ? Elle 
est plus douce que la sienne. Cet homzne est tres-faux, et sa femme 
est aussi tres-fausse. La robe de madame votre mere est-elle trop 
courte ou trop longue ? Elle n'est ni trop courte ni trop longue. 
Votre voisine a-t-elle jamais ete chez vous ? Elle n'a jamais ete chez 
nous, mais nous avons souvent (often) ete chez elle. Combien la 
maison de votre voisin a-t-elle de hauteur? Elle a cinquante (fifty) 
pieds de hauteur. Combien cette table a-t-elle de longueur? Elle a 
six pieds de longueur. Les murs de cette maison neuve ont trois 
pieds d'epaisseur. Mon gilet de velours bleu est-il dans la malle ? L 
y est. Vos habits noirs sont-ils dans cette armoire ? lis n'y sont pas ; 
ils sont dans mon coffre de cuir. Avez-vous un voile a votre cha- 
peau ? Qui, madame, N'as-tu pas encore ete chez tes cousins ? Je 



DIX-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 47 

n'y ai pas encore ete. Mesdemoiselles vos soeurs ont-elles jamais ete 
a Londres? Elles n'y ont jamais ete. Messieurs vos freres auront- 
ils quelquechose de beau ? lis n'auront rien de beau. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
S. — Nouns ending in s, are masculine ; as, 



Du bois, some wood. 
Le bras, the arm. 
Le mois, the month. 
Pois, pea. 



Printemps, spring. 
Repas, meal. 
Velours, velvet. 
Matelas, mattress. 



Except une brebis, a sheep ; une souris, a mouse ; une vis, a screw ; 
fois,. time. 



Une fois. Deux fois. 
La premiere fois. 
Combien de fois. 
Plusieurs fois. 
Quelquefois. Autrefois. 
Plusieurs. Souvent. 



Once. Twice. 

The first time. 

How often (how many times). 

Several times. 

Sometimes. Formerly. 

Several. Often. 



EXERCISE 41. 

How many more mattresses will the sailors have ? They will have 
four more. Have your sons ever been to Paris ? They have been there 
formerly. How often has the English surgeon been in France ? He 
has been there several times. Has your neighbor many servants ? 
He has only two, but formerly he had a great many. Has your cou- 
sin many more sheep ? He has but one more. Have you seen the 
carpenter's iron screw? I have not seen it. How many times have 
you seen the Emperor? I have seen him only once. Has your 
daughter seen him often ? She has seen him more than ten times. 
Have your parents a wooden parlor-table? They have a wooden one. 
Has the servant much wood? No, he has only a little, but enough. 
In what month are we now? We are in the month of June. In two 
months we shall be in the country. Of what color is the velvet which 
you have bought this morning? It is of a fine crimson color. We 
shall have a great meal this evening. Have you sore eyes ? I have 
no sore eyes, but I have sore feet. Has that woman any peas ? She 
has none. Who has a sore throat ? My husband has a sore throat. 
Is your orange sweet ? It is very sweet. Are your mattresses better 
than mine ? They are not so good as yours. Is this silk ribbon too 
long? No, it is too short. Has your aunt a toothache ? No, she 
has a headache. Has your niece fair hair ? She has black hair and 
blue eyes. The German watch-maker has a big nose and large feet. 
Are your white handkerchiefs in the closet or in the trunk ? They 
are in the trunk. 



48 



VINGTIEME LEgON. 



EXERCISE 42. 

Have the upholsterers a few more mattresses ? They have several 
more. Will you have any good peas ? We shall have some very 
good ones. Is your servant still at the grocer's ? He is there yet. 
Have your nephews already been at Berlin? They have not been 
there yet. Hast thou sometimes been at the ball ? I have often been 
there. Hast thou oftener been there than thy cousin? I have 
not been there as often as he. How many times has your son been 
at the watchmaker's. He has been there five or six times. Our new 
house is fifty feet high. How long is that table ? It is eight feet 
long and three feet broad. Spring (the spring) is a fine season. Is 
your wooden stick as long as mine ? It is longer than yours. This 
wall is two feet thick. Have you many sheep ? I have only one, but 
my neighbor has ten of them (en). Has the joiner any good iron 
screws ? He has no iron screws, but he has some good wooden ham- 
mers. Where have you bought this fine velvet dress ? I have bought 
it at the French merchant's. Has your mother ever had sore eyes ? 
She has often had sore eyes and sore feet. Has your sister blue 
eyes ? She has blue eyes and black hair. Have you ever had a sore 
arm ? I have never had a sore arm, but I have often had a sore throat. 
When I was in England, I always had sore eyes. I have a headache. 



VINGTlfeME LEgON.— Twentieth Lesson. 



Pouvoir, to be able. 
Pu, been able. 



Indicative present. 



I can, I am able. 
Je peux, or je puis. 
Tu peux. 

II peut. 

Nous pouvons. 
Vous pouvez. 
lis peuvent. 

Imperfect 

I was able, I could. 
Je pouvais. 

Future. 

I shall be able. 
Je pourrai. 



Vouloir, to wish, to be willing. 
Voulu, been willing, wished. 

Indicative present. 

I wish, I wish for, 1 am willing. 
Je veux. 

Tu veux. 

II veut. 
Nous voulons. 
Vous voulez. 
lis veulent. 

Imperfect. 

I was willing, I wished. 
Je voulais. 

Future. 

I shall be willing, or shall wish. 
Je voudrai. 



VINGTIEME LEgON. 



49 



Conditional, 

I would, or should be able. 
Je pourrais. 



Conditional. 

I would wish, or be willing. 
Je voudrais. 



FRENCH VERBS. 

There are in French four conjugations, which are distinguished by 
the termination of the infinitive. 

The first has its infinitive terminated in er ; as : 



Parler, to speak. 
Aimer, to love, to like. 
Couper, to cut. 
A Her, to go. 
Danser, to dance. 
Etudier, to study. 
Manger, to eat. 
Preter, to lend. 
Travail ler, to work. 
Rester, to remain, to stay. 



Donner, to give. 
Envoyer, to send. 
Chercher, to look for, seek. 
Aller chercher, to go for. 
Envoyer chercher, to send for. 
Acheter, to buy. 
Tro uver, to find. 
Ba layer, to sweep. 
J oner, to play. 
Casser, to break. 



The second has its infinitive terminated in ir; sa 

Batir, to build. 



Finir, to finish. 
Choisir, to choose, 
Remplir, to fill. 



Sortir, to go out. 
Venir, to come. 



The third has its infinitive terminated in oir ; as : 

Recevoir, to receive. I Voir, to see. 

Apercevoir, to perceive. | Devoir, to owe* 

The fourth has its infinitive terminated in re ; as : 

Vendre, to sell. 1 Apprendre, to learn. 

Repondre, to answer. | Boire, to drink. 



Voulez-vous jouer? 

Je ne veux pas jouer. 

Que veux-tu faire ? 

Je veux etudier. 

Pouvez-vous ecrire une lettre? 

Je puis en ecrire une. 

Bs ne peuvent pas faire cela. 

Cela. 

Fourquoi, Parce que. 



Do you wish to play 1 
I do not wish to play. 
What dost thou wish to do ' 
I wish to study. 
Can you write a letter? 
I can write one. 
They cannot do that. 
That, meaning that thing. 
Why. Because. 



3 



50 VINGTIEME LE£ON. 

EXERCICE 43. 

Que voulez-vous faire ? Je veux etudier. Veux-tu encore du 
pain 1 Je n'en veux plus ; j'en ai encore. Pouvez-vous ecrire des 
lettres ? Je ne puis en ecrire ; j'ai mal a la main. Votre fils vou- 
dra-t-il sortir ? II ne voudra pas sortir. La domestique pouiTa-t-elle 
balayer le plancher du salon? Elle ne pourra pas le balayer; elle 
n'a pas be bon balai. Votre fille veut-elle aller chercher des choux 
au marche ? Elle ne veut pas en aller chercher au march e ; elle veut 
en aller chercher au jardin. Vos enfans peuvent-ils travailler? lis 
peuvent travailler. Voulez-vous envoyer chercher le medecin ou le 
chirurgien 1 Nous ne voulons envoyer chercher ni Fun ni l'autre. Ce 
garcon pourra-t-il finir cet exercice aujourd'hui? Oui, il pourra le 
finir, mais il ne pourra pas apprendre sa lecon de francais. Puis-je 
voir monsieur votre pere ? Vous pouvez le voir. Je voudrais voir 
madam e votre mere : est-elle a lamaison? Elle n'y est pas; elle est 
chez notre voisine. Quand pourrez-vous recevoir ma niece? Nous 
pourrons la recevoir cette apres-midi, si elle veut venir. Pourquoi 
ne voulez-vous pas vendre votre cheval brun? Je ne veux pas 
le vendre, parce que j'en ai besoin. Qui veut parler francais 
avec moi? Personne ne veut parler francais avec toi. A qui votre 
oncle veut-il donner ses ecureuils ? II veut les donner a mon 
petit frere. Avez-vous pu trouver les paniers ronds que (which) vous 
avez perdus ? Non, je n'ai pas encore pu les trouver. Veux-tu jouer 
avec cette jolie petite fille? Oui, mademoiselle. Pourquoi n'as-tu 
pas voulu danser avec la fille du papetier ? Pourquoi l'epicier n'a-t-il 
pas voulu vendre sa maison ? II n'a pas voulu la vendre, parce qu'il 
en a besoin. Ces dames veulent-elles manger ? Elles ne veulent pas 
manger ; elles n'ont pas faim. Veulent-elles boire ? Veux-tu aller 
chercher une tasse de the et un verre d'eau ? Avez-vous de bonne 
biere? Non, mais j'ai d'excellent cidre. Pouvez-vous faire cela? Je 
puis le faire. Si ton cousin pouvait faire ceci (this), il voudrait faire 
cela. A qui veux-tu couper du pain et de la viande ? Je veux en 
couper a ce monsieur et a ces demoiselles. Combien d'argent pou- 
vez-vous me (me) preter ? Je ne puis vous preter qu'un dollar. Ou 
voulez-vous aller? Nous voulons aller chez le boulanger. A qui 
votre pere veut-il envoyer son vieux chapeau ? II veut l'envoyer au 
chapelier. Cette demoiselle est-elle Francaise ? Non, elle est Alle- 
mande. Pourquoi ne voulais-tu pas apprendre l'anglais, lorsque tu 
etais en Angleterre? Parce que je ne pouvais pas trouver de bon 
maitre {master). Nous ne pourrons pas apprendre cette lecon, parce 
qu'elle est trop longue. Oa avez-vous envoye votre cocher ? Nous 
1'avons envoye chez le menuisier. Cet homme qu'est-il? II est cor- 
donnier. Mon pere est bijoutier. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
-Nouns ending in t, are masculine ; as : 



VINGTIEME LE£OX. OX 

Plat, dish. Gout, taste. 

Chat, cat. Poulet, chicken. 

Toit, roof. Fruit, /rw^. 

Lit, bed. Pot, po*. 

Bruit, noise. Dessert, dessert. 

Minuit, midnight. Desert, desert. 

Doigt, finger. Tabouret, stool. 

Except une dot, a dowry ; une dent, a tooth ; la gent, the tribe ; la 
mort, death ; la nuit, night ; une part, a share ; une foret, a forest 
which are feminine. 



II a le front large. 
Le matin. 
Le soir. 
Toute la nuit. 
Toutes les nuits. 
Toute la journee. 
Tous les jours. 
Toute la matinee. 
Tous les matins. 
Toute la soiree. 
Tous les soirs. 
Toute la semaine. 
Toutes les semaines. 
Toute 1'annee. 
Tous les ans. 
Tous les mois. 
Chaque fois. 



He has a large forehead. 

In the morning. 

In the evening. 

All the night. 

Every night. 

The whole day. 

Every day. 

The whole morning. 

Every morning. 

The whole evening. 

Every evening. 

The whole week. 

Every week. 

The whole year. 

Every year. 

Every month. 

Each time. 



EXERCISE 44. 

Do you wish to learn French (le francais) ? No, I wish to learn 
English and Italian. When will the tailor be able to make my velvet 
waistcoat ? He will be able to make it (le faire) next week. Can 
you go out in the morning or in the evening ? I can neither go out 
in the morning nor in the evening'? What does your servant wish to 
do ! He wishes to make your bed. The German general has a very 
large forehead. Has you/ daughter been able to find her stool? No, 
Sir. This little boy wishes to eat all day long. If you could do this 
(ceci) you would wish to do that Can you remain with me all the 
evening ? I cannot remain with you all the evening. Can your brothers 
go out every day this week ? They can go out every evening, but 
they do not wish to go out. Do they wish to study the whole day ? 
No, they only wish to study in the morning. What do they wish to 



52 



VHSTGT-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 



do in the evening 1 They do not wish to do anything (rien faire). 
Couldst thou go to the opera every evening if thy cousin were here ? 
I could go there every evening if he were here. Do you wish to eat 
some dessert ? I do wish to eat some. Does your nephew wish to 
come to our house in the morning or in the evening ? He wishes to 
come to you in the morning and in the evening. Why has not your 
mother been willing to buy some chickens? Because she had not 
money enough. This young lady has very much (beaucoup) taste. 
Have you had a dish of roast meat ? Could you lend some money to 
my father, if he were in want of some ? Yes, Miss, I could. Will 
your son soon be able to write a letter ? He will soon be able to 
write one. Do you wish to send for the surgeon ? I wish to send 
for the physician. Shall you be able to sweep the floor? No, 
Madam, I have a sore hand. Wlien is the broker at home? He is at 
home every morning and every evening. These gentlemen have beau- 
tiful teeth. Will your children be able to write their exercises to-day? 
They will not be able to write them, because they have sore ringers. 
Do you wish to study ? Yes, Sir, we wish to learn our lessons and 
to write our exercises. Can you already speak French ? We cannot 
speak French yet, but we can already speak German and Italian. Do 
you wish to see my black cat ? We do not wish to see your black 
cat, but we should wish to see your beautiful round parlor-table. 



VINGT-ET-UNl£ME 

Pour. 

Voulez-vous me donner de 

gent pour acheter du pain ' 
Veux-tu venir chez moi pour 

mes chaises neuves ? 
Je veux y aller pour les voir. 

Le ou la voir. 
Lui parler. 
Me donner. 
M'ecrire. 



Par- 



voir 



LEQON. — Twenty-first Lesson. 

For, to (meaning in order to). 
Will you give me some money to 

buy bread ? 
Wilt thou come to me in order to 

see my new chairs ? 
I wish to come to you in order to 

see them. 
To see him or her. 
To speak to him or to her. 
To give me. 
To write to me. 



The infinitive must be preceded by the preposition de, after raison, 
tort, peur, honte, envie (a mind, a wish, a desire). 



II a peur de sortir. 
As-tu envie d'etudier ? 
Ai-je raison de casser 

montre ? 
Vous avez tort de la casser. 
A-t-elle honte de parler ? 



votre 



He is afraid to go out. 
Hast thou a mind to study ? 
Am I right in breaking your 

watch ? 
You are wrong in breaking it. 
Is she ashamed to speak ? 



VINGT-ET-UNIEME LE^ON. 53 

Obs. — Most all nouns preceded by the definitive article le or la, are 
followed by de before an infinitive : 



Avez-vous le courage de travailler? 
Je n'ai pas le temps de jouer. 
J'ai eu le plaisir de danser avec 

elle. 
Ayez la bonte de me couper du 

pain. 
Temps. 



Have you the courage to work 1 

I have no time to play. 

I had the pleasure to dance with 

her. 
Have the goodness to cut me 

some bread. 
Time, weather. 



An easy method for learning several thousand French words. 

Rule I. — Most substantives and adjectives ending in English with 
hie, ce, de, ge, ne, ion and ent, are the same in French as in English : 

Fable, noble, providence, force, habitude, orange, passage, machine, 
doctrine, nation, education, prudent, content. 

Rule II. — Most English words ending in ary, ory, cy, ty, ous, o-ir, 
or, become French by changing the final thus 



ary 


into 


aire, 


as 


military, 


militaire. 


ory 


£( 


oire, 


as 


glory, 


gloire. 


°y 


<4 


ce, 


as 


clemency, 


cUmence. 


ty 


a 


te, 


as 


celebrity, 


celebrite. 


ous 


u 


eux, 


as 


generous, 


gtnereux 


our 


u 


eur, 


as 


favour, 


faveur. 


or 


a 


eur, 


as 


doctor, 


docteur. 



Rule III. — Most English verbs ending in ise, use, ute, become 
French by adding r to the final : to realise, realiser ; to excuse, accu- 
ser ; to dispute, disputer. 

Except verbs ending in bute and tute, which become French by 
changing ute into uer : to attribute, attribuer ; to substitute, substituer. 

Rule IV. — Most English verbs ending in ate, fy, or ish, becomr 
French by changing the final, as follows : 

ate into er, as to celebrate, ceUbrer. 
fy " fier, as to justify, justifier. 
ish " ir, as to finish, finir. 

Rule V. — Most nouns ending in y, except those mentionel in 
Rule II., become French by changing that final into ie ; as : roily, 
folie ; fury, furie. 

There are a few exceptions to these five rules, particularly to the 
words ending in ty ; but they are very few. 



54 vingt-et-uniEme LEgoN. 



EXERCICE 45. 

Quelle est l'abreviation de monsieur ? C'est (it is) M. Quelle est 
celle de madame ? C'est Mme. Celle de messieurs est MM. Celle 
de mesdames est Mmes. Celle de mademoiselle est .MZZe., et celle de 
mesdemoiselles est i¥fc. Qu'avez-vous envie de faire ? J'ai envie de 
repondre a la lettre de M. votre pere. As-tu peur d'aller a la foret 
le soir'? Je n'ai pas peur d'y aller le soir, mais j'ai peur d'y aller la 
nuit. Le professeur de francais a-t-il le temps de vous donner une 
lecon aujourd'hui'? II n'a pas le temps. Le docteur a-t-il honte de 
parler allemand ? II n'a pas honte de parler allemand, mais il a honte 
de parler italien et anglais. As-tu le courage de faire cela 1 J'ai le 
courage de le faire. Puis-je voir madame votre mere ? Vous pouvez 
la voir. Voulez-vous avoir la bonte de me couper du pain 1 Ayez la 
bonte de remplir de fruits ce panier roncl. Mademoiselle votre soeur 
aura-t-elle la complaisance d'aller chercher du cidre ou de la biere % 
Elle ne pourra pas sortir ; elle a mal aux pieds. Aurez-vous le temps 
aujourd'hui d'ecrire a 1' Anglais ? Nous n'aurons pas le temps de lui 
ecr.re. Nous avons eu le plaisir de voir votre tante au bal du due. 
Ai-e raison de vendre ma grande maison grise 1 Vous avez tort de 
la Tendre. Le temps est beau. Pour qui avez-vous achete ces belles 
cullers d'argent ? Je les ai achetees pour ma niece. De qui voulez- 
vous acheter du chocolat et du cafe % Nous voulons en acheter de 
l'epicier americain. Monsieur votre pere voudra-t-il bien m'excuser ] 
II ne voudra pas vous excuser. Cet homme a-t-il envie de distribuer 
tout son argent ? A qui veut-ii le donner ? II veut le douner aux 
pauvres. As-tu peur de sortir sans moi 1 Je n'ai pas peur de sortir 
sans vous le jour, mais j'ai peur de sortir sans vous le soir et la nuit. 
Aviez-vous le courage de sortir la nuit, lorsque vous etiez a Paris % 
Vos fils avaient-ils assez d'argent pour aller tous les soirs au theatre, 
lorsqu'ils etaient a Londres % lis n'en avaient pas assez pour y aller 
tous les soirs. Qui a envie de casser ma belle montre d'or % Per- 
sonne n'a envie de la casser. Chez qui votre neveu a-t-il achete 
son crayon d'or ] II l'a achete chez le vieux bijoutier italien. La 
domestique aura-t-elle bientot le temps de balayer le salon ? Elle 
n'aura pas le temps de le faire ce matin. Ou avez-vous envie d'en- 
voyer le domestique % J'ai envie de l'envoyer au marche pour cher- 
cher (to fetch) du boeuf, du mouton et du fromage anglais. 



Continuation of the French Genders, 
U. — Nouns ending in u are masculine ; as : 



Ecu, zrown (money). 
Chou, cabbage, 



Caillou, pebble. 
Cheveu, hair. 



Trou. hole. I Feu, fire, 



VINGT-ET-UNIEME LECON. 



55 



Fou, fool. 
Hibou, owl. 
Genou, knee. 
Joujou, plaything., toy. 
Bijou, jewel. 



Lieu, place. 
Rateau, rake. 
Chateau, castle. 
Bateau, boat. 
Vaisseau, ship. 



Except la vertu, virtue; uue tribu, a tribe; de la glu, some bird- 
lime ; l'eau, the water ; la peau, the skin. 



Un bateau a vapeur. 
Avoir lieu. 

Le bal aura lieu ce soir. 
Gants de peau. 



A steamboat. 

To take place. 

The ball will take place to-night 

Kid gloves. 



X and Z. — Nouns ending in x or % are masculine : as : 



Le choix, the choice. 
Faix, burden. 
Lynx, lynx. 
Index, index. 



Crucifix, crucifix. 

Phenix, phenix (a fabulous bird). 

Nez, nose. 

Riz, rice. 



Except la voix, the voice; la paix, peace; une faux, a scythe; une 
noix, a nut, a walnut; une croix, a cross ; une perdrix, a partridge ; 
de la poix, some pitch ; la toux, cough ; la chaux, lime, which are fe- 
minine. 



EXERCISE 46. 

How many crowns can you lend me ? I can only lend you one 
crown. Are these men fools \ T*iey are no fools. Has this fool a 
mind to break your wooden rake ? He has a mind to break it. What 
has your servant a desire to buy ? She has a desire to buy some 
cabbage {dies chonx). Where is the little mouse now ? It is in that 
little hole. Has the captain money enough to buy a new ship ? He 
has not money enough to buy a new ship. Are you afraid to go on 
that steamboat ? For whom are these yellow kid-gloves ? They are 
for my daughter. Are yonr children afraid to speak French ? They 
are not afraid, but they are ashamed to speak French. Will you have 
the goodness to cut me some meat? Have you not enough of it? 
I have not enough. When has the ball taken place ? It has taken 
place yesterday evening. Did the concert take (has the concert taken) 
place last week ? It took place last Tuesday. This lady is very 
generous. Has the Frenchman's boy a mind to break my plaything ? 
He has a mind, but he has not the courage to break it. Are your 
nieces afraid to go out in the evening ? They are not afraid to go 
out in the evening. Has the servant time to make my fire ? He has 
no time to make it now. When will he have time to make it 1 He 



56 VINGT-ET-UNIEME LEgON. 

will have time to make it this afternoon. The weather is very bad 
to-day. Have the apothecary's sons a mind to go out? Yes, they 
have a mind to go to the German jeweller in order to buy some gold 
and silver jewels. Will you buy some toys for your friend's children ? 
I cannot buy any ; I have lost all my money. When I was in Berlin, 
I had often the pleasure to see your uncle and your aunt. Wilt thou 
have time to finish thy English letters this week 'I I shall not have 
time to finish them this week ? Are your neighbors right in selling 
(de xendre) their houses, (their) fields and all their meadows ? They 
are wrong in selling them. 

EXERCISE 47. 

Will the surgeon have the folly to lend ten crowns to that lazy 
mason ? Will he not have the courage to refuse them'? He will have 
the courage to refuse them. Has the stationer a mind to sell one 
more vocabulary 1 He wishes to sell no more vocabulary, but he 
wishes to sell one more dictionary (un dictionnaire). Has the doctor 
a wish to drink some water ? No, he wishes for a glass of good red 
wine ; have you any ? I have no wine, but I could give him some 
excellent beer or some sweet cider. Has the carpenter a mind to 
make a wooden cross? When will you be able to finish this iron 
crucifix ? I shall be able to finish it next month. When have you 
been at my father's castle ? I have been there last year. Will you 
be able to go to the country next summer ? We shall not be able to 
go to the country next summer. Why not? Because we shall have 
no more country-seat (house of country). Have you a mind to sell 
yours ? We have a mind to sell it and to buy a large house in Paris. 
Your daughter has a beautiful white skin. Hast thou time to go for 
some bird-lime ? Will you have the goodness to look for my kid 
gloves ? They are on the large square table. Has the coachman 
ever seen a lynx ? He has never seen any. Has the shoemaker 
money enough to buy pitch and grey thread? He has not enough; 
will you lend him a few crowns? I cannot, I have only one. Where 
do you wish to buy <-;n iron scythe 1 I wish to buy one at the black- 
smith's (marechal). Can this young lady sing (chanter) ? Yes, M d m, 
she has a very tine voice. My mother h;«s a bad cough. What have 
you a mind to buy at the market? I have a mind to buy some \\ • 
nuts and a partridge. We shall soon have peace. Has the locksmith 
a long nose? No, he has a very short nose. What do you wish to 
eat? I wish to eat some rice. Of what gender are nouns ending in 
b, c, d, g", Z, o, _p, q, and z? They are masculine without exceptions. 
Of what gender are nouns ending in <z? They are all masculine, 
except three. Of what gender are nouns ending in tt1 They are 

feminine, except eight, which are (qui sont) Of what gender 

are French nouns (the French nouns) ending in e, without being 
(sans v.tre) in ft % They are m sculine, except four. Or what gender 
are nouns ending in/? They are masculine, except three. Of what 



VINGT-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



hi 



gender are nouns ending in i ? They are masculine, except four. Of 
what gender are nouns ending in m ? They are masculine, except 
one. What do you wish to do to-day ? I wish to study my lesson, 
I have often had the pleasure of dancing with your cousin. 



VINGT-DEUXlfeME LECON.— Twenty-second Lesson. 



Qu'avez-vous a faire ? 
Je n'ai rien a faire. 
Qu'aura-t-elle a manger 1 
Je n'avais rien a boire. 



What have you to do 1 
I have nothing to do. 
What will she have to eat ? 
I had nothing to drink. 



Obs. A. — The auxiliary avoir, to have, must be followed by a be- 
fore an infinitive, as may be seen in the above examples. 



Avez-vous du plaisir a etudier ? 
Oui, nous avons beaucoup de plai- 
sir a etudier. 



Have you any pleasure to study? 
Yes, we have much pleasure to 
study. 

Obs. B. — A noun preceded by some, any, or an adverb of quantity, 
takes d before an infinitive, as may be seen in the above examples ; 
except when the preposition to means in order to, then it is expressed 
in French by pour. 



Marechal, blackmitli. 
Morceau, piece, bit. 
Cuisinier, cook. 
Magasin, store, tvarehouse. 



Billet, note, billet. 

Maison de campagne, country-seat 

Bouteille, f., bottle. 

Carafe, f., decanter. 



Ne plus. 

Ne plus guere. 

Je n'ai plus guere de cidre. 
Je n'en ai plus guere. 
Bien, mieux, le mieux. 
Eglise, f. Ecole, f. 
A l'eglise. A l'ecole. 



No more, no longer. 
Not much or many more. 
I have not much more cider. 
I have not much more. 
Well, better, best. 
Church. School. 
To church. At school. 



EXERCICE 48. 

Le cuisinier qu'aura-t-il a faire demain matin ? II aura a aller au 
marche. Qu'as-tu a acheter ? J'ai a acheter des noix, du riz et du 
sucre. Avez-vous assez d'argent pour acheter une maison de cam- 
pagne ? Nous n'en avons pas assez pour en acheter une. Cet ecri- 
vain a le front tres-large. Avez-vous encore beaucoup de grandes 
bouteilles ? Je n'en ai plus guere. Le Grec qu'a-t-il a boire ? II n'a 
rien a boire, mais il a quelque chose a manger. Qu'a-t-il a manger ? 
H a un grand morceau de pain avec du fromage. Pouvez-vous tra- 

3* 



58 VINGT-TROISIEME LEgON". 

vailleraussi bien que le fils du menuisier ? Je peux travailler mieux 
que lui. As-tu eu beaucoup de plaisir a apprendre le francais ? J'ai 
eu beaueoup de plaisir a. l'apprendre. Le banquier a-t-il envie d'e- 
crire autant de billets que son eommis ? II a envie d'en ecrire tout 
autant. Vos enfants veulent-ils aller a l'ecole ? lis ne veulent pas 
y aller. Madame votre mere a-t-elle le temps d'aller a l'eglise ? Elle 
a le temps d'y aller. Avez-vous deja ete a la maison de campagne de^ 
mon ami? Je n'y ai pas encore ete. Cette eglise est tres-belle. J'a 
envie d'envoyer mes lilies a une meilleure ecole. Le cuisinier a-t-il le 
temps de remplir de vin cette petite bouteille ? II n'a pas le temps 
de la remplir. Voulez-vous avoir la bonte d'aller chercher une carafe 
d'eau et une bouteille de biere? A quels billets avez-vous a re- 
pondre ? J'ai a repondre a ceux du courtier. Veux-tu m' envoy er 
ces noix-ei ou celles-la? Je ne veux vous envoyer ni celles-ci ni 
celles-la ; ni les unes ni les autres. Voulez-vous vendre ces poulets- 
ci ou ceux-la ? Je ne veux vendre ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la, Ayez la 
bonte d'ecrire ces trois exercices et d'apprendre cette lecon de fran- 
cais. La domestique qu'a-t-elle eu a faire ce matin ? Elle a eu a ba- 
layer mon magasin. L'a-t-elle a balayer tous les jours? Elle 1'a a 
balayer tous les matins et tous les soirs. Qu'aviez-vous a faire lors- 
que vous etiez a votre belle maison de campagne I J'avais tous les 
jours a ecrire quelques exercices et a parler francais avec mon pre- 
cepteur. Pourriez-vous ecrire autant de lettres que moi, si vous aviez 
le temps ? Je pourrais en ecrire tout autant que vous, si j'avais le 
temps. Veux-tu venir a mon magasin pour le voir ? Je veux y aller 
pour le voir. Vos voisins ont-ils envie d'envoyer leurs fils a l'ecole 
de frangais ou a l'ecole de danse? lis ont envie de les envoyer a 
l'une et a l'autre. J'ai peur de sortir la nuit 



EXERCISE 49. 

Have you a good broom to sweep the warehouse ? I have a very 
good one to sweep it. What will you have to do to-morrow ? I 
shall have to work all day long. We have much pleasure in speaking 
French with your daughters. Can they speak as well as you ? They 
can speak much better than we, but we can write it better than they. 
What wilt thou have to drink ? I shall have nothing but water. 
Have you anything to buy at the grocer's to-day ? I have nothing to 
buy at the grocer's, but I have to buy something at the market. Will 
you have the complaisance to cut me a small piece of that mutton ! 
Do you wish for some rice ? No, Sir, I wish for a piece of bread and 
a little bit of roast meat. Can the blacksmith buy that scythe ? He 
can buy it. Is the cook in want of anything ? He does not want 
anything. Could you sweep the warehouse this morning ? Where 
is the servant? He is not here ; I have not seen him yet this morn- 
ing. How many notes have you to write this evening ? I have only 



VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 



59 



one to write this evening, but I shall have a great many to write next 
Wednesday. Do you wish to buy my country-seat ? Have you a 
mind to sell it ? I shall have to sell it this year or next (year), be- 
cause I shall want a good deal of money. Has the cook time to fill 
the bottles with (of) wine? He has no time to fill them; he has too 
much to do. What shall we have to eat ? We shall have some rice, 
roast meat, boiled beef, chicken, and a partridge. Will your son go 
for a decanter of water? He has no time to go for some. What has 
he to do? He has to go to school. Is your aunt at church? No, 
she is at my sister's. Has the Englishman a large forehead ? He 
has a large forehead, light hair, blue eyes, a long nose and a very 
white skin. We shall have the honor to see your uncle the surgeon 
to-morrow. Has your father a new coachman 1 He has a new coach- 
man and a new clerk. They are both Germans. 



VINGT-TROISIEME LECOK— Twenty-third Lesson. 

FIRST CONJUGATION.—^. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present Parler. To speak. 

Participle present. Parlant. Speaking. 

Participle past. Parle. Spoken. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

Je parle. I speak. 

Tu paries. Thou speakest. 

II ou elle parle. He or she speaks. 

Nou3 parlons. We speak. 

Vous parlez. You speak. 

lis ou elles parlent. They speak. 

Obs. — In the interrogative form, the e mute of the first person 
takes an acute accent, for the sake of euphony : parle-je, do I speak ? 
The -U in parle-t-il is used for euphony. 



Imperfect. 



Je parlais. 

Tu parlais. 

II ou elle parlait. 

Nous parlions. 

Vous parliez. 

lis ou elles parlaient. 



I spoke, or I was speaking. 
Thou spokest, or wast speaking. 
He or she spoke, or was speaking. 
We spoke, or were speaking. 
You spoke, or were speaking. 
They spoke, or were speaking. 



60 VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

There are about 2,700 verbs ending in er ; they are all conjugated 
like parler, except aller and envoy er. 



Aimer, to love, to like. 
Aimer mieux, to like better. 
Mener, to lead, to take to. 
Danser, to dance. 
Jouer, to play. 



Chanter, to sing. 
Commencer, to begin. 
Compter, to intend, to count. 
Porter, to carry. 
Apporter, to bring. 



Obs. A. — In verbs having e mute in the last syllable but one of the 
infinitive mood, the letter e takes the grave accent ( x ) in all persons 
and tenses where the consonant immediately after it is followed by e 
mute, as : 

Je mene, tu menes, il mene, nous menons, vous menez, Us menent. 
J^achete, tu achetes, il acliete, nous achetons 

Obs. B. — Aimer and commencer are followed by the preposition d 
before an infinitive : 

Aimer a lire. I To like to read. 

Commencer a ecrire. I To begin to write. 

Obs. C. — Aimer mieux and compter are followed by no preposition 
before an infinitive : 

Ou comptez-vous aller ? [ Where do you intend to go to 1 

J'aime mieux etudier que de jouer. j T like to study better than to play. 

Obs. D. — Que, than, as, must be followed by the preposition de, 
before an infinitive, as may be seen in the above example. 



EXERCICE 50. 

Aimez-vous a danser? Non, madame, nous n'aimons pas a danser; 
nous aimons a chanter. Oti votre oncle compte-t-il aller ? II compte 
aller a Paris. Vos enfants commencent-ils a lire? lis commencent 
a lire et a ecrire. A qui votre fille donne-t-elle ses jolis ehapeaux de 
velours et ses mantilles de soie ? Elle les donne a sa cousine. Ai- 
mez-vous mieux chanter que de danser ? J'aime mieux danser que 
de chanter. Avez-vous d< ja parle au charpentier ? Je ne lui ai pas 
encore parle. Le due a-t-il envoye chercher sa montre ? Non, mon- 
sieur. Le tailleur a-t-il apporte mes pantalons? II a apporte vos 
gilets, mais il n'a pas apporte vos pantalons. Ou le Grec mene-t-il 
son garcon ? II le mene chez le capitaine. Quand j'etais a Boston, 
j'allais tous les soirs au theatre. Que comptez-vous acheter aujour- 
d'hui? Je compte acheter une belle montre d'or et un parapluie de 
soie? Pour qui? Pour mon frere. Jouez-vous quelquefois avec 
ces petites filles? Non, mademoiselle. Ou votre domestique a-t-il 
porte mon billet ? II Pa porte chez le general grec. Ces dames que 



VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 61 

veulent-elles acheter 1 Elles veulent acheter des robes de soie, des 
chapeaux de velours, des tasses d'argent et des cuillers d'or. Ces 
demoiselles aiment beaucoup a danser et a jouer. 

Obs. F. — Let it be borne in mind, that there is no distinction in 
French between I speak, I do speak, and I am speaking ; they are ex- 
pressed by jeparle, I speak. 

EXERCISE 51. 

Do you intend to go out this morning 1 Yes, Sir. Where do you 
intend to go to ? I intend to go to market. Did you dance when 
you were at Paris 1 No, Miss. Why did you not dance ? Because 
I do not like to dance. Has your mother bought anything this 
evening 1 Yes, Madam, she has bought some fine silver forks and a 
little gold plate. Does the sailor give anything to this poor old man? 
No, he does not give him anything. Do your sons like to study ? 
They like to play, but they do not like to study. Do these lazy boys 
study ? No, Miss, they do not study; they are playing in the garden. 
Does your daughter wish to go for some chocolate 1 She does not 
wish to go for any chocolate ; she wishes to go for some sugar and 
coffee. Have you seen my sister's beautiful velvet dress ? We have 
not seen her velvet dress, but we have seen her fine silk stockings. I 
would have bought a red velvet waistcoat, if I had had some money. 
Do your sons like to study better than to go out 1 They like to go 
out better than to study. Are they lazy ? They are not lazy. Have 
these ladies bought any golden spoons 1 No, Sir, but they have 
bought some fine silver plates. What will you have pretty ? We 
shall have some very pretty silk handkerchiefs. Has this little boy 
brought my velvet waistcoat ] No, but he has brought your fine green 
pantaloons and your sister's red slippers. Did you give anything to 
that poor old man % Yes, Madam, I gave him (je lui ai donne) some 
money. Do the duke's children commence to read ? They begin to 
read and to write. Do you like to write notes better than letters ? 
We like to write letters better than to write notes. Will the car- 
penter have time to bring some nails ? He will not have time to 
bring any. He had time to bring some yesterday evening, but you 
were not at home. Where was I? You were at the concert Do 
you intend to buy a new silk dress for your sister ? No, but I intend 
to buy a new velvet hat for my daughter. Did your mother like to 
dance when she was young ? Yes, Miss, she liked very much to dance, 
to sing and to play. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
TERMINATIONS IN E MUTE. 

GENERAL RULES. 

\°. — Nouns ending in e mute, preceded by another vowel, are fe- 



minine ; as : 



VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 



te. Une armee, an army. 
Idee, idea. 
Epee, sword. 

Germandree, forget-me-not. 
Arrivee, arrival. 
Matinee, morning. 
Soiree, evening. 



Journee, day. 
Croisee, window. 
Fumee, smoke. 
Pensee, thought. 
Nuee, cloud. 
Cheminee, chimney. 
Vallee, valley. 



Except un musee, a museum; un trophee, a trophy ; and a few 
other words derived from the Greek, which are very seldom used. 



ie. La pluie, the rain. 
Vie, life. 
Copie, copy. 
Partie, part. 
Boiserie, wainscot. 



Joie, joy. 
Oie, goose. 
Proie, prey. 
Plaie, wound. 
Craie, chalk. 



Except le genie, genius; un incendie, a conflagration, afire ; un 
parapluie, an umbrella ; le foie, the liver. 



ue. La rue, the street. 
Vue, sight. 
Charrue, plough. 
Tortue, turtle. 



Morue, codfish. 
Joue, cheek. 
Roue, wheel. 
Boue, mud, dirt. 



Except those ending in gue or que, of which we shall speak in the 
particular rules. 



EXERCISE 52. 

Do you intend to buy a goose ? No, I intend to buy an iron sword, 
a silk umbrella, a large plough and some codfish. Did you sometimes 
take your son to the museum when you were in Rome ? Yes, Sir, I 
took him thither every week. Do your daughters like to play better 
than to study ? When they were young, they liked to play and to 
dance better than to study ; but now they like to study better than to 
play. Has your servant carried the forget-me-not to my aunt ? He 
has - carried it thither. Did you speak French the whole day when you 
were in France ? No, I only spoke French in the afternoon when I 
was at my cousin's who could not speak English. How does the 
Italian captain speak German ? He speaks German very well. Have 
the French red cheeks? They have red cheeks. The life of a goose 
is very short. Where was my nephew this morning when I was 
looking for him ? He was playing in the street. Is my fine inkstand 
on the window or on the chimney ? It is neither on the window nor 
on the chimney ; it is on the desk, Do you like to sing ? We like 
to dance better than to sing. Did these young ladies sing yesterday 
evening ? Yes, Madam, they sang the whole evening. Has the tailor 



VINGT-QUATRIEME LEgOET. 



63 



brought my black cloth over-coat % He has not brought it yet. When 
did the shoemaker bring my shoes'? He brought them yesterday. 
Has the blacksmith brought the iron wheel which he (qitiT) sold you 
yesterday ? He has brought it this morning. Do you begin to speak 
English ? We begin to speak and to read it. Do these lazy girls be- 
gin to write ? They do not yet begin to write. That great valley is 
beautiful. Has the locksmith seen the fire this morning ? He has 
not seen it. Of what gender are nouns ending in e mute (muet) pre- 
ceded by {precede de) a vowel ? They are all feminine, except 

Whither do your parents carry these copies ? They carry them to the 
stationer. Have you ever seen my wooden plough ? No, I have ne- 
ver seen it. Do your cooks buy as many geese as turtles ? They 
buy more of the latter than of the former ; more of the one than of 
the other. I like very much (beaucoup) these yellow wainscots. 



VINGT-QUATRlfiME LECON.— Twenty-fourth Lesson. 



Future. 



Je parlerai. 
Tu parleras. 
II parlera. 
Nous parlerons. 
Vous parlerez. 
lis parleront. 



Je parlerais. 
Tu parlerais. 
II parlerait. 
Nous parlerions. 
Vous parleriez. 
lis parleraient. 



Parle. 
Qu'il parle. 
Parlons. 
Parlez. 
Qu'ils parlent. 



I shall or will speak. 
Thou wilt speak. 
He will speak. 
We shall speak. 
You will speak. 
They will speak. 

Conditional 

I should or would speak. 
Thou wouldst speak. 
He would speak. 
We should speak. 
You would speak. 
They would speak. 

Imperative. 

Speak (thou). 
Let him speak. 
Let us speak. 
Speak (you). 
Let them speak. 



Tuer, to kill. 

Demeurer, to live, to dwell. 

Arranger, to arrange. 



Ranger, to set in ora* 
Deranger, to derange 
Casser, to break. 



64 



VINGT-QUATRI^ME LEgON. 



Fermer, to shut. 
Diner, to dine. 
Dejeuner, to breakfast 



Avez-vous de Fargent pour ache- \ 
ter du cuivre ? 



Souper, to sup. 

Laisser toniber, to let fall, to drop, 

Ramasser, to pick up. 



Have you any money to buy some 
copper ? 



INDIRECT OBJECT or DATIVE. 

Me or a moi. To me. 

Te or a toi. To thee. 

Lui or a lui. To him. 

Lui or a elle. To her. 

Nous or a nous. To us. 

Vous or a vous. To you. 

Leur or a eux. To them. 

(F.) Leur or a elles. To them. 

Obs. A. — The pronouns me, te, se, nous, vous, lui, leur, precede the 
verb, and & moi, a toi, a lui, a elle, a nous, a vous, a eux, a elles, fol- 
low it. 



Elle veut lui parler. 

Je ne veux pas parler a vous, mais 
a lui. 



She wishes to speak to him or to 

her. 
I do not wish to speak to you, 

but to him. 



DIRECT OBJECT 


or ACC1 


Me or moi. 




Me. 


Te or toi. 




Thee. 


Le or lui. 




Him. 


La or elle. 




Her. 


Nous. 




Us. 


Vous. 




You. 


Les or eux. 




Them 


Les or elles 


(fern.). 


Them 



A qui donnez-vous le fer ? 
Je le donne au cuisinier. 
As-tu ramasse mes plumes ? 
Je ne les ai pas ramassees. 
A-t-il vu ma mantille ? 
II l'a vue. 
Je ne Fai pas vue. 



To whom do you give the iron 1 

I give it to the cook. 

Didst thou pick up my pens ? 

I did not pick them up. 

Has he seen my mantilla ? 

He has seen it. 

I have not seen it. 



VINGT-QUATR1EME LE£ON. 65 

Obs. B. — The past participle, when it is preceded by its direct ob- 
ject, must agree with it in gender and number, as may be seen in the 
above examples. 

De moi. Avec toi. Of me. With thee. 

Sans lui. Without him. 

Apres elle. After her. 

Avant eux. Before them. 

Que. Which, that, than. 



EXERCICE 53. 

Parlerez-vous a mon pere ou a ma mere? Je parlerai a votre 
mere. Quai.d lui parlerez-vous? Je lui parlerai ce soir ou demain 
matin. Casseriez-vous vos verres, s'ils n'etaient pas forts (strong) ? 
Nous les casserions, si nous les laissions tomber. Quand le capitaine 
grec rangera-t-il ses livres ? II les rangera demain. Auriez-vous don- 
ne un crayon d'argent a cette petite fille, si elle avait etudie sa lecon? 
Je lui aurais donne un crayon d'or. Ces demoiselles fermeraient la 
porte (door) si elles avaient froid. Qui dinera avec vous ? Le due 
dinera avec nous. Avez-vous deja soupe? Non, madame, mais nous 
sonperons bientot. Nous dejeunerons avant toi. Dinerons-nous sans 
vos enfants ? Nous ne diuerons pas sans eux. Votre petit frere a- 
t-il vu mes cuillers de fer ? Non, monsieur, il n'a pas vu vos cuillers 
de fer, mais il a vu vos grils de cuivre Quand les a-t-il vus ? Hier 
soir De qui ce garcon parle-t-il ? II parle de toi. Si nous avions 
laisse tomber nos harengs, les auriez-vous ramasses ? Je ne les au- 
rais pas ramasses. Combien de boeufs cet homrae tuera-t-il ] II en 
tuera six. Mon pere a bien sommeil. Ma soeur m'a achete un fort 
joli livre. 

EXERCISE 54. 

What will our sons arrange ? They will arrange nothing. To 
whom will you speak ? We shall speak to our tailor. Where does 
he live? He lives in the country (a la campagne). When will you 
set your books in order? I shall set them in order to-morrow. 
Where do these rich gentlemen intend to go to? They intend to go to 
the ball. Would you like to dance, if you were young yet? I should 
like very much to dance, to play, to sing and to go to the theatre, if 1 
were as young as you. When will these little girls begin to study 
their lessons? They have already studied them. Would your uncle 
like to buy a house, if he had money enough ? Yes, Miss, he would 
like to buy one. We should like to play better than to write letters 
and notes. Would these sailors like to buy any horses ? They 
would like to buy some if they had money enough. Would your old 
cook break your fine white plates, if he did let them fall ? Yes, Sir, 
he would break them. When will your daughter bring my fine red 



66 



VINGT-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 



ribbons ? She has already brought them. Will you have the kind- 
ness to give me a little meat ? Will you have this small piece? Yes, 
Sir. 

EXERCISE 55. 

Do you intend to send for any sugar? We intend to send for 
some coffee and chocolate. I would give you a very pretty blue silk 
dress, if you were more careful. Where will your brothers dine to- 
morrow ? They will dine at the hotel. Who will dine with them 1 
Their cousins will dine with them. Where will you sup to-day ? J 
shall sup with my sister. Would this nightingale sing, if it were not 
cold. Yes, it would sing. Will you give anything to eat to this poor 
old man ? Yes, Sir, I will give him something. The Greek will kill 
his squirrel, his nightingale and all his black and white horses. Why 
do your children always derange my books ? My children never de- 
range them. Have you ever been to my cousin's 1 No, Madam, I 
have never been there, but I should like very much to go there this 
evening. Will your brothers dine before you ? Yes, Sir. When 
does your cook intend to go to the market in order to buy some beef, 
lobsters and herrings? He intends to go there to-morrow morning. 
Why do you not shut your closet ? We have no key to shut it. Thou 
wilt have a copper gridiron and an iron gun. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
2° All names of countries ending in e mute, are feminine ; as : 



La France, France. 
L'Angleterre, England. 
L'ltalie, Italy. 
L'Ecosse, Scotland. 
L'Allemagne, Germany. 
La Suisse, Switzerland. 
La Belgique, Belgium. 
La Turquie, Turkey. 
La Prusse, Prussia. 
L'Amerique. America. 
L'Afrique, Africa. 



La Russie, Russia. 
La Suede, Sweden. 
L'Irlande, Ireland. 
La Pologne, Poland. 
L'Autriche, Austria, 
L'Espagne, Spain. 
La Hollande, Holland. 
La Greee, Greece. 
L'Europe, Europe. 
L'Asie, Asia. 
L'Oceanie, Oceanica. 



Except le Mexique, Mexico, and le Hanovre, Hanover. 



Le Russe, the Russian. 
Italien, Italian. 
Ecossais, Scotch, Scotchman. 
Autrichien, Austrian. 
Espagnol, Spanish, Spaniard. 



Suedois, Swedish. 
Irlandais, Irish, Irishman. 
Polonais, Pole, Polish. 
Suisse, Swiss. 
Beige, Belgian. 



vingt-quatrieme lecon. 



6T 



Hollandais, Dutch, Dutchman. 
Prussien, Prussian. 
Americain, American. 



Turc, m., Turque, f., Turk. 
Europeen-ne, European. 
Africain, African. 



Obs. — Adjectives ending in as, os, el, eil, ien, on, et, ot, form their fe- 
minine by doubling the last consonant and adding e mute; as: Ion, 
bonne ; gras, grasse, fat ; gros, grosse, big ; tternel, eternelle, eternal ; 
par eil, pareille, equal, such ; Italien, Italienne ; ancien, ancienne, an- 
cient ; net, nette, neat, clean ; sot, sotte, foolish. 



Cette dame est Italienne. 

Ces demoiselles sont Prussiennes. 

Je parle francais. 

Apprendre l'espagnol. 

Voyager en Europe. 



This lady is an Italian. 

Those young ladies are Prussians. 

I speak French. 

To learn Spanish. 

To travel in Europe. 



EXERCISE 56. 

Have the Prussians ever travelled in Africa ? They have never tra- 
velled there. Where have the Americans travelled ? They have tra- 
velled in Franee, (in) Austria, (in) Spain, (in) Italy and (in) Germany. 
Do the Irish intend to travel in Asia ? No, but they intend to travel in 
England and America. Are you a German'? No, I am a French- 
man and my wife is an Italian. Does the Turk like to learn Polish 
better than Dutch ? He likes to learn neither the one nor the other. 
Would the Spaniard set his books in order, if he had time % He would 
set them in order, if he had time. Did you study Polish when you 
were in Belgium ? No, Madam, but I studied it when I was in Poland. 
Will the Poles study Swedish ? They will not study it. Has the 
Italian lady blue eyes ? No, she has black eyes and black hair. Have 
the Scotch sore eyes ? They have sore eyes. Who has a sore throat? 
The American has a sore throat. Will the American lady soon speak 
French? She will soon speak it. Speak to the European gentleman. 
Give that big apple to the Swiss. This pear is equal to that one. 
Have the Greeks a mind to learn English ? They have a mind to learn 
it, but they have no time; they have too much to do. What will the 
Scotchman have to do to-morrow ? He will have to write some French 
letters. Did you often travel when you were young? Yes, Sir, I of- 
ten travelled. The ancient Greeks had very great generals. Romu- 
lus was the first king (roi) of the Romans (Romains). Who was his 
brother ? Did not Romulus kill his brother Remus ? He did kill 
him. Do the Prussians intend to go to Asia next year ? They intend 
to go thither this year. Of what gender are names of countries end- 
ing in e mute ? They are all feminine, except two 



68 



VINGT-CINQUIEME LEfON. 



VINGT-CINQUIEME LEgON— Twenty-fifth Lesson. 



Dejeuner. 




Breakfast. 


Diner. 




Dinner. 


Gouter. 




Lunch, luncheon. 


Souper. 




Supper. 


Obs. — We can also write dejeune, dine, soupe. 


The objective pronouns precede 


the verb in the following manner : 


Me le, me les, 


m'en. 


It to me, them to me, some to me. 


Te le, te les, 


t'en. 


It to thee, them to thee, some to 
thee. 


Le lui, les lui, 


lui en. 


It to him, them to him, some to 
him or to her. 


Nous le, nous les, 


nous en. 


It to us, them to us, some to us. 


Vous le, vous les, 


vous en. 


It to you, them to you, some to 


Le leur, les leur, 


leur en. 


you. 
It to them, them to them, some to 
them. 


11 me les a pretes. 


- 


He lent them to me. 


I*ni pretez-vous votre plume ? 


Do you lend him your pen ? 


Je ia lui prete. 




I lend it to him. 


Leur donnerez-vous 


> du vin ? 


Will you give them any wine ? 


Nous leur en donnerons. 


We shall give them some. 


Combien leur en donnerez-vous ? 


How much will you give them ? 


Nous leur en donnerons trois 


We shall give them three glasses 


verres. 




of it. 


Yen. 


i 


Some there, or to it. 


J'y en enverrai. 


1 


I shall send some thither. 


M'y. 




Me there, or to it. 


T'y. 




Thee there, or to it. 


L'y. 




Him, her, it there. 


Nous y. 




Us there, or to it. 


Vous y. 




You there, or to it. 


Lesy. 




Them there, or to it. 



M'y accompagnerez-vous ? 
Je vous y accompagnerai. 



Will you accompany me there? 
I will accompany you thither. 



VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 



69 



Les y envoyez-vous ? 

Arriver. 

Accompagner. 



Do you send them thither ? 

To arrive. 

To accompany. 



Aller and envoyer are irregular verbs. 



Je vais. 
Tu vas. 
II va. 

Nous allons. 
Vous allez. 
lis vont. 



J'irai, tu iras, &c. 



J'irais, tu irais, ii irait, &c. 



I go, or am going. 
Thou art going. 
He goes, or is going. 
We go, or are going. 
You go, or are going. 
They are going. 

Future* 

] I shall go, thou wilt go. 

Conditional. 

j I should go, thou wouldst go, he 
would go. 



J'enverrai, tu enverras. 



Future, 

| I shall send, thou wilt send. 
Conditional, 
J'enverrais, tu enverrais. | I should send, thou wouldst send. 

The other tenses are regular : fenvoyais ; fallais ; envoy t ; alU, &c. 



EXERCICE 57. 

Qu'aurons-nous a manger ? Nous aurons du pain et de la viande. 
Aurez-vous des poires pour votre diner ? Nous aurons du cerf pour 
notre dine et des poires pour notre gouter. Votre cousin aimerait-il 
mieux du cafe que du the pour son dejeuner? II aimerait mieux du 
chocolat. Quand irez-vous chercher des harengs ? Nous irons en 
chercher demain matin. Ou les generaux vont-ils a present ? lis 
vont a l'opera. Si j'allais a Philadelphie, m'y accompagneriez-vous 1 
Je ne vous y accompagnerais pas. Pourquoi ne m'y accompagneriez- 
vous pas ? Parceque je n'aime pas a voyager. M. votre pere aime- 
rait-il a voyager, s'il etait aussi riche que votre cousin ? Oui, made- 
moiselle, il l'aimerait beaucoup. Quand Mme. votre mere arrivera- 
t-elle de Paris 1 Dans deux mois. M'avez-vous apporte les livres 
que je vous ai pretes ] Oui, je vous les ai apportes. Quand me les 



?0 VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON 

avez-vous apportes ? Je vous les ai apportes hier. Enverriez-vous 
de Pargent a votre fils, s'il etait plus studieux ? Je lui en enverrais, 
s'il etait un peu plus poli. M'enverrez-vous a 1'ecole demain ? Je t'y 
enverrai aujourd'hui. Y enverrez-vous aussi mes soeurs ? Je les y ai 
deja envoy ees. Quand les y avez-vous envoyees ? Ce matin. Ces 
bonnes dames iront-elles bientot a la campagne 1 Elles iront dans 
un mois. Les y accompagnerez-vous ? Oui, monsieur, je les y ac- 
compagnerai. Quand votre fille est-elle arrivee ? Elle est arrivee 
hier. Quand m'enverrez-vous mes deux montres d'or ? Je vous les 
enverrai demain. Donnez-vous ce beau parapluie de soie au domes- 
tique de mon oncle ? Je le lui donne. Votre oncle donnera-t-il ce 
joli ecureuil a la fille de son tailleur ? II ne le lui donnera pas. Pre- 
terez-vous vos bas a ces femmes 1 Nous ne les leur preterons pas. 
Iriez-vous chercher du vin a l'hotel, si vous aviez autant d'argent que 
cet homme ? Oui, monsieur, j'irais en chercher. Votre frere arrive- 
ra-fc-il bientot des champs ? II en est deja revenu (come back). 

EXERCISE 58. 

Would your servant go for some lobsters, if you gave him some 
money 1 He would go for some, if I gave him money. What do 
you wish for your breakfast ? I wish for some herring, bread, coffee 
and sugar. Would you like to have some lobster for your dinner ? I 
should like very much to have some. When will your cousins arrive 
from Boston ? In two or three months. Do you intend to send any 
money home ? We do not intend to send any thither. What would 
you like for your lunch ! I should like some bread and a glass of 
wine. Bring a cup of tea, a bottle of wine, and a decanter of water. 
Will you lend me your pencils and knives. I will lend them to you. 
When will you send your children to school ? I shall send them 
thither to-morrow. Would your little boy bring us some tobacco, if 
he had time 1 He would bring you some, if he had time. Will you 
have the kindness to cut me some bread ? I have already cut thee 
some. Have you given your thread stockings to this poor old man ? 
We have given them to him. I should like to write better than to 
study my lessons. 

EXERCISE 59. 

Would your daughter have shut her closet, if she had had a key ? 
She would have shut it. What would your son like for his supper ? 
He would like some bacon, tea and bread. Where will you dine to- 
day 1 To-day we shall dine at the hotel. Will you dine with me ? 
We have already dined. What had you for your dinner? We had 
some roast meat, beef, lobster, pork, bread and apples. Will you send 
your servants to the market ? I shall not send them thither. Do you 
intend to buy silk stockings ? We do not wish to buy any, but we 
should like to buy some velvet dresses, if we had money enough. 
Have you a mind to buy some wood to make a fire ? I have no 



VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. *71 

money to buy any. When will your uncle arrive from New York ? 
He will arrive in six months. When will the carpenter bring us some 
iron screws ? He would bring us some this evening if he had time. 
How many corks (bouchon) will you give me? I shall give thee 
four or five. What does your little daughter wish for her lunch ? 
She does not wish anything ; she is not hungry. Where are the 
sheep ! They are in the fields. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN BE. 

ABE. — Nouns ending in abe, are masculine ; as : 

Un Arabe, an Arabian. I Un monosyllabe, a monosyllable, 

Un crabe, a crab. \ Un poly sy 11 abe, a polysyllable. 

Except une syllabe, a syllable, which is feminine. 



MBE. — Nouns ending in mbe, are feminine ; as : 

La colombe, the dove. I La jambe, the leg. 

La tombe, the tomb. | Une trombe, a waterspout. 



TERMINATIONS IN CE. 
ACE, ECE, OCE. — Nouns ending in ace, ece, oce, are feminine ; as : 



Une place, a place, square. 
Glace, ice, looking-glass. 
Une piece, a piece. 



La surface, the surface. 

Une espece, a species, a kind. 

Une noce, a wedding, a marriage. 



Except un espace, a space ; un negoce, a traffic ; and le sacerdoce, 
priesthood. 



ICE. — Nouns ending in ice, are masculine ; as : 

Un benefice, a benefit. 
Un calice, a chalice. 
Un edifice, an edifice. 

Except the eleven following : 

Une cicatrice, a scar. 

L'avarice, avarice. 

Une epice, a spice. 

La malice, malice. 

La police, police. 

Les premices, the first fruits. 



Le caprice, the caprice. 

Le vice, vice. 

Le supplice, the punishment. 

La justice, justice. 

L'inj ustice, injustice. 

La lice, the list of a tournament. 

La milice, militia. 

La notice, the written account. 



72 VINGT-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

Those which designate females, are feminine of course ; as : 

[mperatrice, empress. | Une institutrice, a governess. 

Ambassadrice, ambassadress. | Une nourrice, a nurse. 



EXERCISE 60, 

Did the English merchant sell you this piece of velvet ? He did 
sell it to me. Do your parents intend to go to your cousin's wed- 
ding ? They will not go to it. Whither will you send your niece ? 
I shall send her to her French governess. Hast thou ever seen a 
waterspout on the sea? I have never seen any there. Do you be- 
gin to speak German ? No, but I begin to speak Arabic (arabe). 
When will you go to see my uncle's tomb ? W T e shall go to see it 
next week. It is beautiful. When will you send your daughter to 
the ambassadress? I would send her thither to-day, if the weather 
were finer. Is the empress as handsome as the ambassadress 1 The 
former is handsomer than the latter. Have you a sore foot ? I have 
a sore foot and a sore leg. Has the prince long legs ? No, Sir, he 
has very short legs. Will your neighbors kill their white dove? 
They will not kill theirs, but ours. Has your son as much caprice as 
mine ? He has more than yours. Our governess is very capricious. 
And ours too. Let us always love (the) justice and (the) virtue. 
Vice (le vice) is odious. Do your children go on the ice? They do 
not go on it (y). Do not break my large looking-glass. No, I shall 
not break it. Let us go to the great square. What wilt thou have 
for thy breakfast? I shall have some crabs. How many wilt thou 
eat? I shall only eat one. Do you like to travel in Europe? Yes, 
Miss, I like very much to travel there. Where has the French lady 
travelled? She has travelled in Germany, Austria, Prussia, Belgium, 
Holland, Italy, Switzerland, England, Scotland, and America. I shall 
be at home at six o'clock in the evening (d six heures du soir). 



VINGT-SIXlfiME LEgOK— Twenty-sixth Lesson. 

In verbs ending in ger, the letter g is followed by e mute before a 
or o. Ex. : manger, to eat ; mangeons, let us eat ; mangeant, eating ; 
je mangeais, I was eating. 



Changer. 
Corriger. 
Voyager. 



To change. 
To correct. 
To travel. 



Obs. A. — When the verb changer means to put on other clothes, it 
must be followed by the preposition efc, as : 



VINGT-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



73 



Changez-vous d'habits ? 
Nous en changeons. 
Ma tante change de linge. 
Change-t-il de chapeau ? 
II n'en change pas. 



Do you change your clothes ? 
We do change them. 
My aunt changes her linen. 
Does he change his hat ? 
He does not change it. 



Je change mon livre contre le 

sien. 
Nous changerions notre maison 

contre la votre. 
Le vent change. 



I change my book for his. 

We would change our house for 

yours. 
The wind changes. 



In verbs ending in yer, the letter y is changed into i in all persons 
and tenses where it is followed by e mute. Ex. : J'envoie, I send ; tu 
envoies, il envoie, Us envoienL 



Payer. 

Balayer. 

Essuyer. 

Essayer (takes de before the in.). 

Nettoyer. 



To pay, to pay for. 
To sweep. 
To wipe 
To try. 
To clean. 



In verbs ending in cer, a cedilla is placed under the letter c (g) to give 
it the sound of s before a or o, as ; placer, to place ,* nous plagons, je 
flagais, il plagait. 



In verbs ending in eler, eter, as appeler, to call ; jeter, to throw away, 
to cast, the letters I and t are doubled before e mute. Ex. : 

J'appelle, tu appelles, il appelle ; 
Je jette, tu jettes, il jette. 

Cacheter. To seal. 

Epousseter. To dust. 

Epeler. To spell. 

Decacheter. To unseal. 

Obs. B. — The French Academy never doubles the letters I and t in 
the verbs, acheter, to buy ; geler, to freeze; peler, to pare. Ex. : 

Jachete, tu piles, il gelera. 

But then the e mute which precedes I or t takes the grave accent ('). 



74 VINGT-SIXIEME LE£ON< 

Ou menez-vous vos enfants ? 



Je les mene chez mon ami. 
II me menera chez son voisin. 

Mener. 



Whither do you conduct your 
children ? 

I take them to my friend's. 

He will conduct me to his neigh- 
bor's. 

To lead, to conduct, to take to. 



En France. 

En Angleterre. 

En Italie. 

En Allemagne. 

Tapis. 

Mot. 

Theme, m. Exercice. 

Dette, f. 

A cinq heures du matin. 



To or in France. 

To or in England. 

To or in Italy. 

To or in Germany. 

Carpet. 

Word. 

Exercise. 

Debt. 

At five o'clock in the morning. 



EXERCICE 61. 

Votre maitre de francais corrigeait-il vos themes quand vous etiez 
a Berlin 1 II les corrigeait quelquefois. Pourquoi ne les corrigeait-il 
pas toujours ? Parce qu'il n'avait pas toujours le temps de les corri- 
ger. Quand changerez-vous de chevaux ? Demain matin. Votre 
mere changera- t-elle de robe ce soir'? Elle n'en changera pas ce soir; 
elle n'en changera que demain. Changeons nos chevaux contre ceux 
du medecin francais. Changeriez-vous votre livre anglais contre ma 
grammaire francaise, si vous aviez en vie d'apprendre le francais ? Oui, 
monsieur, mais comme je n'ai pas en vie d'apprendre le francais, je ne 
le changerai pas. Avez-vous deja voyage en France? Non, madame, 
mais nous avons voyage en Italie, en Angleterre et en Allemagne. Ou 
voyagiez-vous lorsque vous etiez jeune? Je voyageais en Europe, en 
Afrique, en Asie, et en Amerique. Quand paierez-vous vos dettes ? 
Je les paierai quand j'aurai de l'argent. Qui appelez-vous ? J'appelle 
mes enfants. Le domestique a-t-il balaye le magasin ? II le balaie a 
present. II gelera cette nuit. Nous acheterons des tapis bruns. Je 
menerai mes lilies au theatre. Payez la viande au boucher. Je n'ai 
pas d'argent. 

EXERCISE 62. 

My father will be at your house at six o'clock in the evening. Do 
you sometimes go to the ball ? No, Miss, never. Has your son tried 
to clean my new carpet ? Did he clean it ? He did not clean it. 
Will your wife change her hat ? She will not change it. Did you 
change your linen ? I did not change it. Would your aunt like to 



VINGT-SIXlflME LECON. 75 

change her sheep for ours ? Yes, Sir, she would like very much to 
change them for yours. Who corrected your sister's exercises when 
she was in the country ? My uncle corrected them. What does that 
old widower throw away ? He throws away his peas. Where are 
my fine clothes ? They are on your little bed. What will you buy 
to-day ? We shall buy some iron pots and (des) wooden stools. Has 
this boy a mind to buy a French book ? He has a mind to buy an Eng- 
lish book. Did you dust your fine chairs? We did not dust them 
yet. How did this little girl spell this word 1 She (has) spelled it 
thus (ainsi). It will freeze to-morrow. Let us peel these pears. 
When did you seal your letters ? We sealed them yesterday. Who 
unsealed my letter 1 Your son unsealed it. Do your sons sometimes 
go to the concert 1 They do go there sometimes. Did you some- 
times travel in England? I have never travelled in England, but in 
France, Germany and Italy. Where did your sons travel ? They tra- 
velled in England. Would this good old man buy some fruit (des 
fruits), if he had money enough? He would like very much to buy 
some, if he had money enough. What do you intend to do this even- 
ing ? I intend to go to the forest, and to study my French lessons 
(leqons de franqais). Whom does your neighbor call? He calls his 
old servant. Call thy brothers. Where are they ? They are in our 
friend's large garden. Do you like to write exercises better than to 
write notes ? We like to write notes better. When will this old wi- 
dow pay her debts ? She will never pay them. Did the carpenter pay 
for the screws ? He did not yet pay for them, but he will pay for 
them to-morrow. When will your father go to the warehouse ? He 
will go there this morning. When will you take your children to 
your friend's ? I shall take them thither to-day. Let us change our 
gloves. I will buy a beautiful velvet dress for my daughter. I have 
paid the grocer for the rice and cheese. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
NCE. — Nouns ending in nee are feminine ; as : 



La chance, chance. 
La croyance, faith, belief 
L'esperance, hope. 
Distance, distance. 
Negligence, negligence. 



La bienfaisance, bounty. 
Une province, a province. 
Convenance, convenience. 
Providence, Providence. 
Ronce, brim. 



Except le silence, silence; and le ranee, rusty; as, du lard qui sent 
le ranee, bacon that smells rusty. 



RCE.— Nouns ending in rce are feminine ; as : 



76 VINGT-SIXIEME LE£ON« 

Une ecoree, a hark, I Une source, a source, spring. 

La force, strength. | Amorce, bait. 

Except un divorce, a divorce ; and le commerce, commerce. 



TERMINATIONS IN DE. 

ADE, UDE, OUDE, ODE, AUDE.— Nouns ending in any of these 
terminations are feminine ; as : 



Une arcade, an arcade. 
Pommade, pomatum. 
Pallissade, palisade. 
Servitude, servitude. 
Mode, fashion, mode. 
Fraude, fraud. 



La facade, the front. 
Limonade, lemonade. 
Certitude, certainty. 
Soude, soda. 
Methode, method. 
Emeraude, emerald. 



Except un grade, a degree, a rank ; un jade, a precious stone ; un 
stade, a furlong ; le prelude, the prelude; le coude, the elbow ; un code, 
a code ; un periode, a period of time. 



Obs. — The objective personal pronouns must be placed after the 
verb in the imperative mood : donnez-moi du pain, give me some 
bread ; prttez-le-lui, lend it to him ; coupez-nous-en, cut us some ; then 
the direct object must be placed first, and the indirect last. 

But when the imperative has a negative the pronouns must be 
placed before the verb : ne le lui donnez pas, do not give it to him. 



EXERCISE 63. 

Do you like lemonade ? I liked it formerly, but I do not like it 
*ny more. Give me some pomatum. Has your servant swept the 
parlor ? He is sweeping it now. The front of your new house is 
very fine. Would you change that emerald for my new velvet dress ? 
No, Madam, I like my emerald better than your velvet dress. Send 
him some soda. Do not lend her (lui) your silk umbrella. Have 
you much wheat 1 I have very much. Lend me some. Does the 
weather change ? It is going to change (il va changer) ; it will freeze 
to-night. Nobody likes (the) servitude. We have always great hope. 
In which provinces of France have the Prussians travelled ? They 
have travelled in all the provinces of France. I like very much the 
new fashion ; do you like it also 1 We do not like it. What will 
the prince buy to-day ? He will not buy anything. Did my father 
buy these palisades? He did buy them. Carry them to our garden. 
Carry them thither now, if you have time. The physician's daughter 



VINGT-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



11 



has brought us some good apples ; let us eat them. Do not throw 
them away (Jeter). Give some to my little children and to their 
nurse. How many French exercises do you intend to write? I 
intend to write a great many ; I intend to write some all day long. 
vVhither will you take your cousins (fem.) to-morrow evening ? I 
shall take them to the American Museum. Does your niece try to 
study her French and English lessons ? She does try to study them. 
How (comment) does this boy spell that word ? He spells it thus 
(ainsi). The maid-servant is in the yard. Call her. Shall I call 
your children ? Yes, call them. This letter is for your brother. Do 
not unseal it. I shall not unseal it. Of what gender are nouns end- 
ing in nee ? They are all feminine except two. Spell this word. 
That old bacon smells rusty ; let us not eat any. Nouns ending ih 
rce are feminine, except two. Nouns ending in ade, ude, onde, odtr? 
aude, are feminine, except seven. Let us pay our debts. 



VINGT-SEPTIEME LEgON.— Twenty-seventh Lesson. 
SECOND CONJUGATION— IK. 



Infinitive Mood. 



Present. 

Participle present. 
Participle past. 



Finir. 

Finissant. 

FinL 



To finish. 
Finishing. 
Finished. 



Indicative Mood. 



Present, 



Je finis. 
Tu finis. 
II finit. 

Nous finissons. 
Vous finissez. 
lis finissent. 



I finish. 
Thou finishest. 
He finishes. 
We finish. 
You finish. 
They finish. 



Imperfect (I was finishing, or used to finish). 



Je finissais. 
Tu finissais. 
II finissait. 
Nous finissions. 
Vous finissiez. 
lis finissaient. 



I finished, or was finishing. 

Thou finishedst. 

He finished. 

We finished, or were finishing 

You finished. 

They finished. 



Embellir, to embellish 
Enrichir, to enrich. 



| Adoucir, to soften. 
I Guerir, to heal. 



IS 



VINGT-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



Punir, to punish. 

Unir, to unite. 

Avertir, to warn, to inform. 



Batir, to build. 

Reussir, to succeed, takes d before 
an infinitive. 



Heure, f. 

A quelle heure. 

A une heure. 

A deux heures et demie. 

A six heures et quart. 

A onze heures moins un quart. 

A deux heures de l'apres midi. 

A midi. 

A minuit. 

Quelle heure est-il ? 

II est huit heures et demie. 

Une demi-heure. 



Hour. 

At what o'clock ? 

At one o'clock. 

At half past two. 

At a quarter past six. 

At a quarter to eleven. 

At two o'clock in the afternoon. 

At twelve o'clock (noon). 

At twelve o'clock (midnight). 

What o'clock is it ? 

It is half past eight. 

Half an hour. 



Obs. A. — Demi, half, varies in gender when it follows the noun, and 
remains invariable when it comes before the noun. 



Le francais. 




French. 


L'anglais. 




English. 


L'italien. 




Italian. 


L'allemand. 




German. 


L'espagnol. 




Spanish. 


Le polonais. 




Polish. 


Le russe. 




Russian. 


Le latin. 




Latin. 


Le grec. 




Greek. 


Nous etudions le francais. 


We study French 




EXERC 


ICE 64. 



Avez-vous fini vos themes ? Je ne les ai pas encore finis. Votre 
fils compte-t-il apprendre le francais? Non, mais il a envie d'ap- 
prendre l'allemand et l'espagnol. Votre pere reussissait-il a faire des 
parapluies, lorsqu'il etait a la campagne ? Oui, madame. Le vieux 
medecin a-t-il gueri la femme de notre tailleur 1 II n'a pas reussi a 
la guerir. Quelle heure est-il 1 II n'est pas encore cinq heures. II 
est cinq heures moins un quart. A quelle heure dinerons-nous au- 
jourd'hiri 1 ? Nous dinerons a deux heures et demie. A quelle heure 
votre femme ira-t-elle au marche ? Elle ira a dix heures et quart. 
L'ami de ce vieillard embellit-il son jardin? II ne l'embellit pas. 



VINGT-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 79 

Avez-vous averti ma mere de mon arrivee ? Oui, nous Fen avons 
avertie. Desirez-vous apprendre le latin ou le grec ? Nous ne desi- 
rons apprendre ni Fun ni l'autre. Votre petite soeur a-t-elle envie 
d'apprendre le polonais ou le russe \ Elle a envie d'apprendre le 
russe. Ce vieillard a encore grande envie d'apprendre a parler et a 
ecrire le francais. Batissez-vous une maison ? Nous en batissons 
deux : Tune pour nous et l'autre pour notre fils Cet homme est ici 
depuis {since) deux heures et demie. 

EXERCISE 65. 

Do your daughters succeed in doing (a faire) their exercises 1 
They do succeed in doing them. My friend's boys do not succeed in 
doing theirs, for (car) they are very lazy. At what o'clock will you 
go to the theatre? We shall go there at half past seven. What 
o'clock is it now? It is half past five. We have two hours more. 
Are you finishing your notes ? No, Sir, I am finishing my letters. 
When will you begin to learn English ? I shall begin to-morrow. 
Do you like French better than Spanish ? We like Spanish better 
than French. At what o'clock will you breakfast this morning? I 
shall not breakfast before (avant) ten o'clock. We shall sup at a 
quarter to eight. At w T hat o'clock will your cousin bring me my new 
slippers ? He will bring them to you at half past twelve. These 
amiable young ladies have a great mind to learn Latin and Greek. 
Has your little brother been punished to-day ? No, but he will be 
punished this evening. Did your mother punish you often when you 
were young ? Yes, Miss, very often. Did your father punish you 
too ? He only punished me when I was lazy. Do your children 
speak French? Yes, Sir, they speak French, English, German, 
Spanish, Italian, Polish, Russian, Latin, and Greek. I like very much 
to speak English. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

IDE. — Nouns ending in ide are masculine ; as : 

Un fluide, a fluid. j Un homicide, a homicide. 

Un guide, a guide. | Parricide, parricide. 

Except une ride, a wrinkle ; une pyramide, a pyramid ; une can- 
tharide, a Spanish fly ; des hemorroides, haemorrhoids ; une bride, a 
bridle. 



NDE. — Nouns ending in nde are feminine ; as : 

Une amande, an almond. I Une guirlande, a garland. 

Bande, bande. \ Legende, legend. 

Amende, a fine. I Dinde, turkey-hen. 

Onde, wave, water. I Mappe-monde, map of the world. 



80 VINGT-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

Except le multiplicande, the multiplicand; le dividende, the dividend; 
le monde, the world, which are masculine. 



RDE. — Nouns ending in rde are feminine ; as : 

Une corde, a cord. 



Une mansarde, an attic* 
Moutarde, mustard. 
Gourde, dollar, gourd. 



Misericorde, mercy. 
F&Mowc&q, faggot of wood. 



TERMINATIONS IN FE AND PRE. 

FE. — Nouns ending mfe are feminine ; as : 



Une carafe, a decanter. 
Agrafe, hook, clasp. 
GrefFe, graft, grqff. 



Une girafe, a girafe. 
Griffe, claw. 
TrufFe, truffle. 



Except un golfe, a gulf; le grefFe, the registry ; un parafe, a paraph. 



PHE. — Nouns ending in phe, are masculine ; as : 



Un telegraphe, a telegraph. 
Geographe, geographer. 
Hierogliphe, hieroglyph. 



Un paragraphe, a paragraph. 
Triomphe, triumph. 
Logogriphe, logogriph, riddle. 



Except une epigraphe, an epigraph; une epitaphe, an epitaph; l'or- 
thographe, orthography ; une strophe, a stroph ; une apostrophe. 



Let the pupil say the genders of the following nouns : 



Dieu, God. 
Avocat, lawyer. 
Jardinier, gardener. 
Paysan, country-man. 
Beurre, m., butter. 



Tableau, picture. 
Bouchon, cork. 
Tire-bouehon, corkscrew. 
Paysanne, countrywoman. 
Pays, country. 



EXERCISE 66. 



Will the German lawyer succeed in learning (d apprendre) French? 
He will not succeed in learning French, but he will succeed in learn- 
ing Greek and Latin. Does the peasant love God? Yes, he loves 
God with (de) all his heart. Have the countrywomen red ribbons on 
their green velvet hats? No, Madam, they have yellow ribbons. 



VINGT-HUITIEME LEgON. 



81 



Have you filled the decanter with water ? Yes, and I have also filled 
the bottle with red wine. Where are the large cork and the silver 
corkscrew ? They are both in the attic. Will you have the good- 
ness to go for them ? Has the gardener given you any fruit ? He 
gave me some. Do you like mustard ? I do not like it, but the 
Russian watchmaker likes it very much. Why dost thou not eat any 
butter with (avec) thy bread ? T do not like butter ; give me some 
cheese. The mercy of God is great. When will the new telegraph 
be finished ? It will soon be finished. Of what gender are nouns 
ending in ide ? They are masculine, except five ; and all other nouns 

ending in de are feminine, except ten, which are This cord is 

very strong. Will you eat any sweet almonds ? I shall not eat any. 
Will the surgeon buy this fine picture ? He would buy it, if it were 
not so dear (cher). Have your cousins ever travelled in Europe? 
Yes, they have travelled in all the countries of Europe. How many 
dollars will your parents lend the countrywoman ? They will only 
lend her one. What did your old cook buy at the market? He 
bought there a turkey-hen. My aunt bought some silver hooks. 
Have you ever seen a girafe ? No, never. 



VINGT-HUITlfeME LEgON.— Twenty-eighth Lesson. 



Je finirai. 
Tu finiras. 
II finira. 
Nous finirons. 
Vous finirez. 
lis finiront. 



Je finirais. 
Tu finirais. 
II finirait. 
Nous finirions. 
Vous finiriez. 
lis finiraient. 



Finis. 

Qu'il finisse. 
Finissons. 
Finissez. 
Qu'ils finissent. 



Future. 



I shall or will finish. 
Thou wilt finish. 
He will finish. 
We shall finish. 
You will finish. 
They will finish. 



Conditional. 

I should finish. 
Thou wouldst finish. 
He would finish. 
We would finish. 
You would finish. 
They would finish. 

Imperative Mood* 

Finish (thou). 
Let him finish. 
Let us finish. 
Finish (you). 
i Let them finish. 



82 



VINGT-HUITIEJME LE£ON". 



I y a. 

I a-t-il ? 

Mu'y a-t-il ? 
(1 n'y a pas. 
N'y a-t-il pas ? 



There is, there are. 
Is there, are there ? 
What is there ? 
There is or are not. 
Is or are there not 1 



Sur (prep.), 
Dessus (adverb). 
Sous (prep.). 
Dessous (adverb). 



On, upon, over. 

Upon, on it, above. 

Under. 

Under it, underneath. 



Obs. A. — Sur and sous being prepositions can only be used before 
a noun or a pronoun. 



y a-t-il un livre sur la table ? 
F m, mais il y en a an dessous. 
fc"u'y a-t-il dessus? 
i - n'y a rien dessus. 



Is there a book on the table ? 
No, but there is one under it. 
What is there upon it ? 
There is nothing upon it. 



Cherir, to cherish. 
Definir, to define. 
Demolir, to demolish. 
Jouir, to enjoy. 
Nourrir, to feed, nourish. 
Obeir, to obey. 



Refleehir, to reflect. 
Rejouir, to rejoice. 
Remplir, to fill. 
Rotir, to roast. 
Saisir, to seize. 
Vieillir, to grow old. 



Obs. B. — Jouir, rejouir, nourrir, remplir, take the preposition de : 

He enjoys good health. 
To fill a bottle with wine. 
He rejoices to see you. 



II jouit d'une bonne sante. 
Remplir de vin une bouteille, 
II se rejouit de vous voir. 



Obs. C. — In the verb hair there is a diaeresis on the letter i (i), 
except in the three persons singular of the present of the indicative 
mood: 



Je hais. 
Tu hais. 
II hait. 



I hate. 

Thou hatest. 
He hates. 



EXERCICE 67. 

Quand flnirez-vous vos billets ? Je les finirais ce matin, si je n'a- 
vais pas a etudier mes lecons de francais. Ma cousine jouit d'une 



VINGT-HUITIEME LE£ON. 83 

tres-bonne sante. Qui haissez-vous ? Je ne hais personne. M'o- 
beirez-vous ? Non, nous ne vous obeirons pas. Y a-t-il du vin dans 
la bouteille 1 II y en a dans la bouteille, mais il n'y en a pas dans la 
carafe. Qu'y a-t-il sur la table ? II n'y a rien dessus, mais il y a 
quelque chose dessous. Madame votre mere a beaucoup vieilli depuis 
quelque temps. Reflechissez bien a ce que vous avez a faire. Nous 
y reflechirons. Quand remplirez-vous de cidre mon verre 1 Dans 
quelle tasse avez-vous mis (put) le lait ? Dans la tasse ronde. N'y 
a-t-il pas assez de fruits dans cette assiette ? Non, il n'y en a pas as- 
sez pour votre dessert. Votre parrain demolira-t-il sa maison ? II h 
demolirait, s'il avait assez d'argent pour en batir une autre. De quo» 
(what) cette belle dame se rejouit-elle ? Elle se rejouit de vous voir 
Ce bon viellard vous cherira de tout son coeur. Cette demoiselle d 
de belles petites mains blanches. Et je vous assure (assurer, to as- 
sure), qu'elle a aussi une tres-belle voix. Qu'y a-t-il pour le diner ? 
II y a du boeuf roti, du pore, du pain, et quatre bouteilles de via. Ce 
veuf aime-t-il la viande rotie 1 Non, il ne l'aime pas. De quel genre 
sont les substantifs termines enc? lis sont tous masculins. Monsieur 

P , de quel genre sont les substantifs termines en/? lis sont du 

genre masculin, excepte la clef, la soif et la nef, qui sont du genre fe- 
minin. Definissez l'adjectif. L'adjectif est un mot qui qualifie le 
substantif. Mon beau fusil est-il sur le lit? Non il est dessous. 
Vous jouirez d'une bonne sante. 

EXERCISE 68. 

Is there anything in that square basket 1 No, Miss, there is nothing 
in it. When will you finish your exercises ? I would finish them this 
evening, if I had time. Of what gender are nouns ending in I ? They 
are all masculine ; as, a gridiron, my arm-chair, a squirrel, the night- 
ingale, some salt, her thread. Have you punished your little boy ? I 
have not yet punished him, but I shall punish him this evening ; he 
will have nothing but bread and water for his supper. When will 
your uncle begin to demolish his old house ? He will begin to-mor- 
row morning. My children do not obey me. Do you hate this poor 
old man? I do not hate him, on the contrary (au contraire), I love 
him with all my heart. What is there on that little chair ? There is 
nothing on it, but there is something under it. Have you any good 
black ink? Yes, I have some very good. Will you lend me some to 
write a letter ? With great (much) pleasure, Madam. We shall roast 
some good beef. Will you fill the decanter with water ? I shall not 
fill it with water, but with wine. Are there as many trees (arbre) as 
ponds in the large garden ? There are fewer of the latter than of the 
former. At what o'clock do you intend to go to the merchant's ball ? 
I intend to go thither at a quarter to nine. My sister will have a fine 
red silk dress and a black velvet mantilla. Have you a desire to buy 
more fans than muffs ? We have a desire to buy as many of the one 
as of the other. Why do you not fill the bottle with red wine ? Be- 



84 VINGTHUITIEME LE£ON. 

cause I have no time. What have you to do ? I have to roast some 
bacon. Does the English physician cherish us 1 He cherishes you 
with II his heart Has your father ever travelled in Spain ? No, he 
has ;ievt'r travelled in Spain, but in Italy, Germany and France (repeat 
en before each noun). Has the carpenter any more iron screws? No, 
he has no more. Has the tailor any more blue velvet? He has no 
more blue velvet, but he has some more fine green silk. Are you 
hungry or thirsty? I am neither hungry nor thirsty. I am sleepy. 
Your son is wrong in going out. Does that old woman hate us? 
She does. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN GE. 

AGE. — Nouns ending in age, are masculine ; as : 

Un orage, a storm. 
A vantage, advantage. 
Mariage, marriage. 
Visage, face. 



Un bocage, a grove. 
Ouvrage, work. 
Rivage, shore. 
Menage, housekeeping. 



Except une cage, a cage ; des ambages, ambages ; une image, an 
image ; la nage, swimming ; une page, a page ; la rage, rage ; la 
plage, the seashore — a poetical word for sea. 



EGE, IGE, UGE. — Nouns ending in ege, ige, uge, are masculine ; 
as: 



Un college, a college. 
Manege, riding-school. 
Liege, cork (bark). 
Vestige, track. 



Un siege, a siege, a seat. 
Privilege, privilege. 
Prodige, prodigy. 
Deluge, deluge. 



Except une allege, a lighter (boat) ; une tige, a stalk ; une volige, 
a thin plank of deal. 

RGE. — Nouns ending in rge, are masculine; as : 



La gorge, the throat. 
Charge, load, burden. 
Asperge, asparagus. 

Except un cierge, a wax taper. 



Une auberge, an inn. 

Forge, forge. 

Marge, margin of a book. 



OGUE. — Nouns ending in ogue, are masculine ; as : 

Un catalogue, a catalogue. I Un dogue, a bull-dog. 

Dialogue, dialogue. | Astrologue, astrologer. 



VINGT-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 85 

Except une drogue, a drug; une eclogue, , an eclogue; une syna- 
gogue, a synagogue; uue pirogue, a canoe ; la vogue, the vogue. 

All other nouns ending in gue, are feminine ; as: 

Une bague, a ring. Une figue, a Jig. 

Vague, wave. Ligue, league. 

L-uigue, tongue, language. Cigue, hemlock, cicula. 



EXERCISE 69. 

We have had a great storm last night. Have you been afraid ? 1 
have not been afraid. Is there any more cork in the attic "? No, 
there is no more. Who has a sore throat ° The old astrologer has 
a sore throat. You enjoy very good health. When will your sister's 
marriage take place? It has already taken place. When? Last 
Thursday. Is your nephew at the college? He is (there) Does he 
study better than the captain's son? He does study better. You 
studied more than I, when we were at the college. Do you like this 
new work ? I do not like it. Has the blacksmith been at the forge ? 
He is there now. Let us go into (enirer) that inn? I do not like to 
go into an inn. Do your daughters go to riding-school ? They do 
not go thither yet ; they will go thither next winter. Where have 
you bought those fine figs ? I did not buy them ; the Scotch gardener 
gave them to me. Is there any asparagus in your garden ? There is 
none. Let us go to the grove. Have your children to learn all those 
Italian dialogues ? They have only to learn a few of them (en). Did 
you drop anything? I dropped my new ring. Is it broken? It is 
not broken. Shut the door and the windows. Are you cold? Yes, 
I am very {grand) cold. Give us a few of these catalogues. What is 
there on the chimney ? There are gold candlesticks and white wax- 
tapers on it. Is there a synagogue in this street ? There is none in 
this one, but there are two in that one. Are there any bull-dogs in 
this country? Yes, there are a great many. How many pages are 
there in this French book 1 There are two hundred and ten (deux 
cent dix). Of what gender are nouns ending in rge 1 They are all 
feminine, except one ; and the other nouns ending in ge, are mascu- 
line, except ten. Nouns ending in ogue, are masculine. Are there no 

exceptions 1 Yes, Sir, there are five, which are Of what gender 

are nouns ending in que, without being (sans etre) in ogue ? They 
are all feminine, without exceptions. Let us finish this lesson. 

VINGT-NEUVlfeME LEgOK— Twenty-ninth Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Partir. | To depart, to set out. 



86 



VINGT-NEUVTEME LE£ON. 



Present participle, Partant. 
Past participle. Parti. 



Departing, starting. 
Departed, left. 



Obs. A. — It may be observed that the present participle always ends 
in ant 



Indicative Mood. 
Present Tense. 



Je pars. 
Tu pars. 
II part. 

Nous partons. 
Vous partez. 
lis partent. 



Je partais. 
Tu partais. 
11 partait. 
Nous partions. 
Vous partiez. 
lis partaient. 



f I depart, or set out. 
| Thou departest. 
I He departs. 

We depart, or leave. 

You depart, or go away. 

They depart. 



Imperfect. 



1 was departing, or I departed. 

Thou departedst. 

He departed. 

We departed. 

You departed. 

They departed, or were departing. 



The future and conditional are regular : 

Future. 



Je partirai. 
Tu partiras. 



Je partirais. 
Tu partirais. 



I shall or will set out. 
Thou wilt set out. 



Conditional. 



I should depart. 
Thou wouldst depart. 



Imperative. 



Pars. Depart (thou). 

Qu'il parte. Let him depart. 

Partons. Let us depart. 

Partez. Depart (you). 

Qu'ils partent. Let them depart. 

After the same manner as Partir are conjugated : 



Sortir, to go out. 

Dormir, to sleep. 

Consentir, to consent. 

Repartir, to set out again, to reply. 



Sentir, to feel, to smell. 

Servir, to serve. 

Mentir, to lie, to tell a lie. 



vingt-neuviI:me le^on. 



SI 



Quelqu'un. 
Personne (v.) ne. 
Quelqu'un est venu vous voir. 
Quelqu'un est-il sorti ? 
Personne n'est sorti. 



Somebody, some one. 
Nobody, no one. 
Some one came to see you. 
Did somebody go out ? 
Nobody went out. 



Obs. B. — Pariir, sortir, repartir, take the auxiliary ttre, to be, in 
their compound tenses. 



Je suis sorti ce matin. 
Votre soeur est-elle partie ? 
Elle n'est pas partie. 
Les enfants sont sortis. 
Vos filles sont reparties. 



I went out this morning. 
Did your sister set out ? 
She did not set out. 
The children went out. 
Your daughters set out again. 



Obs. C. — It may be seen in the above examples that the past parti 
ciple coDj'ugated with etre, to be, agrees in gender and number wit) 
the subject of the verb. 



Obs. E. — Consentir and servir take the preposition d, to, after them : 



Consentez-vous a sortir? 

Nous y consentons. 

Le chirurgien n'y consentira pas. 

To uj ours. 

Y. 

A quoi cela vous sert-il ? 

Cela ne nous sert a rien. 

A quoi ce livre vous sert-il ? 

II me sert a etudier le francais. 

Servez le dessert. 



Do you consent to go out ? 

We consent to it. 

The surgeon will not consent to it. 

Always. 

To it, there, thither. 

Of what use is that you 1 

That is of no use to us. 

Of what use is that book to you ? 

I use it to study French. 

Bring in the dessert. 



Obs. F. — Aller, entrer, and arrive^ are conjugated with the auxiliary 
ttre, to be, in their compound tenses : 



II est alle a. l'ecole. 

Elles sont allees a l'eglise. 

Mon parrain est arrive. 

Le medecin n'est pas arrive. 



He went to school. 
They went to church. 
My godfather has arrived. 
The physician did not arrive. 



EXERCICE 70. 

Quand partirez-vous ? Je partirai bientot. Melles. vos sceurs sont- 
elles deja arrivees ? Oui, monsieur, mais elles sont reparties. Quel- 
qu'un est-il venu me voir ? Personne n'est venue vous voir. Quand 
la femme du tailleur est-elle arrivee de Boston ? Elle est arrivee hier. 
A quelle heure sortirez-vous ? Nous sortirons a cinq heures et demie 
du soir. Dormiez-vous lorsque je suis arrive de la campagne ? Non, 



88 VINGT-NETJVIEME LE£ON. 

madame, je ne dormais pas ; j'etudiais ma lecon de francais. Con- 
sen tiriez-vo us a aller a l'eglise, si le temps n'etait pas si mauvais 1 
J'y consentirais. A quoi ce papier vous sert-il ? II me sert a ecrire 
mes lettres et mes billets. Nous avons fort bien dormi. Je n'ai pas 
dormi de la nuit. Partirez-vous bientot pour Paris ? Nous partirons 
dans trois mois et demi. Donnez-nioi, je vous prie (pray), un peu de 
veau (veal) roti. Ou irez-vous demain ? J'irai a l'ecole de danse. 
Quand enverrez-vous chercher des fruits ? Mon vieux domestique est 
alle en chercher. Marie, servez le dessert. Qu'y a-t-il pour le des- 
sert? II y a des poires, des pommes, des raisins, des figues et des 
noix. Cela ne vous servira a rien. Auriez-vous consenti a aller au 
theatre, si j'y etais alle ? Oui, monsieur. Nous serions deja partis, 
si nos amis n'etaient pas venus nous voir. Avez-vous jamais voyage 
en France ? Non, mais j'ai voyage en Angleterre et en Allemagne. 
Ces petits garcons mentent-ils quelquefois ? lis ne mentent plus, 
mais ils mentaient autrefois. Votre voisin punirait-il ses fiiles si elles 
mentaient ? II les punirait. Cette fleur sent tres-bon. Votre fils 
dort-il encore? Non, il ne dort plus. Le capitaine etait-il deja arri- 
ve, lorsque je suis alle chez le due % Oui, mademoiselle. Aimez-vous 
mieux rester (remain) a la maison que d'aller a l'eglise ? J'aimerais 
mieux aller a l'eglise, si je n'avais pas a rester a la maison. Sortons 
a present. Mes cousines sont deja sorties. Qu'y a-t-il sur le piano ? 
II n'y a rien dessus, mais il y a quelque chose dessous. 

EXERCISE 71. 

When did the English sailors depart ? They departed last week. 
My uncle and my aunt will set out to-morrow, if the weather is fine. 
Where will these ladies go to this evening ? They will go to the 
concert. Will Miss L. sing at the concert? Yes, she will (sing). 
There are never either grapes or apples on the table. Let us change 
our overcoats. At what o'clock will the cook go to market ? He 
will go there at a quarter to nine or at a quarter past nine. Will 
your father consent to go to Germany ? He will not (consent to go 
there). Of what use is that book to your neighbor's daughters? 
They use it to learn German. Did you sleep well ? Yes, Sir, I slept 
very well. Have your brothers arrived ? They have arrived, but 
they have set out again. Do your children sometimes tell lies ? No, 
they never tell lies. Call for dinner. Supper is ready ; it is on the 
table. Did your friend's boy go to school yesterday ? He did not 
go thither. He would have gone thither if the weather had been 
finer. Of what use will that be to you ? That will be of no use to 
me. Does your son succeed in doing that ? He does not succeed in 
it. ' Did you see as many sharks as canary-birds ? We saw more of 
the latter than of the former ; more of the one than of the other. 
Will you break your fine glasses ? No, I shall not break them. Of 
what gender are nouns ending in x ? They are masculine ; as, index, 
lynx, crucifix, phenix, faux, choix, &c. Are there no exceptions to 



VINGT-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 89 

this rule (regie, f.) ? Yes, Sir, the nouns poix, noix,faux, voix, chaux, 
perdrix, croix, and toux, are feminine. This young lady has a fine 
voice. Where will you dine to-day ? To-day I shall dine with one 
of my friends. The carpenters will go out before your husband. No, 
Madam, for (car) my husband has already gone out. Does your 
mother consent to this ? She does (consent to it). Does the cap- 
tain's son begin to speak French ? No, but he begins to speak 
Spanish and Italian. Do you like to speak German better than Latin? 
We like to speak Latin better than German. Did you enjoy (a) good 
health, when you were in England ? Yes, I enjoyed (a) very good 
health. Will you have the goodness to fill the decanter with wine 2 
Are there any glasses on the table ? No, but there are some in the 
closet. Let us go out. Give her some asparagus and figs. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
TERMINATIONS IN CHE. 
CHE. — Nouns ending in che are feminine ; as : 



Une vache, a cow. 
Une hache, an axe. 
Peche, peach. 
Miche, loaf of bread, 
Poche, pocket. 
Cruche, pitcher. 
Bouche, mouth, 



Une tache, a stain, spot. 

Une tache, a task. 

Meche, wick. 

Biche, the female of a stag. 

Broche, spit, broach. 

Mouche, fly. 

Manche, sleeve. 



Except le relache, relaxation ; un panache, a plume ; un preche, a 
dissenting sermon ; un acrostiche, an acrostic ; un hemistiche, a he- 
mistich ; un reproche, a reproach; le dimanche, Sunday; un manche, 
a handle, which are masculine. 

EXERCISE 72. 

Do the American lawyers like the French language ? They like it 
very much. Has your coachman's wife a sore tongue ? Yes, she has 
a sore tongue. Has the Spanish lady a large mouth? No, she has a 
little mouth. Did the peasant take his black cow to the fields? He 
did not take her to the fields, but he took her to the large meadow. 
That wick is too short. Are there any stains on your pantaloons ? 
Yes, there are two large stains on them. When will the servant fill 
the pitcher with water ? He will fill it soon. Where is my peach ] 
It is in the pocket of your coat. Has the jeweller many more gold 
broaches to sell ? He has not many more to sell. Do your children 
wish to do their task ? They wish to do it. Are not the sleeves of 
your grey velvet dress too short 1 No, they are too long. Has any 
one a broach to sell ? Nobody has any to sell. Send us a loaf of 



90 



TRENTIEME LE£ON. 



bread this evening. Who broke the handle of my new axe? The 
joiner broke it. Are there many flies in your garden ? There are a 
great many in it. Have you been to church last Sunday ? I have 
been there. At what o'clock ? At a quarter to ten. We dine at 
twelve o'clock. 



TRENTIEME LEgON.— Thirtieth Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Infinitive Mood. 



Present Venir. 
Present part. Venant. 
Past part Venu. 




To come. 

Coming. 

Come. 




Indicative Mood. 




Present Tense. 


Je viens. 
Tu viens. 
11 vient. 
Nous venons. 
Vous venez. 
lis viennent. 




I come. 
Thou comest. 
He comes. 
We come. 
You come. 
They come. 




Imperfect 


Je venais. 
Tu venais. 
11 venait. 
Nous venions. 
Vous veniez. 
lis venaient. 




I came or was coming. 

Thou earnest. 

He came or was coming. 

We came or were coming. 

You came. 

They came. 




Future. 


Je viendrai. 
Tu viendras. 


| 


I shall come. 
Thou wilt come. 




Conditional Mood. 


Je viendrais. 
Tu viendrais. 


I should or would come 
1 Thou wouldst come. 




Imperative Mood. 


Viens. 

Qu'il vienne. 

Venons. 

Venez. 

Qu'ils viennent. 




Come (thou). 
Let him come. 
Let us come. 
Come (you). 
Let them come. 



TRENTlflME LEgON. 



91 



Obs. — The terminations of the imperfect of the indicative, the future 
and the conditional, are the same in all verbs : 



Imperfect. 




Future. Conditional, 


ais. 




rai. rais. 


ais. 




ras. rais. 


ait. 




ra. rait. 


ions. 




rons. rions. 


iez. 




rez. riez. 


aient. 




ront. raient. 


Conjugate in the same 


manner as venir : 


Appartenir. 






To belong. 


Convenir. 






To agree, to be convenient, to suit. 


Contenir. 






To contain. 


Disconvenir. 






To disagree. 


Devenir. 






To become. 


Obtenir. 






To obtain. 


Parvenir. 






To attain, to arrive, to succeed. 


Revenir. 






To come again, to return. 


Retenir. 






To retain, to keep. 


Soutenir. 






To sustain, to support. 


Tenir. 






To hold. 


Ce bosquet appartient 


a 


mon 


This grove belongs to my grand- 


grand-pere. 






father. 


Ce manchon ne convient 


pas 


a ma 


This muff does not suit my grand- 


grand' mere. 






mother. 


Vous convient-il de faire cek 


\\ 


Does it suit you to do that 1 


De quoi etes-vous convenus ' 




About what have you agreed? 


Du prix. 






About the price. 


En etes-vous convenus % 






Have you agreed about it ? 



Obs. — The verbs venir, convenir, meaning to agree; disconvenir, 
devenir, parvenir and revenir, take the auxiliary tire, to be, in their 
compound tenses. 



Qu'est devenu votre fils 1 

Qu'est-il devenu ? 

Je ne sais pas ce qu'il est devenu. 

Parvenir a faire quelque chose. 
Parvenez-vous a faire cela ? 
J'y parviens. 
Je reussirai a le faire. 
Nous y reussirons. 



What has become of your son ? 

What has become of him. 

I do not know what has become 

of him. 
To succeed in doing something. 
Do you succeed in doing that ? 
I succeed in it. 
I shall succeed in doing it. 
We shall succeed in it. 



92 TRENTI&ME LE£ON. 



Avant-hier. 
Apres demain. 
Quelque part. 

Ne nulle part. 

Irez-vous quelque part ? 
Je n'irai nulle part. 



The day before yesterday. 
The day after to-morrow. 
Somewhere, anywhither. 
Nowhere, nowhither. 
Will you go anywhither? 
I shall go nowhither. 



EXERCICE 73. 



Quelqu'un viendra-t-il nous voir aujourd'hui ? Personne ne viendra 
nous voir aujourd'hui, mais quelqu'un viendra nous voir apres demain. 
Le due de B. venait-il souvent vous voir, lorsque vous etiez en Alle- 
magne ? II venait me voir tres-souvent. A qui ce beau jardin ap- 
partient-il ? II appartient au vieillard qui corrigeait vos themes, quand 
vous alliez a l'ecole a Boston. Est-il riche ? Oui, il est tres-riche. 
Que sont devenus nos amis ? lis voyagent en Europe. Qu'est de- 
venu votre tils'? 11 est devenu homme. Allons quelque part ce soir. 
Votre domestique parvient-il a nettoyer mes couteaux d'argent ? II 
y parvient, mais ma fille ne parviendra pas a essuyer vos belles chaises 
de velours. Elle y parviendrait si elle etait moins paresseuse. Ce 
garcon ne reussira jamais a apprendre Pallemand. Quand votre grand- 
pere est-il revenu de Philadelphie ? Avant-hier. A quelle heure ? 
A dix heures et demie du soir. Quand voyagerez vous? Quand je 
serai riche. Cette maison vous convient-elle ? Elle ne me convient 
pas. Pourquoi ne vous convient-elle pas ? Parce qu'elle est trop pe- 
tite. Conviendra-t-il a votre frere de preter de l'argent a ce veuf ? II 
ne lui conviendra pas du tout (not at all) de lui en preter. Ce jardin 
me conviendrait s'il etait un peu plus grand. Cette veuve disconvient- 
elle de cela ? Non, monsieur, elle n'en disconvient pas. Ce jeune 
homme obtiendra-t-il cette place ? Je ne pense pas (penser, to think). 
Tenez ce livre. Cette bouteille contient du vin rouge. Qui soutient 
cette pauvre famille ? Ce vieillard la soutient. 

EXERCISE 74. 

Did your uncle agree about the price of this horse ? No, he did 
not agree about it. Where does the physician intend to go next 
year ? He intends to go to Spain. Does this greatcoat suit you 1 
No, but this green overcoat suits me very well. Do these little birds 
belong to your son ? No, Miss, they belong to my neighbor's daughter. 
At what o'clock will your cousins return from the theatre ? I think 
(that) they will return from it (en) at a quarter past eleven. What 
o'clock is it now ? It is a quarter to eight. To whom did this grove 
belong last year ? It belonged to a friend of mine (one of my friends). 
When will you come to see me ? Soon. Will you come to-morrow % 
No, but day after to-morrow. In the evening or in the morning ? I 
think I shall come in the morning. Do you succeed in writing your 
exercises'? Yes, Sir; but my sister will never succeed in writing her's. 



TRENTIEME LE£ON. 93 

Will it suit your grandfather to give rae some money ? It will not 
suit him to give you any. This paper would suit me very well. 

EXERCISE 75. 

Does this decanter contain much water? It does not contain much. 
Are you hungry or thirsty? I am neither hungry nor thirsty, but I 
am sleepy. Is your son wrong in travelling? He is not wrong. Am 
I right or wrong? You are right. This old hunter is neither afraid 
nor ashamed. Will you retain this or that ox? I shall retain neither 
the former nor the latter — neither the one nor the other. Does this 
stool belong to your godmother? No, it belongs to the tailor's wife. 
Will your servant succeed in wiping my silver forks and spoons? He 
wou'd succeed in it, if he were not so lazy. I thought he was very 
active. When will you obtain your money? I should obtain it to- 
day, if the French captain had not set out. Are you afraid of death ? 
I am not afraid of it. Is your wife still afraid of it? No, she is no 
more afraid of it. About what have the lawyers agreed ? They 
have agreed about the price. What has become of your son ? What 
has become of your aunt ? She went to Italy last year. When will 
she come back ? She will come back next year or in two years. Will 
you hold my beautiful pencil ? I shall hold it. My mother bought a 
silver pencil case (porte-crayon). Have you bread enough in your 
coffee? I have enough. Have the masons many good apples? They 
have a great many, but they have also many bad pears. When will 
you give me some paper, a book, a good pen and some black ink ? Is 
your mother at home? She is (there). Which children have you 
called ? We have called ours. I have no more meat ; have you any 
more? I have no more. Is thy slate on the large desk? No, it is 
under it. What have you a mind to buy to-day? We have a mind to 
buy some dishes and plates, fine iron knives, silver forks and spoons, 
white cups, fine saucers and six glasses. Does it suit your old cook 
to make my fire ? It does not suit him to make it. My hat is much 
finer than yours. Let us buy these pictures. These black silk stock- 
ings belong to my cousin. Have these ladies as fine dresses as I ? 
They have finer ones than you. When will your children go to 
market ? They will go thither at half past nine in the (du) morning. 
I shall have some good wine to drink. Who will have something 
ugly ? Nobody will have anything ugly. 

EXERCISE 76. 

Have you had the nails of the carpenter or those of the sailor ? We 
have neither had those of the carpenter nor those of the sailor. Have 
your daughters seen my napkin or my saucer ? They have seen nei- 
ther the latter nor the former. Are you ready to go out ? I am (je 
le suis). Is this little girl as amiable as your cousin ? She is more 
amiable than my cousin. Is this old woman rich or poor ? She is 
very poor. Had you a red silk dress when you were in the country ? 



94 TRENTIEME LEgON. 

No, I had a grey silk one. Will you go for my green slippers? 
Where are they ? I think they are under the bed. I shall buy a white 
handkerchief, black pantaloons, a violet velvet waiscoat, new boots, a 
good cloak and seven or eight shirts. Have these ladies a desire to 
buy more fans than ribbons ? They have a mind to buy more of the 
one than of the other. My grandmother was ready to go out when 
your godmother (marraine) came to see her this morning. I shall 
dance with the young lady whom you saw at my uncle's last night. 
How many trees are there in your garden ? There are ten. Have 
you as many eggs in your closet as I ? Yes, I have quite as many as 
you, but my neighbor's wife has more than you and I. Had you wine 
enough when you were in the country ? Yes, Sir, I had enough. Will 
you have the goodness to give me a little meat? Hast thou eaten all 
thine ? Yes, Madam. Would you like to go to Paris with thy god- 
father? Yes, I should like very much to go there in order to speak 
French. Shall you ever be as learned as my friend ? No, I shall 
never be as learned as he. Will this little girl have a veil on her hat ? 
No, she is too young yet to have a veil ; but she will have a very 
pretty white dress. Do you wish for some cakes? No, I do not like 
cakes. I shall have the pleasure of dancing with your young sister. 
We should have to study our French lessons (legons de frangais), if 
our teacher were here. Have you a mind to buy a horse and an ox ? 
I have only a mind to buy a horse. How many bags have you? I 
have only three. When will you send for the physician ? I shall 
send for him to-morrow morning. Will your daughter go out soon 1 
She would go out, if she had time. Which of these houses do you 
like best (le mieux) ? Do you like this one better than that one ? I 
like neither. Where are all your children ? They went to church. 
When will this man pay all his debts ? He will never pay them. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN LE. 

ALE, ALLE. — Nouns ending in ale and alle are feminine ; as : 

\j2l cigale, the grasshopper. ] La cale, the hold of a ship. 

Une balle, a ball, ballet. I Salle, hall, saloon. 

Except le scandale, scandal; un intervalle, an interval; un petale, 
a petal ; un chale, a shawl ; le rale, the rattling in the throat. 



BLE, PLE. — Nouns ending in ble and pie are masculine ; as ; 

Le diable, the devil. 1 Un cable, a cable. 

Sable, sand. I Comble, top, fulness. 



TRENTIEME LE£ON. 95 

Meuble, furniture, 1 Trouble, disturbance. 

Vignoble, vineyard. Crible, sieve. 

Exemple, example. Peuple, people, nation. 

Temple, temple. Tremble, aspen-tree. 

Except une table, a table ; tme fable, a fable ; une etable, a stable ; 
la bible, the bible. 



CLE, GLE. — Nouns ending in cle and gle are* masculine ; as : 



Un couvercle, a lid. 
Obstacle, obstacle. 
Aigle, eagle. 
Seigle, rye. 



Un siecle, a century, an age. 
Spectacle, play, theatre. 
Ongle, nail, claw. 
Cercle, circle. 



Except une boucle, a buckle ; la debacle, the breaking up of the ice ; 
une regie, a rule, a ruler ; une epingle, a pin ; une sangle, a girth. 



FLE. — Nouns ending in fle are masculine ; as : 



Un buffle, a buffalo. 
Trefle, trefoil, clubs. 
Mufle, muzzle. 



Le girofle, clove. 
Souffle, breath, breathing. 



Except une nefle, a medlar ; une pantoufle, a slipper. 



EXERCISE 77. 

When will the writer come for (venir chercher) his green slippers ? 
He will come for them soon. Are there any big cables in the hold 
of the ship 1 Is the leaden bullet in your gun 1 It is not in it (y). 
Will the young Englishman come with us to the French temple ? 
He would come if he had time. Will you have the goodness to lend 
me a pin ? Do these cloves suit your cook ? They do not suit him. 
Does it suit your teacher to go to the play this evening ? It does 
not suit him to go thither. What does this little basket contain ? It 
contains medlars. Is there no trefoil in the countryman's fields ? 
There is a good deal. Will there be much rye and wheat this year? 
There will not be much rye ; but there will be a good deal of wheat. 
Your nails are too long ; why do you not cut them 1 I cannot cut 
them ; I have no knife. Hast thou ever seen a buffalo 1 ? No, Madam, 
I have never seen any. Did this man succeed in making an iron lid 1 
He did not succeed in it. Give me the large ruler. Give it to me 
now. When did the Pole come for the furnitures ? He came (is 
come) for them the day before yesterday ? At what o'clock did he 
come for them ? He came for them at half past five in the (du) 



96 



TRENTE-ET-UN1EME LE£ON. 



evening. - Of what gender are French nouns ending in ale and alle ? 
They are all feminine, except five, which are ... Of what gender are 
nouns ending in ble, pie, cle, gle, fie ? They are masculine. Are there 
no exceptions to this rule? Yes, Sir, there are eleven (onze) excep- 
tions, whhh are . . . How do you spell former ? F-o-r-m-e-r. How 
many years are there in a century ? There are hundred years in a 
century. Take this bible to the apothecary. Does he want it? Is 
there much sand in your garden? There is not much (in it). Do 
you wish to go any whither ? I wish to go nowhither to-day. 



TRENTE-ET-UNlfiME LEgON.— Thirty-first Lesson. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Present 

Present participle 
Past participle. 


Ouvrir. 

Ouvrant 

Ouvert. 




To open. 
Opening. 
Opened. 




Indicative Mood. 






Present Tense. 


J'ouvre. 
Tu ouvres. 
11 ouvre. 
Nous ouvrons. 
Vous ouvrez. 
lis ouvrent. 






I open. 
Thou openest. 
He opens. 
We open. 
You open. 
They open. 






Imperfect. 


J'ouvrais. 




| 1 opened or was opening, 
Future. 


J'ouvrirai. 




1 1 shall open. 
Conditional 


Pouvrirais. 


handelle. 

bonne, 
eur-e. 
eilleur. 


\ I should open. 


La porte. 
La fenetre. 
La bougie. 
Allumer la c 




The door. 

The window. 

The taper. 

To light the candle. 


i Bon, 

Adjective, < Meill 

(Lem 




Good. 
Better. 
The best. 



TRENTE-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 



97 



Adverb. 



Bien. 
Mieux. 
Le mieux. 



Well. 
Better. 
The best. 



Autrefois. 


Formerly. 


Plus souvent. 


Often er. 


Moins souvent. 


Not so often. 


II y va plus souvent que moi. 


He goes there often 


Moins souvent qu'eux. 


Not so often as they 


De bonne heure. 


Early. 


De meilleure heure, plus tot. 


Earlier, sooner. 


D'aussi bonne heure que. 


As early as. 


Trop tot, de trop bonne heure. 


Too early. 


Tard. 


Late. 


Plus tard. 


Later. 


Trop tard. 


Too late. 


Mai. 


Badly. 


Peut-etre. 


Perhaps, may be. 


Maintenant, a present. 


Now, at present. 


Tout-a-l'heure. 


Just now, presently 



EXERCICE 78. 

Qui a ouvert la porte du salon? Votre petit gfar^on la ouverte 
Fermez-la, je vous prie. Vos cousins vont-ils al'eglise d'aussi bonne 
heure que mes filles? lis y vont de meilleure heure qu'elles. A 
quelle heure y vont-ils? lis y vont a neuf heures et demie. Mes 
filles y vont plus tard; elles n'y vont qu'a onze heures moins u 
quart. Ouvrirai-je la fenetre de votre chambre (room) ? N«»n, n* 
l'ouvrez pas, je vous prie ; je n'ai pas trop chaud. Ayez la bont dv 
dire au domestique d'allucner la chandelle. Le domestique n'est p s 
iei; il est alle au marche. Ilya deja longtemps qu'il est parti; je 
pense qu'il reviendra bientot. Votre oncle parle-t-il bien le fran^ais? 
Non, il le parle mal. Allez-vous a l'ecole d'aussi bonne heure que ma 
soeur? J'y vais plus tard qu'elle. Ma petite cousine y va.trop tot, et 
votre frere y va trop tard Irez-vous a la carapagne cette ann e ? 
J'irai peut-etre. Peut etre ma tante ira avec vous. Quand votre 
parrain partira-t-il pour la campagne ? II parti ra tout- a-l'heu re. Voire 
fils parle-t-il mieux que le mien? Non, monsieur, mais il crii mieux 
que le votre. Nous jouons moins souvent que vous. Dounez-moi 
cela. 

5 



98 TRENTE-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 



EXERCISE 79. 

Did you ever go to the ball ? Yes, Madam, I went there formerly. 
When I was in the country, I always had the door of my room open. 
Will you have the goodness to open the windows'? Are yon too 
warm? No, but I like to have them open in the morning. Does 
your mother go out already ? No, but she will go out soon. We 
would go to school earlier than your sisters, if we had breakfasted. 
Why do you breakfast so (si) late ? Because our cook has not yet re- 
turned from the market. Does my daughter speak English as well 
as you ? She speaks much better than I. Is this man's horse better 
than mine ? No, it is not as good as yours. Will you go to the con- 
cert this evening. Perhaps. Do your children go to school too late? 
They go thither too early. When will you light the taper ? We 
shall light it instantly. I would send for some candles, if I had money 
enough. I will lend you some, if you wish it. When will you begin 
to write your notes? Now. Wouldst thou go to the theatre as early 
as I, if thou hadst time? I would go there earlier than you. You go 
to church too early. I think not; it is ten o'clock. Bring me a 
candle. Light it. Will your old servant sweep my room or my ware- 
house ? He will sweep neither the one nor the other. Is this young 
lady happy or unhappy ? She is very unhappy, for she has lost her 
mother. This little girl would be very lazy if I did not punish her 
sometimes. Where is my bottle of beer ? It is on the large round 
table. What is there on the parlor-table ? There are some fine 
books on it. This young girl is proud and jealous. Have you bought 
more square inkstands than my father ? I have bought fewer than 
he. Will you have time to make my bed ? Yes, Sir, I am going to 
make it presently. Who broke my leaden spoons ? Your children 
broke them this morning. Do you like to go to market ? Yes, I 
like very much to go there. Does your grandfather go out early ? 
No, he goes out very late ; he only goes out at a quarter past eleven, 
[t is ten o'clock now. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
ELE, ELLE — Nouns ending in ele and elle are feminine ; as : 



Une erysipele, an erysipelas. 
Ficelle, packthread. 
Filoselle, floss silk. 
Moelle, marrow. 
Hirondelle, swallow. 



La grele, hail. 
Flanelle, flannel. 
Dentelle, lace. 
Querelle, quarrel 
Sauterelle, grasshopper. 



Except un modele, a model ; le zele, zeal ; un libelle, a libel ; du 
vermicelle, vermicelli; un violoncelle, a violoncello. 



TRENTE-ET-UNI&ME LE£ON. 99 



ILE. — Nouns ending in He are masculine ; as : 



Un asile, an asylum. 
Domicile, domicile. 
Evangile, Gospel. 



Un crocodile, a crocodile. 
Style, style. 
Ustensile, utensil. 



Except la bile, bile; l'huile, oil; une ile, an island; une tuile, a 
tile ; la file, the rank ; une pile, a pile ; l'argile, potter's earth. 



1LLE. — Nouns ending in ille are feminine ; as : 



Une ville, a city, town. 
Famille, family. 
Paille, straw. 
Abeille, bee. 
Corbeille, basket. 
Feuille, leaf. 



Une chenille, a caterpillar. 
Houille, pit-coal. 
Muraille, wall. 
Oreille, ear. 
Treille, vine-arbour. 
Grenouille, frog. 



Except un codicille, a codicil ; un quadrille, a quadrille ; un vaude- 
ville, a ballad; un trille, a trill; un porte-feuille, a pocketbook ; du 
chevrefeuille, honeysuckle ; un mille, a mile. 



OLE, OLLE. — Nouns ending in ole and olle are feminine ; as : 



Une console, a pier-table. 
Casserole, stew-pan. 
Rougeole, measles. 



Une idole, an idol. 
Fiole, phial. 
Metropole, metropolis. 



Except un mole, a mole ; le pole, the pole ; un role, a roll ; le sym- 
bole, the symbol; le monopole, monopoly. 



ULE, OULE. — Nouns ending in ule and oule are feminine ; as : 



Une pendule, a clock. 
Virgule, comma. 
Mule, mule. 
Foule, crowd. 



Une pilule, a pill. 
Cellule, cell. 
Peninsule, peninsula. 
Poule, hen. 



Except un moule, a mould; un vestibule, a hall; le scrupule, 
scruple ; le crepuscule, the twilight ; un globule, a small globe. 



EXERCISE 80. 

t Does your mason want this grey packthread ? He does want it ; 
give it to him. Wilt thou buy this piece of green floss silk 1 I can- 



.00 TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE^ON. 

lot buy it ; I have no money. Shall I lend my lace to your niece ? 
fes, lend it to her. Do you want this marrow pomatum or that oil ? 
want neither the former nor the latter ; neither the one nor the 
ther. Do your children like to read the Gospel ? They like very 
auch to read it ; they are very pious. Do you often go to see (alter 
oir) that family ? Do those girls come to see (venir voir) you every 
^ay ? They come to see me every morning and every evening. Our 
oachman has an ear-ache. Are there any grapes on our neighbor's 
ine-arbour? Do you burn pit-coal? No, we burn (bruler) wood. 
Vhat is there on my pier-table ? There is nothing on it, but there is 
omething under it. This white wall is three feet thick and eight 
set high. Is there any peruvian bark in the surgeon's phial ? No, 
ut there are some bad pills in it. Go for the iron stew-pan. Have 
ou ever seen a crocodile ? No, I have never seen any. How many 
askets did you send to the country ? Is your straw-hat too large ? 
Jo, it is too small. Will you buy any flannel to make a shirt ? I 
ave bought some already. Does thy clock go now? It does not go. 
Vhen will you go to the asylum ? We shall go there to-morrow 
lorning at half past seven. Nous ending in ale, alle, ele, die, ille, ole, 
lie, ule, oule, are feminine, except twenty-six, which are . . . 



TEENTE-DEUXlfiME LEgON.— Thirty-second Lesson. 
THIRD CONJUGATION— OZR. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Resent Recevoir. To receive. 

D resent participle. Recevant. Receiving. 

D ast participle. Recu. Received. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

I receive. 
Thou receivest. 
He receives. 
We receive. 
You receive. 
They receive. 

Imperfect. 

"e recevais. I I received or was receiving. 

Fu recevais. I Thou receivedst or wast receiving. 

Future. 

\e recevrai. j I shall receive. 

I?u recevras. | Thou wilt receive. 



e re90is. 
Fu re9ois. 
I rec,oit. 
Jous recevons. 
fous recevez. 
Is regoivent. 



TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



101 



Je recevrais. 
Tu recevrais. 



Conditional 

1 I should receive. 

I Thou wouldst receive. 

Imperative, 

Receive (thou). 
Let him receive. 
Let us receive. 
Receive (you). 
Let them receive. 



Recois. 
Qu'il recoive. 
Recevons. 
Recevez. 
Qu'ils recoivent. 

Ohs. — It may be seen that the letter c takes the cedilla before o 
and u. 



A la maison. 
Je vais chez moi. 
Tu vas chez toi. 
II va chez lui. 
Elle va chez elle. 
Allez-vous chez vous 1 
Nous allons chez nous. 
Elles ne vont pas chez elles. 
Vont-ils chez eux ? 



Home, at home. 
I go home. 

Thou art going home. 
He is going home. 
She is going home. 
Do you go home? 
We do go home. 
They do not go home. 
Do they go home ? 



The literary meaning is : To or at the house of me, of thee, of 
him, &c. 

After the same manner as recevoir, are conjugated : 



Devoir, du, je dois. 
Apercevoir, apercu. 
Concevoir, eoncu. 



To owe, owed, I owe. 
To perceive, perceived. 
To conceive, conceived. 



Fermier. 

Devoir. 

Ou devez-vous aller ? 

Je dois aller a l'ecole. 



Farmer. 

To be to, to owe. 
Whither are you to go ? 
I am to go to school. 



Doit-il y avoir ? 
II doit y avoir un concert 
Doit-il y avoir un bal ? 
II doit y en avoir un. 



Is there to be ? are there to be ? 
There is to be a concert. 
Is there to be a ball ? 
There is to be one. 



EXERCICE 81. 

Avez-vous recu votre argent ? Non, pas encore. Quand le rece- 
vrez-vous? Je le recevrai peut-etre la semaine prochaine. Vous 



102 TRENTE-DETJXIEME LE£ON. 

dois-je encore beaucoup ? Vous me devez encore dix dollars. Mile, 
votre fille recevra-t-elle ses amies aujourd'hui % Elle les recevrait, si 
elle ne devait pas aller a la ville, II devait y avoir un grand bal hier 
soir. II devrait y avoir plus de personnes au bal (there should be, <f-c). 
Tout homme est sujet a la mort. Doit-il y avoir beaucoup de de- 
moiselles chez vous ce soir ? Oui, il doit y en avoir beaucoup. Com- 
bien cette veuve vous doit-elle ? Elle ne me doit que huit dollars. 
Ces dames sortent-elles tous les jours ? Non, monsieur. Concevez- 
vous cela? Non, je ne concois pas cela. Les menuisiers sont-ils 
tous ici ? Non, ils n'y sont pas encore tous. Combien de fois allez- 
vo us au theatre par semaine ? Nous y allons tous les jours. Com- 
bien de fois votre enfant mange-t-il par j our ? II mange toutes les 
heures. Ce garcon sort a to ate heure. Mme. votre mere est-elle 
chez elle le matin ? Non, mademoiselle, mais elle y est le soir. A 
quelle heure ces dames iront-elles chez elles ? A quatre heures et 
demie du soir. Ces messieurs desirent aller chez eux. Mon petit 
camarade est-il deja venu chez toi aujourd'hui? Non, il n'est pas 
encore venu chez moi. Nous ne concevons pas cela. Donneriez-vous 
un souper s'il devait y avoir beaucoup de monde (people) chez vous ? 
Certainement. Je recevais tous les jours beaucoup de monde, lorsque 
j'etais a la campagne. 

EXERCISE 82. 

If the English captain should come to-morrow, would you receive 
him ? With great pleasure. Do you go to the country every day ? 
No, I go thither only twice a week. It freezes now every night. 
Does your cook wish to pare some pears and apples ? He has no time 
to pare any. Do you perceive the little white house which is at the 
other end (bout) of the garden ? No, but I perceive a large forest at 
the end of this road. When shall you receive the money which your 
farmer owes you ? I shall perhaps receive it next month. Whither 
is your mother to go? She is to go to market with our new servant 
girl. Are your friends to set out soon ? They are to set out to- 
morrow morning. Do the watchmakers breakfast early ? Yes, Sir, 
they breakfast very early, for they are to begin to work at five o'clock. 
Do they begin to work so early every morning ? Yes, Sir. The 
weather is very bad. Are there to be many people at the duke's ball ? 
Yes, there are to be many. I received my gold watch last week. 
Did the shoemakers receive their leather last month ? No, but the 
bootmakers received theirs. Are the bankers to write some notes 
this evening ? No, Madam, but the physicians are to write some 
letters to the apothecary. Are there to be many butchers in this 
city ? Yes, there are to be a great many. How much did you owe 
that old widower ? I owed him twenty (vingt) dollars. Will this 
young broker pay you what (ce que) he owes you ? No, Sir, he will 
never pay us all (what) he owes us. Is he poor ? No, he is richer 
than you and I. Are these young Frenchmen tailors 1 No, they are 



TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



103 



joiners. What are these two men? One (Vun) is an upholsterer, and 
the other a barber. Next winter (hiver) I shall go to the ball every 
week. What did you see yesterday in the surgeon's garden ? I saw 
a great many trees at the end of a little road. Is there to be a great 
dinner at your house to-day ? No, there is to be none to-day, but I 
think (that) there is to be one to-morrow. When will the jewellers 
begin to work ? They will begin at seven o'clock in the morning. 
This farmer is very rich. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
TERMINATIONS IN ME. 
AME, AMME. — Nouns ending in ame and a?nme, are feminine ; as : 

Une ame, a soul. 



Une dame, a lady. 
Rame, oar, ream. 
Flamme, flame. 
Epigramme, epigram. 



Lame, blade. 
Gamine, gamut. 
Anagramme, anagram. 



Except le blame, blame ; un drame, a drama ; un amalgame, an 
amalgamation ; and gramme (French weight). 



DIE. — Nouns ending in ime> are feminine ; as : 

La cime, the top. Une lime, a file. 

Victime, victim. Maxime, maxim. 

Estime, esteem. Rime, rhyme. 

Except un crime, a crime ; un centime, a centime ; un regime, a re- 
gimen ; un abime, an abyss ; un mLne, a mime. 



EME, OME, OMME, SME. — Nouns ending in erne, ome, omme, 
sme, are masculine ; as : 



Un theme, an exercise, 
Poeme, poem. 
Embleme, emblem. 
Idiome, idiom. 
Tome, volume. 
Fan tome, phantom. 
Somrae, sleep, nap. 
Pleonasme, pleonasm. 
Catholicisme, Catholicism. 



Le diademe, the diadem. 
Probleme, problem. 
Astronome, astronomer. 
Axiome, axiom. 
Diplome, diploma. 
Homme, man. 
Cataplasme, cataplasm. 
Stoicism e, stoicism. 
Judaisme, Judaism. 



Except la creme, cream ; une pomme, an apple ; la gomme, gum , 
une somme, a sum. 



104 TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

RME. — Nouns ending in rme, are feminine; as: 



Une arme, an arm. 
Alarme, alarm. 
Forme, form. 



Une larme, a tear. 
Ferme, farm. 
Reforme, reform. 



Except un vacarme, a noise, uproar; un charme, a charm; un orme, 
an elm tree ; un uniforme, a uniform ; un germe, a germ ; un terme, 
a term. 



EXERCISE 83. 

Has your servant girl broken the blade of my knife ? She has not 
broken it. Did the farmer receive a file from the carpenter? No, he 
did not receive any from the carpenter, but he received one from the 
blacksmith. Does the astronomer owe you much ? He does not owe 
me much; he only owes me four dollars. Has that man time to 
write his exercise ? He has no time to write it ; he has too many 
notes to write. To whom will you send the first (le premier) volume 
of your work ? I shall send it to the Italian lady. How many cen- 
times arc there in a franc {franc) ? How many sous (sous) are there 
in a franc ? There are twenty sous in a franc, and five centimes in a 
sou (sou). Have you received a diploma ? I have received one. Does 
your teacher wish to read this poem? He wishes to read it, but he 
h s no time ; he has too many lessons to give. Do you give the cook 
tflrmey enough to buy some cream? I have given him some already, 
but if he has not enough, I shall give him some more. Will your far- 
mer buy your farm? He will buy it perhaps. Of what gender are 
nouns ending in ame, amme, ime, rme ? They are all feminine, except 

fifteen, which are Give us a few feminine nouns of each (cha- 

cun-e) of these terminations (ierminaison) . Of what gender are nouns 
ending in erne, ome, omme, sme? They are all masculine, except four, 
which are. . . . Name (nommez) nine or ten masculine nouns of these 
terminations. Why is the word terminaison feminine? Because it 
ends in aison ; all nouns ending in aison, are feminine ; or else (ou 
bun) all nouns ending in ison, are feminine, except three, which 
are 



TRENTE-TROISlfiME LEgON.— Thirty-third Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Infinitive Mood. 



Present. 


Pouvoir. 


To be able. 


Present fart. 


Pouvant. 


Being able. 


Past part. 


Pu. 


Been able. 



TRENTE-TROXSI&ME LE£ON. 



105 



Je puis or je peux. 
Tu peux. 
II peut. 

Nous pouvons. 
Vous pouvez. 
lis peuvent. 



Je pouvais. 
Je pourrai. 
Je pourrais. 



II y avait. 
II y a eu. 
H y aura. 
Y aura-t-il ? 
II y aurait. 



Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

I can or I am able. 
Thou canst. 
He can. 
We can. 
You can. 
They can. 

Imperfect 

1 1 could or was able. 

Future. 

] I shall be able. 

Conditional 

1 1 should be able, I could. 



Inf. p. 
Pr. part. 
Past part 



Vouloir. 
Voulant. 
Voulu. 



Ind. pr. 



Je veux. 
Tu veux. 
II veut. 
Nous voulons. 
Vous voulez. 
lis veulent. 



Imperfect 

Future. 

Cond. 



Je voulais. 
Je voudrai. 
Je voudrais. 



There was or were. 
There has or have been. 
There will be. 
Will there be 1 
There would be. 



To wish, to wish for, to be willing. 

Wishing. 

Wished, been willing. 



I wish. 

Thou wishest. 
He wishes. 
We wish. 
You wish. 
They wish. 



I wished or was willing. 
I shall or will wish. 
I should wish. 



Longtemps. 



| Long {adverb). 



5* 



106 



TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 



Midi va sonner. 

Sonner (etre). 

Minuit est-il sonne ? 

Onze heures sont sonnees. 

Deux heures sont-elles sonnees ? 

Trois heures vont sonner. 

Venir de. 

Midi vient de sonner. 

Deux heures viennent de sonner. 

Neuf heures viennent de sonner. 

Votre pere vient de sortir. 

Votre oncle venait de sortir lors- 

que vous etes venu l'appeler. 
Penser. 



It is going to strike twelve. 

To strike. 

Has it struck twelve (at night) 1 

It has struck eleven. 

Has it struck two ? 

It is going to strike three. 

To have just. 

It has just struck twelve. 

It has just struck two. 

It has just struck nine. 

Your father has just gone out. 

Your uncle had just gone out 

when you came to call him. 
To think. 



Rester (etre or avoir). 
Combien de temps etes-vous reste 

au spectacle ? 
Nous y avons reste une demi- 

heure. 



To remain. 

How long did you remain at the 

play? 
We remained there half an hour. 



EXERCICE 84. 

Pouvez-vous me dire quelle heure il est ? II n'est que deux heures. 
Votre frere, l'ecrivain, voudra-t-il venir avec nous au spectacle 1 II 
ne pourra pas venir ; il doit aller a, un concert. Le bal du general 
espagnol a-t-il eu lieu la semaine passee ? Non, mademoiselle, mais 
il aura lieu la semaine prochaine. Midi est-il sonne ? Midi est 
sonLe, il y a longtemps. Cinq heures vont sonner. Sept heures sont- 
elles sonnees 1 Non, pas encore ; il est sept heures moins dix, or 
moins dix minutes. II est dix heures. Ou est monsieur votre frere, 
l'avocat ? II vient de sortir. Ces dames viennent d'arriver. Nos en- 
fants doivent avoir faim ; donnez-leur quelque chose a manger. 
Quelle heure est-il a present ? Quatre heures viennent de sonner. 
La pendule sonne a present. As-tu besoin de ton ardoise et de ton 
encrier ? Je n'en ai pas besoin a present, mais j'en aurai besoin bien- 
tot. Nous avons grand besoin d'argent ; pouvez-vous nous en pre- 
ter % Je puis vous preter quelque dollars. Combien de temps le 
medecin americain est-il reste chez-vous ? II n'y a reste que quelques 
minutes. Le bal aurait-il lieu aujourd'hui, si le temps etait plus beau? 
Je le pense. A quelle heure etes-vous revenu de Popera hier soir ? 
J'en suis revenu a minuit. Mon fils y est reste fort longtemps aussi ; 
il n'en est revenu qu'a une heure du matin. 



TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 10*7 



EXERCISE 85. 



Do you not want my sisters ? No, I do not want them. Whom 
do you want ? I want nobody. Can you tell me what o'clock it is ? 
It has just struck nine. What do these ladies and gentlemen wish 
for their supper ? They wish for some bread, cheese, butter, fruit and 
coffee. Do they not wish for some milk too 1 No, they do not like 
milk. Did the banker's ball take place last month ? No, Sir, but it 
will take place in a few days, Are there to be many people at the 
ball ? Yes, there are to be a great many. It is going to strike 
twelve. Has it struck three ? Yes, Miss, it has just struck three 
The physician had just set out for Paris when the broker's wife sen* 
for him. Did you remain long at your neighbor's this morning ? ) 
remained there but half an hour. The German remained very lono 
with me ; he remained two hours and a half. Shall your little sistei 
wish to come to school with us? She will not wish to come, for sh« 
does not like to study. How long will these young ladies remain a* 
church ? They will not stay there long. Will there be many peopl' 
at church? No, there will not be many. Why do your cousim 
not wish to play with us ? Because they have no time ; there will b« 
a great many persons (beaucoup de monde) at their house this evening 
Can your old servant clean my clothes ? He cannot clean them, i 
think he could if he would. Were there many people at the open 
last night ? No, there were not many. When did the lawyer's bat 
take place ? It took place last week, and the banker's will take placr 
to-morrow at nine o'clock in the evening. Hast thou remained lon« 
at the hatter's ? No, I only remained a few minutes. Has it already 
struck ten? Yes, Madam, it is going to strike eleven. At whaV 
o'clock didst thou return from (de chez) the jeweller's ? It had just 
struck eight when I returned from his house (en). How long shall 
you remain at the play ? I shall stay there half an hour only. Did 
your grandmother remain long at church ? She remained there three 
or four hours. Do your cousins want their gold thimbles ? They do 
not want them now, but they wanted them yesterday. Are those 
locksmiths in want of money 1 No, they have money enough. There 
will be a great ball to-night. Why does your little boy wish for this 
knife ? In order to cut his bread. What will your father think of 
you ? He will think that I remained too long at school. It is going 
to strike five. My grandfather has just arrived. He will soon be 
here. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN NE. 

ANE, ANNE. — Nouns ending in ane and anne are feminine ; as : 



108 TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

Une cabane, a cottage. I Une canne, a cane, 

Valeriane, valerian. j Paysanne, countrywoman. 

Except le crane, the skull ; un organe, an organ ; un ane, an ass ; 
le filigrane, filigrane (with goldsmiths) ; les manes, ghosts. 



ENE, ENNE. — Nouns ending in ene and enne are feminine ; as : 

Une alene, an awl. I La musicienne, the musician (f.). 

Ebene, ebony. j Comedienne, actress. 

Except un chene, an oak-tree ; un frene, an ash-tree ; un phenome- 
ne, a phenomenon. Renne, rein-deer, is either masculine or feminine. 
Names of trees are all masculine. 



INE, AINE, EINE. — Nouns ending in ine, aine, eine, are feminine ; 
as: 



La cuisine, the kitchen. 
Mousseline, muslin. 
Semaine, week. 
Reine, queen. 
Plaine, plain. 



De la farine, some flour. 
Laine, wool. ' 
Douzaine, dozen. 
Peine, pain. 
Veine, vein. 



Except le platine, platina ; un domaine, a domain. 



OINE. — Nouns ending in oine are masculine ; as : 
Le patrimoine, patrimony. \ Un moine, a monk. 

Except names of plants and medicines, which are feminine. 



ONE, OUNE. — Nouns ending in one and onne are feminine ; as : 

oe personne, a person. I Une couronne, a crown. 

umone, alms, charity. \ Amazone, Amazon. 

Except le trone, the throne : un c6ne, a cone. 



GNE. — Nouns ending in gne are feminine ; as : 



La campagne, the country. 
Chataigne, chesnut. 
Vigne, vine* 



Une montagne, a mountain. 
Teigne, moth, scurf on the head. 
Cigogne, stork. 



TRENTE-TROISIEME LE^ON. 109 

Except un peigne, a comb ; le reigne, the reign ; un signe, a sign ; 
un cygne, a swan ; le bagne, the bagnio. 



UNE, RNE. — Nouns ending in une and rne are feminine ; as : 



La fortune, fortune. 
Prune, plum. 
Caverne, cavern. 
Caserne, barracks. 



La lune, the moon. 
Une lanterne, a lantern. 
Lucarne, dormer-window. 
Borne, land-mark. 



EXERCISE 86. 

How long did the monk remain in that cottage ? He only remained 
there one hour. From whom did your little boy receive those good 
chesnuts ? He received them from the countrywoman. Is that Ger- 
mau lady a musician ? No, she is a governess. Have the Spaniards 
more asses than sheep ? They have quite as many of the latter as 
of the former. Would the Amazon buy my ass, if I were- to sell it? 
No, but she would buy your white horse, if you were to sell it. Have 
you already seen the queen of England ? No, I have not yet seen 
her. Has the shoemaker lost his iron awl ? Yes, Sir, but he has just 
bought a dozen of new ones. What will the actress send for 1 She 
will send for some wool, muslin, and plums. Let us go into that 
cavern. I am afraid to go into it. Dost thou perceive the moon ? 
No, I do not. Has the baker flour enough to make some bread ? He 
has not enough. Will there be many persons at your house next 
week ] Yes, there will be a great many. Who has just broken my 
old lantern ? This countryman has just broken it. Is there not a 
stork on that mountain 1 There are several (on it). We have just 
killed (tuer) a rein-deer. Where ? In the large plain. Whither has 
the cook carried the beef? He has carried it to the kitchen. If my 
parents arrive to-morrow I shall go to the country. What does the 
joiner owe you? He owes me the price (prix) of the ebony which 
(que) I have sold him last week. The Swedish broker has a great 
fortune; he is very rich. Of what gender are nouns ending in net 
They are all feminine, except fifteen. But nouns ending in oine, are 
masculine, when they do not denote (designer) plants (des plantes) or 
medicines {des medecines). 



110 



TRENTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 



TRENTE-QUATRlfiME LEgON.— Thirty-fourth Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Infinitive Mood. 



Present Savoir. 

Present participle, Sachant. 
Past participle. Su-e. 



To know, to know how. 

Knowing. 

Known. 



Je sais. 
Tu sais. 
II sait. 

Nous savons. 
Vous savez. 
lis savent. 



Je savais. 



Je saurai. 
Tu sauras. 



Je saurais. 
Tu saurais. 



Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense, 

I know. 
Thou knowest. 
He knows. 
We know. 
You know. 
They know. 

Imperfect 

1 1 knew or did know. 

Future. 

I shall know. 
Thou wilt know. 

Conditional. 

I I would know. 
Thou shouldst know. 



Sache. 

Qu'il or qu'elle sache. 

Sachons. 

Sachez. 

Qu'ils or qu'elles sa^hent. 



Savez-vcus nager ? 
Elle ne sait pas coudre. 
Je saurai bientdt ecrire. 
Elle a su sa lecon. 



Ne savoir que faire. 
II ne sait que faire. 



Imperative. 



Know Cthou). 
Let him or her know. 
Let us know. 
Know (you). 
Let them know. 



Do you know how to swim ? 
She does not know how to sew. 
I shall soon know how to write. 
She knew her lesson. 



Not to know what to do. 

He does not know what to do. 



TRENTE-QUATRli&ME LEfON. 



Ill 



Nous ne savons ou aller. 
Elle ne savait que dire, 
lis ne savent qu'acheter. 
Je ne saurai que repondre. 



We do not know where to go. 
She did not know what to say. 
They do not know what to buy. 
I shall not know what to answer. 





Infinitive Mood. 


Present, 
Present part. 
Past part 


Voir. 

Voyant. 

Vu. 

Je vois. 
Tu vois. 
11 voit. 

Nous voyons. 
Vous voyez. 
lis voient. 




To see. 
Seeing. 
Seen. 


Indie, pres. 




I see. 

Thou seest. 
He sees. 
We see. 
You see. 
They see. 






Imperfect. 


Je voyais. 




1 1 saw or did see. 
Future. 


Je verrai. 
Tu verras. 




I I shall see. 
1 Thou wilt see. 

Conditional. 


Je verrais. 
Tu verrais. 




1 I should see. 

1 Thou wouidst see 

Imperative. 


Vois. 

Qu'il voie. 
Voyons. 
Voyez. 
Qu'ils voient 






See (thou). 
Let him see. 
Let us see. 
See (you). 
Let them see. 



Avant de (bef. an infinitive). 
Dejeune-t-il avant de sortir ? 

Nous etudions avant de jouer. 



Before. 

Does he breakfast before he gGe« 

out? 
We study before we play. 



Obs.—Savoir and voir take no preposition before an infinitive. 



112 



TRENTE-QUATRliJME LE£ON. 



Au lieu de. 

Je joue au lieu d'etudier. 
Nous finirons nos themes au lieu 
d'aller a 1'opera. 



Douze 12 

Treize 13 

Quatorze 14 

Quinze 15 

Seize 16 

Dix-sept 17 

Dix-huit. 18 

Dix-neuf. 19 

Vingt 20 



Instead of. 

I play instead of studying. 
We shall finish our exercises in- 
stead of going to the opera. 



Vingtet un 21 

Vingt-deux 22 

Vingt-trois 23 

Trente 30 

Trenteetun 31 

Trente-deux 32 

Quarante 40 

Cinquante 50 



EXERCISE 87. 

Does that widow's son know his lesson ? He does not know it 
yet, but he will soon know it. Is it a long one? No, it is a very 
short one. When shall you see your old neighbor's son ? I shall 
perhaps see him this evening. If the weather were fine, we should 
see a great many persons in the country to-day. Will you know your 
lesson next week ? Yes, Sir, I think I shall know it very well, for I 
studied it three hours last night. Your cousins would have seen a 
great many young ladies at my aunt's ball, if they had come there. 
We should have known our French lessons better if we had had more 
time to study them. Where will you go to when you have (say shall 
have) seen your shoemaker ? I shall go to my tailor to tell him to 
(de) make me a new coat. Did you always know your English 
lessons (xos lecons d? anglais) when you went to school ? I always 
knew them, but the general's daughter seldom knew hers. Let us 
know that. How many trees did you see in the physician's yard ? 
We saw more than thirty of them. My father has eighteen horses ; 
how many has yours ? Mine has only fifteen. When will you know 
all your lessons ? I have so many that I shall never know them all. 
You know how to speak French very well. Do you know how to 
swim? Do you intend to write your letters before you go to the 
concert? I intend to go to the concert betb re I write my letters. 
Did your wife know what to do when she was in Berlin? No, Madam, 
she did not know what to do. Did she not go to the play every day? 
No, she only went thither twice a (par) week. Do your scholars 
(ecolier) play instead of studying ? No, they study instead of playing, 
for they always know their lessons well. Has this lady ever seen any 
Greeks? Yes, Miss, she saw thirty-five of them last week at the 
Russian captain's. Will you know what to answer to that old man 1 



TRENTE-QUATRIEME LEgON. 113 

No, indeed (en verite), I shall not know what to answer him. We 
should know very well what to answer if he came to our house. Will 
you go for some milk and butter ? With much pleasure, Madam. 
Did your parents know how to swim formerly ] Yes, they knew how 
to swim very well. These lazy girls do not know how to sew. Will 
these gentlemen breakfast before they go out? They will breakfast 
before they go out. These old women do not know what to do. Do 
you like these seventeen horses better than those fifty oxen ? We 
like the latter better than the former, for we have already twenty-eight 
horses. At what o'clock do you study your lessons ? I study them 
at five o'clock in the evening. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN PE. 

APE, APPE. — Nouns ending in ape and appe, are feminine ; as : 

Une rape, a grater, 1 Une grappe, a bunch 

Attrappe, snare, trick. \ Nappe, table-cloth. 



EPE, IPE, IPPE. — Nouns ending in epe, ipe and ippe, are femi- 
nine ; as : 

Une tulipe, a tulip. I Une pipe, a pipe. 

Grippe, whim, I Une guepe, a wasp. 

Except le participe, the participle ; un principe, a principle. 



OPE. — Nouns ending in ope, are masculine ; as : 

Un microscope, a microscope. I Un telescope, a telescope. 

Horoscope, horoscope. J Heliotrope, turnsol, sun-flower. 

Except une syncope, a fainting Jit ; une varlope, a large plain; and 
nouns ending in oppe, which are also feminine ; as: une enveloppe, an 
envelope. 



UPE, UPPE, OUPE, AUPE.— Nouns ending with any of these 
terminations, are feminine ; as : 



Une jupe, a petticoat. 
Huppe, tuft. 
Sou coupe, saucer. 
Taupe, mole. 



La soupe, the soup. 
Coupe, cup, cutting. 
Troupe, troop. 
Chaloupe, sloop, long boat. 

Except un groupe, a cluster, group, which is masculine. 



114 TRENTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

AMPE, EMPE, OMPE, RPE.—AU nouns ending with any of these 
terminations, are feminine ; as : 



Une lampe, a lamp. 
Crampe, cramp. 
Trempe, temper of iron. 
Carpe, carp. 
Serpe, bill-hook. 



La rampe, the flight (in a stair- 
case). 
Tempe, temple of the head. 
Pompe, pomp, pump. 
Harpe, harp. 
Echarpe, scarf sling. 



Fleur, flower. I Roi, king. 

Porcelaine, china. | Couturiere, dressmaker. 



EXERCICE 88. 

La comedienne a-t-elle une echarpe bleue ? Non, elle en a une 
jaune. Votre cousine sait-elle jouer de la harpe ? Elle sait jouer de 
la harpe et du piano. De quel instrument joues-tu 1 Je ne joue 
d'aueun (no) instrument, mais mon frere joue du violon et du violon- 
celle. Y a-t-il des carpes dans cet etang ? II n'y en a pas dans cet 
etang, mais il y en a dans ce lac. Je mangerais bien de la soupe, si 
vous en aviez. Je n'en ai pas, mais je vais dire a la cuisiniere de vous 
en faire. Savez-vous qui a casse ma soucoupe de porcelaine ? Le 
papetier Suisse Pa cassee. Traversons (let us cross) le lac sur cette 
chaloupe. Savez-vous si la domestique a apporte mon echarpe neuve ? 
Elle est venue me dire qu'elle ne pouvait pas la trouver. Sais-tu 
jouer de la harpe ? Je savais autrefois, mais je ne sais plus a present. 
Quelle fleur aimez-vous le mieux % Je prefere la tulipe. Quand 
verras tu le roi? Je le verrais aujourd'hui, si je pouvais sortir. Le 
Russe a-t-il jamais eu des erampes? II en a eu souvent. As-tu en- 
voye chercher ma robe de soie et mon echarpe verte chez la couturiere 
francaise? Oui, la cuisiniere est allee chercher Tune et l'autre. 
Pretez-moi e o microscope pour un moment. Je vous le preterais avec 
beaucoup de plaisir, s'il n'etait pas casse. Cette couturiere a une 
tres-telie coupe ; je luidonnerai peut-etre ma robe de velours a faire. 
Qirailez-vous faire a present ? Nous ne savons que faire. Portez 
cette belle grappe de raisins a la niece de notre vieil ami. Y a-t-il 
ane nappe blanche sur la table ? Non, il n'y en a pas. Le participe 
present forme les trois personnes du pluriel de l'indicatif present, en 
changeant ant en ons, ez, ent. Donnez-nous un exemple. Donnant % 
nous donnons, vous donnez, Us donnent. Le participe present ne forme- 
t-il pas aussi Pimparfait de l'indicatif? Oui, monsieur, il forme Pim- 
parfait de l'indicatif en changeant ant en ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient. 
Donnez trois ou quatre exemples. 



TRENTE-CINQUlfcME LE£ON. 



115 



TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEgON.— Thirty-fifth Lesson. 

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Prevoir, to foresee, and pourvoir, to provide, are conjugated like voir, 
to see ; except the future and conditional : 



Je prevoirai. 
Je pourvoirai. 



Je prevoirais. 
Je pourvoirais. 



Future. 

J I shall foresee. 
J I shall provide 

Conditional 

I should foresee. 
I should provide 



La reine ne prevoit pas 
gers auxquelles elle 


les dan- 
est ex- 


The queen does not foresee the 
dangers to which she is ex- 
posed. 

That man provides for all. 


puocct 

Cet homme pourvoit a tout. 




Infinitive Mood. 


Present. Valoir. 
Present part Valant. 
Past part Valu. 




To be worth. 
Being worth. 
Been worth. 




Indicative Mood. 


Present Je vaux. 
Tu vaux. 
11 vaut. 
Nous valons 
Vous valez. 
lis valent. 




1 am worth. 
Thou art worth. 
He is worth. 
We are worth. 
You are worth. 
They are worth. 




Imperfect 


Je valais. 
Tu valais. 


1 1 was worth. 

1 Thou wast worth. 




Future. 


Je vaudrai. 
Tu vaudras. 


1 1 shall be worth. 
1 Thou wilt be worth. 




Conditional. 


Je vaudrais. 
Tu vaudrais. 




I should be worth. 
Thou wouldst be worth. 



116 



TRENTE-CINQUl^ME LE£ON. 



Valoir la peine. 

Cela vaut-il la peine de le faire % 

Cela ne vaut pas la peine de lui 

repondre. 
Cela ne vaut rien. 
Cette plume ne vaut rien. 



II vaut mieux 
faire cela. 



faire ceei que de 



To be worth while. 

Is it worth while to do that ? 

It is not worth while to answer 

him. 
That is worth nothing. 
This pen is bad (is good for 

nothing). 
It is better to do this than to do 

that. 



On (indefinite pronoun, 


always 


One, they, we, people. 




sing.). 








Que dit-on de nouveau % 




What do they say new ? 




Quelque chose de nouveau. 


Something new. 




Rien de nouveau. 




Nothing new. 




On ne dit rien de nouveau 




They say nothing new. 




Parle-t-on de cela? 




Do they speak of that. 




On en parle. 




They speak of it. 




On n'en parle pas. 




They do not speak of it 




Soixante 


. 60 


Cent. ...... 


. 100 


Soixante-dix 


. 70 


Cent un 


. 101 


Soixante-et-onze . . . . 


. 71 


Cent deux 


. 102 


Soixante-douze .... 


. 72 


Deux cents 


. 200 


Quatre-vingt 


. 80 


Deux cent un . . . . 


. 201 


Quatre-vingt-un .... 


. 81 


Mille 


. 1,000 


Quatre-vingt-dix. . . . 


. 90 


Dix mille 


. 10,000 


Quatre-vingt-onze . . . 


. 91 


Million a 


million. 


Mil-huit-cent 


cinquante .... 1850. 





A quelle heure sortirez-vous ? 
A onze heures precises. 
A uue heure precise. 
Tant de flatteurs. 
Tant fde) 



At what o'clock will you go out 1 
At. eicven o'clock exactly. 
At one o'clock exactly. 
So many flatterers. 
So much, so many. 



EXERCICE 89. 

Notre roi prevoit-il les dangers auxquels il est expose 1 Non, mon- 
sieur, il ne les prevoit pas. II les prevoirait s'il n'avait pas tant de 
flatteurs. Cela vaut-il la peine d'ecrire a la mere de cette jeune fille? 
Cela ne vaut pas la peine de lui ecrire. Combien cette maison peut- 



TRENTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 117 

elle valoir ? Elle peut valoir trois mille dollars. Combien cette bou- 
teille vaut-elle ? Elle ne vaut que cinquante-deux sous. Ces paniers- 
ci valent-ils autant que ceux-la ? Ceux-la valeut moins que ceux-ci 
(Valoir mieux, to be better). Votre petite cousine vaut-elle mieux 
que vous ? Elle ne vaut pas mieux que moi, mais elle vaut mieux 
que ma sceur. En quelle annee sommes-nous ? Nous sommes en 
Fan mil-huit-cent cinquante-deux. Que dit-on de nouveau aujour- 
d'hui? On ne dit rien de nouveau. A-t-on vu votre enfant? Non, 
mademoiselle, on ne l'a pas vu. A quelle heure est-on alle a l'eglise? 
On y est alle a dix heures precises. Vaut-ii mieux rester a la maison 
que d'aller a l'ecole ? 11 vaut mieux aller a l'ecole. Dix et quatorze, 
vingt-quatre ; vingt-quatre et quarante-deux, soixante-six ; soixante- 
six et trente, quatre-vingt-seize. 

EXERCISE 90. 

Is it worth while to sweep the warehouse ? It is not worth while 
to sweep it. What do they say new at Philadelphia 2 They say 
nothing new there. How much may this horse be worth ? It may 
be worth seventy-nine dollars. How much is your house worth ? It 
is worth 2,994 dollars. At what o'clock will you go to the opera ? 
We shall go there at seven o'clock exactly. Do you know how to 
swim? No, Madam. When will your little boy know his lesson? 
He will know it soon. Are you better than your brothers ? No, Sir, 
my brothers are much better than I. Do they speak of the French 
captain ? They do not speak of him. Of whom do they speak ? 
They speak of nobody. How much is that worth ? That is not 
worth much. Will these nightingales be worth more than those 
squirrels ? The former will be worth more than the latter. Are these 
children as good as yours ? They are not as good as mine. This 
pretty little girl is much better than that boy. Is this pen worth any- 
thing? It is worth nothing. Did your godmother go to market 
before she went to church ? She went to church before she went to 
market. These young ladies play and sing instead of writing their 
notes. We study instead of playing. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN QUE. 

AQUE, EQUE. — Nouns ending in aque and eque are feminine; as : 

CJne attaque, an attack. 
Sandaraque, sandarac (white 

gum). 
Paste que, water-melon. 



Une bibliotheque, a library. 
Baraque, hut for soldiers. 
Hypotheque, mortgage. 



Except le zodiaque, the zodiac, which is masculine. 



118 



TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEgON. 



IQUE. — Nouns ending in ique are feminine ; as : 



Une fabrique, a manufacture. 
Rhetorique, rhetoric. 



I La republique, the republic. 
J Musique, music. 



Except un panegyrique, a panegyric ; un portique, a portico; le tro- 
pique, the tropic; un cantique, a canticle; un emetique, an emetic; 
un distique, a distich ; un lexique, a lexicon ; and du pique, spade. 



ISQUE. — Nouns ending in isque, are masculine ; as : 
Un obelisque, an obelisk. | Un asterisque, an asterisk. 



QUE. — All other nouns ending in que are feminine ; as : 



Une marque, a mark. 
Remarque, remark. 
Equivoque, equivocation. 



Une perruque, a wig. 
Coque, shell of an egg, of a walnut. 
Bourrasque, a sudden and dread- 
ful storm. 

Except un casque, a cask ; un masque, a mask ; un soliloque, a so- 
liloquy; un colloque, a colloquy; un cirque, a circus; le manque, the 
want 



Payer quelque chose a quelqu'un. 
Paieras-tu la viande au boucher ? 

Je la lui paierai. 
A qui avez-vous paye le pain ? 
Nous l'avons paye au boulanger. 
J'ai paye mon tailleur. 
Demander quelque chose a quel- 
qu'un. 
Que lui demandez-vous ? 
Je demande la plume a ton frere. 
Demander quelqu'un. 



To pay some one for something. 
Wilt thou pay the butcher for the 

meat? 
I shall pay him for it. 
Whom did you pay for the bread ? 
We paid the baker for it. 
I have paid my tailor. 
To ask some one for something. 

What do you ask him for ? 
I ask thy brother for the pen. 
To inquire after some one. 



EXERCISE 91. 

When will you pay the merchant for the cloth ? I shall pay him 
for it the day after to-morrow. How much is that water-melon worth ? 
It is not worth more than four or five sous. Take this rhetoric to the 
library. What does this gentleman ask me for? He asks you for a 
wig. If I gave him one, would he pay me for it ? He would pay you 



TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



119 



for it, for he is very rich. Will the upholsterer ever pay you what he 
(ce quHl) owes you ? He will never be able to pay me all (what) he 
owes me. Is he poor'? Yes, he is very poor now. When did the 
Pole pay his bootmaker ? He paid him the day before yesterday. Do 
you pay what you owe? I always pay what I owe. Did the Irish- 
man pay you all he owed you? He did not pay me all yet. Do you 
inquire after any one ? I inquire after the German duke. He is not 
here ; he went to the court. Ask your brother for the apple. Ask 
him for it. Dost thou know all the remarks of thy French lesson 
(legon de francais) ? Yes, Sir, I know them all. Would the joiner 
pay the merchant for the wood and (the) nails, if he had money ? He 
would pay him for them. Do you know of what gender are nouns 
ending in isque 1 They are all masculine ; and all (the) other nouns 
ending in que, are feminine, except fifteen. Do you know those fif- 
teen exceptions ? Yes, Sir, I do (know them). Will you say them ? 
Give us a few examples of each (chaque) termination. After whom 
does the grocer inquire? He inquires after the watchmaker. Did 
you always pay what you owed when you were in Germany ? I al- 
ways paid what I owed. 



TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON.— Thirty-sixth Lesson. 

VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION— RE, 

Infinitive Mood. 



Present. Entendre. 
Present part, Entendant. 
Past part. Entendu. 




To hear. 
Hearing. 
Heard. 




Indicative Mood. 




Present Tense, 


Pentends. 
Tu entends. 
11 entend. 
Nous entendons. 
Vous entendez. 
lis entendent. 




I hear. 

Thou hearest. 
He hears. 
We hear. 
You hear. 
They hear. 


J'entendais. 


Imperfect. 

| I heard, or was hearing. 




Future. 


! J'entendrai. 
1 Tu entendras. 




1 I shall hear. 
Thou wilt hear. 



120 



TRENTE-SIXI&ME LE£ON. 



Conditional. 



J'entendrais. 
Tu entendrais. 



Entends. 
Qu'il entende. 
Entendons. 
Entendez. 
Qu'ils entendent. 



I should or would hear. 
Thou wouldst hear. 



Imperative Mood. 

Hear (thou). 
Let him hear. 
Let us hear. 
Hear (you). 
Let them hear. 



After the same manner as entendre are conjugated : 



Attendre, to wait, to wait for. 
Battte, to beat, to fight. 
Confondre, to confound. 
Deseendre, to go or come down. 
Etendre, to stretch, to spread. 
Fend re, to cleave, to split. 
Fondre, to melt. 
Mordre, to bite. 
Perdre, to lose. 
Pendre, to hang. 



Rabattre, to abate, to deduct. 
Repandre, to spill, to shed. 
Repondre, to answer. 
Rom pre, to break. 
Tondre, to shear. 
Tend re, to tend. 
Defend re, to forbid. 
Correspondre, to correspond. 
Corrompre, to corrupt. 
Vendre, to sell. 



Fendre le coeur a quelqu'un. 
Vous fendez )e coeur a ma mere 
Vous lui fendrez le coeur. 
Repandre, or verser des larmes. 
Fondre en larmes. 
Des larmes ameres. 



To break some one's heart. 
You break my mother's heart. 
You will break her heart. 
To shed tears. 
To melt in tears. 
Bitter tears. 



Pendre le chapeau au clou. 
Pendre Fhabit a l'arbre. 



To hang the hat on the nail. 
To hang the coat on the tree. 



Obs. — The verb deseendre is conjugated with the auxiliary avoir, to 
have, in its compound tenses, when it has a direct object, and with 
tire, to be, when it has no object ; as : 



II a descendu l'escalier. 
II est descendu. 



He has gone down stairs. 
He went down. 



Monter, to mount, or go up, follows the same rule : 
Escalier. I Stairs, staircase. ^ 

Elle a monte Pescalier. | She went up stairs. 



TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



121 



Elle est montee. 

Le long de. 

Nous avons monte le long de la 

riviere, or du fleuve. 
lis ont descendu le long du ri- 

vage. 



She went up. 

Along. 

We went up along the river. 

They went down along the shore. 



In the interrogative form, est-ce que must be used before the first 
person singular of the present of the indicative of all verbs ending in 
the infinitive in re : 



Est-ce que j'entends ? 
Est-ce que je vends? 
Est-ce que j'attends 1 



Do I hear 1 
Do I sell ? 
Do I wait for ? 



Est-ce que must also be used whenever the first person of the pre- 
sent of the indicative is a monosyllable, or ends in ge : 



Est-ce que je mens ? 
Est-ce que je sors ? 
Est-ce que je peux ? 
Est-ce que je mange ? 
Est-ce que j'arrange? 

Except : Puis-je ? 
Fais-je ? 
Dis-je ? 
Suis-je ? 
Ai-je ? 
Dois-je ? 
Vois-je ? 
Vais-je ? 



Do I lie— tell a lie ? 
Do I go out? 
Can I ? 
Do I eat ? 
Do I arrange. 

Can I? 
Do I make? 
Du I say ? 
Am I? 
Have I ? 
Do I owe ? 
Do I see ? 
Do I go 1 



EXERC1CE 92. 

Qui attendez-vous ? J'attends mes amis. Y a-t-il longtemps que 
vous m'attendez? II n'y a quequelques minutes. Avez-vous etitendti 
parler de mes fils? N«n, madame, je n'ai pas eutendu p.rler <iVu\ 
Quand i\ pundrez-vous a vos filles? Nous leur ivpondrons 1 i su- 
rname prochaine. Attendiez-vous toujours vos parents, lorsqu'ils al- 
laient a 1'eglise? Je les attendais quelquefois. Ce ph irmaeien b ;t- 
trait-il son chien, s'il mordait son enfant? Non seulement (only) il le 
battrait, mais il le tuerait. Pendez votre chapeau blanc a ce grand 
arbre, Rompez votre pain, et ne le coupez pas. Ce monsieur con- 
fond mon nom avec le votre. As-tu pendu ton gilet vert a Parbre? 
Non, je Tai pendu a un clou. Le tailleur francais a-t-il dt j 1 descendu 
l'escalier ? II vient de descendre. Qui a repandu le lait sur la table ? 



122 TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

C'est le valet-de-chambre qui l'a repandu. Ce garcon fend le coeur a 
son pere. Lui fend-il le coeur? Oui, il lui fend le coaur. rendez- 
vous le coeur a quelqu'un 1 Nous ne fendons le coeur a personne. 
Votre pere est-il monte ? II est monte, A-t-il monte le long de la 
riviere ? Non, il a monte le long du rivage. Est-ee que je vous 
fends le coeur ? Vous me fendez le coeur. Que dis-je ? Vous dites 
que l'annee passee vous correspondiez avec mon cousin, le medecin. 
Pourquoi ce vieillard fond-il en larmes ? Je ne sais pas. Repandiez- 
vous des larmes ? J'en repandais, je vous assure, de bien ameres. Cet 
enfant verse des larmes ameres. 

EXERCISE 93. 

Does the German duke perceive the little house at the other end of 
my garden ? He does not. How long did you wait for me ? We 
did not wait for you long. Will the Spanish hunters wait for the 
governor's sons? They will not wait for them. Would the jewellers 
hang their overcoats on the nail, if they were not so tired ? How 
much do the merchants sell their cloth ? They sell it three dollars a 
yard (Valine). Will they deduct anything? They cannot deduct 
anything. Did you hear of the misfortune that happened to the Ita- 
lian ambassador? No, we did not hear of it (to hear of, entendre par- 
lev de). Whom did the singers hear of? They heard of your neigh- 
bors. Did your servant beat that dog ? He did beat it. When will 
you go down stairs ? Soon ? Why do you beat the dog? I beat it 
because it has bitten my little boy. (To) which letters do you 
answer? I answer (to) those of the English broker. What am 
I to do 1 You are to sell your houses. Did you hear (the 
noise of) the wind last night? I slept so well that I did not 
hear it. Why do you melt in tears ? Why do you shed tears ? 
Because I have lost all my money. Does the snow (la neige) 
melt? It does not melt yet. Your godfather always confounded 
my brother's name with mine, when we were at London. Did 
they (on) shear the sheep? They did shear them. Did you cor- 
respond with the emperor when you were in Germany ? Yes, Sir. 
Did you forbid your scholars to go to the garden? I did. Do your 
sisters break that old woman's heart ? Yes, Miss. Passions corrupt 
men. This shoemaker's wife sheds bitter tears. Have you lost any- 
thing ? Yes, we have lost our oxen. What did you hear new ? We 
did not hear anything new. Is it worth while to sell our new house ? 
It is not worth while to sell it. How much do you sell this red silk? 
We sell it four dollars and a half a yard. Will you hang your hats 
on that old tree ? No, but we shall hang them on those black nails. 
What o'clock is it now % It has just struck one. We went along the 
river. Can I answer your cousin's letters? Yes, you can answer 
them. Will you wait for me to go to the theatre ? We shall not 
be able to wait. The snow will soon melt. Can I take that piece of 
paper ? Yes, Madam, yon may take it. 



TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 123 

Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN RE. 

ARE. — Nouns ending in are are masculine ; as : 

Un phare, a lighthouse. ] Les lares, the lares, household gods. 

Except une guitare, a guitar ; une fanfare, a flourish of wind instru- 
ments ; la tiare, the tiara ; la mare, the pool, 



ERE. — Nouns ending in ere are feminine ; as : 

La colere, anger* | La sphere, the sphere. 

Primevere, primrose. \ Vipere, viper. 

Except le caractere, the character ; un cratere, a crater ; un mystere, 
a mystery ; le ministere, the ministry ; un cautere, a cautery ; un ul- 
cere, an ulcer ; un adultere, adultery ; un hemisphere, a hemisphere; 
un reverbere, a reflector, a street lamp ; un monastere, a monastery ; 
le presbytere, the parsonage. 



IERE. — Nouns ending in iere are feminine ; as : 



Une saliere, a salt-cellar. 
Cafetiere, coffee-pot. 
Tabatiere, snuff-box. 



Une theiere, a teapot. 
Biere, beer, coffin. 
Poivriere, pepper-box. 



Except un cimetiere, a burying-gromid. 



IRE. — Nouns ending in ire are masculine ; as : 

Un navire, a ship. I Un empire, an empire. 

Delire, delirium. \ Vampire, bloodsucker. 

Except la cire, wax ; une satire, a satire ; une tirelire, a money-box ; 
la mire, the aim of a fire-arm. 



AIRE. — l^ouns ending in aire are masculine ; as : 



Un militaire, a soldier. 
Anniversaire, anniversary. 
Dictionnaire, dictionary. 
Inventaire, inventory. 



Un seminaire, a seminary. 
Commentaire, commentary. 
Exemplaire, a copy. 
Secretaire, secretary. 



124 trente-septi&me le^on. 

Except une aire, a threshing-floor; une affaire, a business; une 
paire, a fair ; la glaire, ike white of an egg ; la chaire, the pulpit ; une 
haire, a hair shirt ; la grammaire, grammar. 



EXERCISE 94. 

Do I not sell my silver teapot ? You do not sell it. What do I 
sell (qu'est-ce queje vends) % You sell your silver coffee-pot and your 
gold snuff-box. Has the English captain already sold his fine ship ] 
He has not sold it yet, but he will perhaps sell it (on) Monday next. 
How much does he ask ] He asks too much ; he asks fifty thousand 
dollars. Will you give me a copy of your new work ? I shall give 
you a dozen of them. When will you pay for your salt-cellar ? I do 
not know yet. Do the American gentlemen ask for some beer ? No, 
they ask for some cider and wine. Austria is a great empire. Did 
the lawyer buy the dictionary at the French bookseller's ? No, he 
bought it at the English bookseller's. Has the shoemaker a mind to 
make a pair of shoes or a pair of boots ? Is he not able to work ? 
Has he a sore knee ? He has a sore knee and a sore elbow. There 
are a few beautiful primroses in our fields ; did you see them 1 I did 
not (see them). Do you know whether (si) my sister has gone to the 
seminary ? I think she has (gone thither). Do your scholars (eco- 
lier) know the French grammar 1 They know it pretty well (assez 
Men). How many tenses {temps) does the present of the infinitive 
form {former) ? It forms two tenses ; the future and the conditional. 
How does it form the future ? It forms the future by {en) changing 
r for the first and second {deuxieme) conjugations, oir for the third 
(troisieme), and re for the fourth (quatrieme), into rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, 
ront. Give an example of each {chaque) conjugation. By changing 
those same {memes) terminations into rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient, 
we have the conditional. Has the viper gone down or up the river ? 
It has gone neither down nor up the river; it has gone into the forest. 
Do you perceive the lighthouse ? No, I do not. 



TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEgON.— Thirty-seventh Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Inf. pres. Prendre. 
Pres. part. Prenant. 
Past part. Pris-e. 



Present Je prends. 
Tu prends. 
II prend. 



To take. 
Taking. 
Taken. 



Indicative Mood. 



I take. 
Thou takest. 
He takes, 



TRENTE-SEPTIEIME LE£ON. 



125 



Nous prenons. 
Vous prenez. 
lis prennent. 



Je prenais. 



Je prendrai. 
Tu prendras. 



Je prendrais. 
Tu prendrais. 



Prends. 

Qu'il prenne. 

Prenons. 

Prenez. 

Qu'ils prennent. 



We take. 
You take. 
They take. 

Imperfect 

| I was taking or I took. 

Future. 

I I shall take. 
I Thou wilt take. 

Conditional. 

1 I should take. 

I Thou wouldst take. 

Imperative. 

Take (thou). 
Let him take. 
Let us take. 
Take (you). 
Let them take. 



After the same manner as prendre^ are conjugated : 



Apprendre, to learn. 
Desapprendre, to unlearn. 
Com prendre, to understand. 
Entreprendre, to undertake. 



Reprendre \ f " \ uke - . 
r ( to take again. 

Surprendre, to surprise. 



Prendre la fuite. 

Prendre soin. 

Prendre le cafe. 

Prenez-vous du cafe ou du the ? 

Je prends le the tous les soirs. 

Prenez-vous du lait ? 

Nous en prenons. 



To run away, to flee. 

To take care. 

To drink coffee. 

Do you drink coffee or tea % 

I drink tea every evening. 

Do you drink milk ? 

We do drink some. 



Jusqu'a quand? 

Jusque. 

Jusqu'a dimanche. 

Jusqu'a onze heures. 

Jusque chez vous. 

Jusqu'a ce matin. 

Jusqu'au matin. 



How long ? 

Till, until. 

Till Sunday. 

Till eleven o'clock. 

As far as your house. 

Till this morning. 

Till morning. 



126 



TRENTE-SEPTIEME LE^ON. 



Jusqu'au lendemain. 

Jusqu'alors. 

Le retour. 

Jusqu'a votre retour. 

Jusqu'au retour du roi. 

Difficile. 



Until the next day. 

Until then. 

The return. 

Till you return (till your return). 

Till the king returns. 

Difficult. 



Entendre parler de. 
Apprendre. 
Descendre de cheval. 

Descendre de voiture. 
Une lee on de franc ais. 
Dont. 
Environ. 



To hear of. 

To learn, to hear. 

To alight from one's horse, to 

dismount. 
To alight from a carriage. 
A French lesson. 
Whose, of whom, of which. 
Nearly, about. 



Quel jour du mois est-ce ? 
Quel jour du mois avons-nous ? 
C'est le premier. 
Nous avons le premier. 
C'est le deux. 
Nous avons le dix. 



t What day of the month is it ? 



It is the first. 

It is the second. 
It is the tenth. 



Obs. — The cardinal numbers must be used in French when speak- 
ing of the days of the month, except the first day of the month. 



EXERCICE 95. 

Melle. votre soeur prend-elle du cafe ou du the ] Elle prend du 
cafe. Mme. votre mere prend-elle le the tous les soirs ? Elle le 
prend tous les soirs et tous les matins. Jusqu'a quand etes-vous reste 
au spectacle hier soir ? J'y suis reste jusqu'a minuit. Descendrez- 
vous de voiture en passant par cette ville ? Je ne pense pas. Mes- 
sieurs, prenez-vous du cafe? Mes freres en preonent, mais moi je 
n'en prends pas ; je prends du chocolat. Quel jour du mois avons- 
nous ? Nous avons le premier. Vos cousins parlent-ils quelquefois 
de la dame dont le mari a ete tue % Oui, ils parlent tres souvent 
d'elle, ainsi que {and also) de ses trois filles. Qu'apprenez-vous ? 
J'apprends ma lecon d'anglais. L'apprendrez-vous par coeur (by heart) ? 
Je l'apprendrais par coeur, si j'avais le temps. Pourquoi l'avocat a-t-il 
descendu de voiture ? Pour aller prendre le cafe. Avons-nous le 
vingt aujourd'hui ? Non, nous avons le vingt et un. Quel jour du 
mois est-ce ? Je crois (/ believe) que c'est le dix-huit. Qui prenait 
soin de votre cheval lorsque vous etiez en Espagne ? Mon vieux do- 



TRENTE-SEPTIEME LE£O.V. 127 

mestique qui a pris la fuite l'annee passee, en prenait soin. II est en- 
viron quatre heures. Allons jusque chez l'horloger. J'irai j usque 
chez vous. Qui vous a appris eette nouvelle ? M. votre fils me Fa 
apprise. Ce matin nous avons appris la mort de la femme de votre 
ami. Votre petite fille apprend-elle deja a lire? II y a longtemps 
qu'elle apprend a lire ; elle commence deja a ecrire assez bien. 
Charles, me comprenez-vous quand je vous parle francais ? Oui, ma., 
dame, je vous comprends quand vous ne parlez pas si vite (fast). 
Quand ces demoiselles apprendront-elles l'allemand ? Quand clles 
sauront parler Pitalien et l'espagnol. A quelle heure votre niece est- 
elle allee a I'ecole de danse ? Elle y est allee a cinq heures precises 
Que sont devenus les deux artistes francais dont vous parliez si sou- 
vent autrefois ? On dit qu'ils out pris la fuite. Jusqu'a quand vos 
tantes resteront-elles en ville ? Elles y resteront jusqu'a dimanche. 
Est-ce le premier ou le deux ? Je crois que c'est le trois ; cependant 
(however) je n'en suis pas bien sur (sure). Pourrez-vous attendre jus- 
qu'au retour de mon oncle ? Je pourrai attendre jusqu'a votre retour, 
mais non jusqu'au retour de votre oncle. 

EXERCISE 96. 

Will you tell my servant to take care of the horses? Yes, Sir. 
What day of the month is it ? It is the first. Is it not the second ? 
No, Miss, it is the fourth. How long did the Italian gentlemen 
remain at the opera ? They remained there till midnight. How lonir 
will the banker remain in the country ? He will remain there till 
Tuesday next. How long did your neighbor's sons remain in Russia? 
They remained there two years. Do you understand Spanish ? No, 
but I understand French and Italian. Do your children drink tea ? 
They do drink some. Do they drink some every morning 1 They 
drink some every morning and every evening. Do you not drink 
coffee ? We drink some sometimes. Did you hear of the young 
lady whose mother has been killed by two thieves ? No, I did not 
hear of her. They say (that) she ran away. How long did your 
daughters remain in (au) bed? They remained there till this moment. 
Are they fatigued 1 Yes, Madam ; it was very late when they re- 
turned from the ball. What time was it ? It was about twelve 
o'clock. I heard yesterday that your wife has arrived ; is it true 
(crai) ? Yes, Sir, it is true ; and my son has arrived too. We shall 
go as far as your father's house. 

EXERCISE 97. 

Do you learn all these dialogues by heart ? My master told me to 
learn at least (au moins) one every day ; and I think they are very 
useful (utiles). Did your nephew learn French when he was in Eu- 
rope last year ? He did (learn it). They say it is a very agreeable 
language. Yes, but it is very difficult too. How do you call that in 
German ? If you ask (to) my sister, she will tell you (elle vous le 



128 TRENTE-SEPT1EME LE£ON. 

dim), for she has learned German these three years. Then she ought 
to (doit) know it very well. How many French lessons did your 
teacher give you to learn ? He gave me one only. Will these young 
ladies take their music lessons to-morrow ? Yes, Sir, they will. Do 
you drink some wine at your dinner? No, I drink beer; I do not 
like wine much. Do you drink coffee after your dinner, Madam ? No, 
Miss, I drink coffee only in the morning. Have you heard of your 
cousin ? No, I have not heard of him these four years (il y a quatre 
ans). Will the Irish mason undertake that? He would undertake it, 
if he had money enough. Will you take that again ? I will. Let us 
see that. How long did the captain remain at your father's ? He re- 
mained there till the next day. Did he not remain till your eldest 
brother (frere aine) returned ? No, Sir. The Spanish ladies remained 
at the ball till morning. Would you still take French lessons, if you 
were younger? Certainly (certainement) I would (take some). When 
will you learn Latin ? We shall learn it in three months from the 
present time (do not express from the present time). Is it worth while 
to alight from my horse in order to drink a glass of wine ? It is not 
worth while, for we are very near the farm (pres de laferme). Go and 
tell my brother to dismount from his horse Did your servants go 
up the river ? They went down (it). Let us alight from the carriage 
in order to breakfast. Why does this old man melt in tears ? He 
melts in tears, because he has lost one of his best friends. Our good 
mother sheds bitter tears. Will you take care of my horses? I would 
take care of them very willingly (volontiers) if I had not so much to do. 
This man is a great genius. There was a conflagration in the city 
yesterday. Please give me my silk umbrella [donnez-moi, je vous prie). 



Continuation of the French frpwders. 

ORE. — Nouns ending in oire, are feminine; as: 

One poire, a pear. I La foire, the fair. 

i list oire, history. I Ecritoire, inkhorn. 

Except un promontoire,a promontory ; le purgatoire, the purgatory ; 
I i voire, ivory; un Vcsicatoire, a blister; maehicatoire, chewing. All 
nouns ending in oirt, designating places where men assemble, ana 
words of church or legislation, are also masculine; as: 



Un auditoire, an auditory. 
Laboratoire, laboratory. 
Otfertoire, offertory. 
1\ titoire, petitory. 



Un ciboire, a pix. 
Re feet oire, eating-room. 
Grim oi re, conjuring book. 
Iuterrogatoire, interrogatory. 



ORE. — Nouns ending in ore, are masculine; as: 



TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEgON. 129 

Un mete ore, a meteor. | Un pore, a pore. 

Phosphore, phosphorus. 

Except une metaphore, a metaphor; l'aurore, the dawn or break of 
day. 



URE, EURE. — Nouns ending in ure and eure, are feminine ; as : 



La figure, the face. 
Une demeure, a dwelling. 
Confitures, sweetmeats. 
Manufacture, manufacture. 
Creature, creature. 

Except un murmure, a murmur ; un augure, an omen ; du mercure, 
mercury ; un parjure, a perjury r , a perjurer. 



La nature, nature. 
La litterature, literature. 
Nourriture, nourishment 
Serrure, lock. 
Heure, hour. 



BRE. — Nouns ending in bre, are masculine ; as : 

Un sabre, a sabre. I Un concombre, a cucumber. 

Marbre, marble. \ Candelabre, chandelier 

Except. — Une ombre, a shade ; l'algebre, algebra; une chambre, a 
room ; les tenebres, darkness. 



EXERCISE 98. 

When will your children learn the history of France ? They will 
learn it when they (will) know the history of England. Hast thou 
ever learned the history of America? No, I have never learned it. 
Do you understand me when I speak French to you ? Yes, Sir, I un- 
derstand you very well. How far will you go ? We shall go as far 
as our professor's laboratory. Have the Spaniards taken my fine 
inkhorn ? They have (taken it). Will they give it back (rendre) to 
me? They will not give it back to you. Why not? Because they 
are in want of it. How long will the monks remain in the eating- 
room ? They will remain there till half past two (o'clock). Has the 
locksmith a mind to make one more lock to-day? He has a mind to 
make one more. Did your cousins (fem.) learn the French literature 
when they were young ? They did learn it. Have your parents any 
good sweetmeats? They have some excellent. Did you eat any 
this morning? I did (eat some). Is it worth while to go to the fair? 
It is not worth while to go thither. Where is the large cucumber 
which I have bought this morning? It is on the marble table. Do you 
like^brown marble better than white ? I like white marble better than 
brown. Does the soldier want the sabre which (dont) I want ? No, 
but he wants the phosphorus which the surgeon wants. Do you 

6* 



130 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 



know algebra ? I do not know it, but I intend to learn it. Let us go 
in (a) the shade. Are you too warm? I am. Will the merchant 
send you a silver chandelier ? He will (send me one). Will there 
be many pears this year ? Yes, there will be a great many. Who 
found the monk's conjuring book? Nobody found it. 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LEQON.— Thirty-eighth Lesson. 



Sur. Certain. 

Etes-vous sur de cela ? 

Oui, j'en suis sur. 

Meme. 

Chaque, adj., chacun, pron. 

Vite. Lentement. 

Utile. Inutile. 

Former. Passer. 

Oii passeras-tu la soiree ? 

Passez-moi le pain, je vous prie. 
Ecolier. Eleve. 
Assez bien. 



Sure. Certain. 
Are you sure of that ? 
Yes, I am sure of it. 
Same, self; even. 
Each, every. 
Fast. Slowly. 
Useful. Useless. 
To form. To pass, to spend. 
Where wilt thou spend the even- 
ing? 
Pray, pass me the bread. 
Scholar. Pupil. 
Pretty well. 



Premier, first. 
Deuxieme, £ 

Second-e, 



Troisieme, third. 

Vingt et unieme, twenty first. 

Trentieme, thirtieth. 



All ordinal numbers, except premier and second, are formed by add- 
ing ieme to the cardinal number, and if the last letter is a vowel, it 
must be taken off : sixieme. onzieme, quarantieme, &c. 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Inf. present. 
Present part. 
Past part. 



Present. 



Connaitre. 

Connaissant. 

Connu. 



To know, to be acquainted with. 
Knowing, being acquainted with. 
Known, been acquainted with. 



Indicative Mood. 



Je connais. 
Tu connais. 
I] connait. 
Nous connaissons. 
Vous connaissez. 
lis connaissent. 



I know, I am acquainted with. 

Thou knowest. 

He knows. 

We know. 

You know. 

They know 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 131 

Imperfect Je connaissais. 1 1 was acquainted with, T knew. 



Future. Je connaitrai. j I shall or will know. 



Conditional. Je connaitrais. I I should or would know. 



After the same manner as connaitre are conjugated : 

Paraitre, to appear. j Disparaitre, to disappear. 

Reconnaitre, to recognise, to ac- | Meconnaitre, not to know, to he 
knowledge. I unthankful for, to forget. 

Obs. A. — To knoiv, meaning to be acquainted with, to know by sight, 
is expressed by connaitre ; as : 

Je connais cet homme, cette voiture, ces chexaux, cette maison, ce jar- 
din, &c. 

To know, meaning mental knowledge, science, information, is express- 
ed by savoir ; as : 

Je sais ma lecon, le francais, V anglais, le latin, le grec, la geogra- 
phic, &c. 

Nous savons que xos soeurs sont arrivees. 



FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

The present participle always ends in ant ; as : parlant, finissant, 
recevant, rendant. 

Present of the Indicative. 

The plural number of the present of the indicative is formed from 
the present participle by changing the syllable ant into : 

ons, 1 plur. 

ez, 2. 

ent, 3. 

Jnf. pres. — Craindre, to fear. Pr. part. — Craignant, fearing. 

Indicative present. 



Sing. 
Je crains, I fear. 
Tu crains, thou fearist. 
II craint, he fears. 



Plural. 
Nous craignons, we fear. 
Vous craignez, you fear. 
lis craignent, they fear. 



132 TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

Except the third person plural of the third conjugation, where evant 
of the present participle is changed into oivent ; as : recevant, ils 
regoivent. 

The principal exceptions to this rule among the irregular verbs are : 

Avoir, to have ; ayant, having. 
Nous avons, vous avez, ils ont. 

Etre, to he ; etant, being. 

Nous sommes, vous etes, ils sont. 

Aller, to go ; allant, going. 

ils vont. 

Acquerir, to acquire ; acquerant, acquiring. 

ils acquierent. 

Mourir, to die (lose life) ; mourant, dying. 

ils meurent. 

Tenir, to hold; tenant, holding. 

ils tiennent. 

Venir, to come ; venant, coming. 

ils viennent. 

And the compounds of venir ; as revenir, parvenir, &c. 

Mouvoir, to move ; mouvant, moving. 

ils meuvent. 

Pouvoir, to be able ; pouvant, being able. 

ils peuvent. 

Vouloir, to wish ; voulant, wishing. 

ils veulent. 

Savoir, to know ; sachant, knowing. 
Nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. 

Boire, to drink ; buvant, drinking. 

ils boivent. 

Dire, to tell ; disant, telling. 

vous dites, . 

Faire, to do ; iaisant, doing. 

vous faites, ils font. 

Prendre, to take ; prenant, taking. 

ils prennent. 

Imperfect. 

This tense is also formed from the present participle by changing 
the syllable ant into : 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 



133 



ais, 1 

ais, 2. 

ait, 3. 


sing. 


ions, 1 plur. 

iez, 2. 

aient, 3. 




Craindre. 


Craignant. 


Je craignais. 
Tu craignais. 
11 craignait. 
Nous craignions. 
Vous craigniez. 
lis craignaient. 




I was fearing, or I feared 
Thou wast fearing. 
He was fearing. 
We were fearing. 
You were fearing. 
They were fearing. 



Whenever an act is spoken of as habitual, the imperfect must be 
used. It must be used, therefore, wherever the English use the active 
participle with the imperfect of the verb to be ; as : 

J'etudiais* I was studying ; tu disais, thou wast telling ; elle crai- 
gnait, she was fearing, &c. In fine, the imperfect must be used when- 
ever we can employ the word used to. 

Future. 

The future is formed from the present of the infinitive by changing 
r, oir, re, into : 

rai, 1 sing. rons, 1 plur. 

ras, 2. rez, 2. 

ra, 3. ront, 3. 

Laver, to wash ; je laverai, / shall wash. 
Batir, to build; je batirai, I shall build. 
Devoir, to owe; je devrai, I shall owe. 
Craindre, to fear ; je craindrai, I shall fear. 

Conditional. 

This tense is also formed from the infinitive by changing r, oir, re, 
into : 

rais, 1 sing. rions, 1 plur. 

rais, 2. riez, 2. 

rait, 3. raient, 3. 

Laver. — Je laverais, tu laverais, il laverait. 
Batir. — Je batirais, tu batirais, &c. 
Recevoir. — Je recevrais, tu recevrais, &c. 
Craindre. — Je craindrais, tu craindnds, &c. 

Whenever this mood is used there is always an if, si, either ex- 
pressed or understood ; but then the imperfect or the pluperfect must 
be used after the conjunction si, if; as : 

Si nous avions le temps, nous irions d la campagne. 



134 TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

Iriez-vous a V opera, sify allais ? 
Nous irions, si vous y alliez. 
J'aurais etudie, si vous aviez etudie. 

After the same manner as craindre are conjugated : 



Teindre, to dye. 
Eteindre, to extinguish. 
Peindre, to faint 
Plaindre, to pity. 
Restreindre, to restrain. 



Contraindre, to constrain. 
Atteindre, to reach: 
Feindre, to feign. 
Joindre, to join. 



Teindre en noir. 

Teignez-vous votre chapeau en 

bleu? 
Je le teins en gris. 
Le teins-tu en jaune ? 



To dye black. 

Do you dye your hat blue % 

I dye it grey. 

Dost thou dye it yellow ? 



EXERCICE 99. 

Connaissez-vous ces hommes ? Je les connais. II y a sept ans 
que je les connais. Ces enfants ont-ils su leurs lecons aujourd'hui ? 
Non, mais j'espere qu'ils les sauront demain. Connaissez-vous ces 
chevaux ? Oui, ce sont les chevaux de mon cousin le pharmacien. Y 
a-t-il longtemps que votre fille connait ces dames ? II y a plus de dix 
ans qu'elle les connait; elle les connaissait deja en Allemagne. Crai- 
gnez-vous la mort ? Je la craignais autrefois, mais a present je ne la 
crains plus. Comment (what colour) teignez-vous votre robe de soie ? 
Je la teins en noir. Teindrez-vous aussi en noir vos rubans de satin ? 
Non, mademoiselle, je les teindrai en bleu ou en violet. Jean, etei- 
gnez la chandelle et allumez la lampe. Le feu est eteint ; rallumez- 
le. II paratt que l'artiste a raison. II parait qu'il va pleuvoir (to rain). 
Ce vieillard meconnait tous les services que monsieur votre pere lui 
a rendus autrefois. Melles. vos nieces vous ont-elles reconnu ! El les 
ne m'ont pas reconnu. Reconnaissez-vous ce jeune homme ? Non, 
je ne le reconnais pas. C'est mon frere aine. Comprenez-vous quel- 
que chose a cela 1 Non, je ne comprends rien a cela. Nous n'y com- 
prenons rien non plus (neither). Plaignez-vous cette jeune fille qui 
vient de perdre son pere et sa mere ! Ah ! je la plains de tout mon 
coeur. Je trouve qu'elle est bien a plaindre. Cela vous a-t-il surpris ? 
Oui, cela m'a fort surpris. II parait que le retour de votre grand'- 
mere a surpris tout le monde (everybody). Le fils de mon vieii ami 
est disparu depuis (since) deux mois. Cette nuee va disparaitre. 
On dit que cette demoiselle peint fort bien. Oui, mais son frere qui 
est mort Pannee passee, peignait beaucoup mieux qu'elle. Cette mere 
contraint ses enfants a aller a Feglise. Vos freres iraient-ils a Pecole, 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LEgON. 135 

si nous y allions ? Je pense qu'ils iraient, si vous y alliez. Dites leur 
que j'irai a dix heures. Eteindriez-vous la chandelle, si vous n'aviez 
pas a ecrire ? Oui, je l'eteindrais, si je n'avais pas tant de lettres a 
ecrire. Comment a-t-on teint votre mantille ? On l'a teinte en bleu. 
Que dit-on de nouveau au chateau ? On n'y dit rien de nouveau. 
A-t-on entendu parler de votre mari ? Non, on ne sait pas ee qu'il est 
devenu. Changeriez-vous de chapeau, si j'en changeais ? Pen chan- 
gerais si vous en changiez. Reconnaitriez-vous votre ancienne mai- 
son ? Je crois que je la reeonnaitrais, si je la voyais. 

EXERCISE 100. 

Charles, do you know your French lesson ? Yes, Sir, I think I do 
(je crois la savoir). Do these gentlemen know French ? No, but 
they know German, English and Italian. I did not know my English 
lesson yesterday. Did you recognise your old friend when you re 
turned from Spain ? Yes, I recognised him instantly (a V instant). It 
appears (that) your tailor's son ran away. They say he ran away last 
week. Are your little children afraid of these men ? No, they are 
not afraid of them. Would you extinguish your candle if I extin- 
guished mine ? Who (has) extinguished the fire ? I think it was the 
cook who (has) extinguished it. Dost thou pity these poor boys ? I 
pity them with all my heart. What colour (comment) do your daugh- 
ters dye their cotton dresses ? They dye them green. Will they 
dye their fans black? No, they will dye them blue. What colour 
wilt thou dye thy coat ? I shall dye it grey. Did your cousins paint 
when they were at Boston ? Yes, Madam. How is the imperfect 
(imparfait) formed ? It is formed from the pres. part, by changing 
(en changeant) ant into ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Do you like beer 
better than wine? I like the latter better than the former. My 
pupils (eleve) do not like to learn by heart. Did the servant fill the 
bottle with wine ? No, but he filled the decanter with water. Do 
you know if dinner is ready? No, I do not. Would your father 
embellish his new garden, if he had no mind to sell it 1 He would. 
Miss Mary, of what gender are nouns ending in b, c, d, g, I, p, q ? 
They are masculine without exceptions ; as : du plomb, du tabac, un 
vieillard, un etang, mon rossignol, le drap, un coq. Can you also tell 
me how the future is formed ? The future is formed from the infi- 
nitive by changing r, oir, re, into rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. Know- 
ing the infinitive dire, to say, what will be the future 1 The future 
will be je dirai, &c. I see (that) you know your French lesson, and 
am very satisfied with you ; you will soon know French thoroughly 
(a fond). Arthur, will you go and tell the servant to light the lamp ? 
Yes, Sir. Who extinguished the candle ? It is I. 



136 



TRENTE-HUITIEME LEgON. 

Continuation of the French Genders. 



CRE, GRE. — Nouns ending in ere and gre, are masculine ; as : 

(Jn fiacre, a hackney coach. \ Du vinaigre, vinegar. 

Massacre, massacre. Congre, conger-eel. 

Sepulere, sepulchre. Negre, negro. 

Except une ancre, an anchor ; encre, ink; la nacre (de perle), the 
mother of pearl. 



DRE.— Nouns ending in dre, are masculine; as : 



Un cedre, a cedar. 
Ordr-e, order. 
Desordre, disorder. 

Except la cendre, ash ; la foudre, thunder ; la poudre, powder ; une 
hydre, an hydra, a water-serpent ; une escadre, a squadron. 



Un cadre, a frame. 
Cylindre, cylinder. 
Cidre, cider. 



TRE. — Nouns ending in tre, are masculine ; as : 



Un astre, a star. 
Albatre, alabaster. 
Chapitre, chapter. 
Salpetre, saltpetre. 
Meurtre, murder. 



Un lustre, a lustre. 
Barometre, barometer. 
Platre, plaster. 
Titre, title. 
Theatre, theatre. 



Except la finatre, bad silk ; une martre, a marten ; la mitre, the 
mitre ; une guetre, a gaiter ; une fenetre, a window ; une vitre, a glass 
window; une epitre, an epistle; une huitre, an oyster; une loutre, an 
otter ; une poutre, a beam, which are feminine. 

All nouns ending in ontre, are also feminine; as : une montre, a watch. 



FRE, VRE. — Nouns ending in fre and me, are masculine; as: 

Un cadavre, a corpse. 
Chanvre, hemp. 
Chef-d'oeuvre, masterpiece. 
Cuivre, copper, brass. 
Lievre, hare. 
Genievre, juniper. 



Un cofFre, a trunk, chest. 
Chiffre, cipher, figure. 
Soufre, brimstone. 
Gouffre, abyss. 
Livre, book. 
Poivre, pepper. 



Except une offre, an offer; une balafre, a gash on the face ; la fievre, 
fever; une ceuvre, a deed; une manoeuvre, manoeuvre ; une couleuvre, 
an adder. 



Comment teindrez-vous ce ruban ? 
Je le teindrai en rouge. 



What color will you dye this rib- 
bon? 
I shall dye it red. 



XRENTE-NETJVIEME LE£ON. 



137 



Je crois qu'il va pleuvoir. 
II pleut deja. 
Tout le monde. 
Depuis. Car. 
Ni moi non plus. 



I think it is going to rain. 

It rains already. 

Everybody. 

Since, from. For (because). 

Nor I either. 



EXERCISE 101. 

What color will the negro dye his gloves'? He will dye them 
black. Do your scholars already know algebra? They do not know 
it yet, but they commence to learn it. Is it going to rain ? Every- 
body thinks (that) it is going to rain ; but I do not think so (moi, je 
ne le crois pas). Do you know the lady who is in your sister's room ? 
No, I do not know her. Who will open the window of my room ? 
Your negro will open it. What chapter shall we learn for to-mor- 
row ? You will learn the nineteenth chapter for to-morrow. What 
did the apothecary sell you ? He sold me some saltpetre and brim- 
stone. Send me this brass lustre to the country. Shall we also send 
you that cylinder ? Yes, send it to me also. If you do not go to the 
theatre, I shall not go thither either. Do you know the same men 
whom I know (qne je connais) ? I do not know the same, but I know 
others. Pray pass me the roast meat. Where will the writer spend 
the summer ? He will spend it in the country. How does your new 
pupil speak Spanish? He speaks it pretty well. Is there any good 
pepper in the pepper-box ? Do your servants understand you when 
you speak fast? No, they do not even understand me when I speak 
slowly. Are you sure of that l I am (sure of it). Did the hunter 
kill a hare? He killed a hare and two birds. Pray give me a little 
vinegar. Do you like it strong? Yes, I like it very strong. Is there 
any fine hemp in those fields? Please take that gold frame to my 
room. Please give us a few examples of each of the terminations in 
re, with all the exceptions. 



TRENTE-NEUYlfiME LEgON.— Thirty-ninth Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Inf. vres. Boire. 

Present part. Buvant. 
Past part. Bu, bue. 

Je bois. 
Tu bois. 
II boit, 
lis boivent, 



To drink. 
Drinking. 
Drunk. 

Indicative present. 

I drink. 



The other tenses are formed regularly. 



Thou drinkest. 
He is drinking. 
They drink. 



138 



TRENTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



Boire a la sante de quelqu'un. 
Nous buvons a votre sante. 
Je bois a votre sante, mesdames. 
II a bu a ma sante. 



To driak some one's health. 
We drink your health, 
I drink your health, ladies. 
He drank my health. 



Voici. 
Voila. 




1 Here is, here are. 
1 There is, there are. 

Coudre, to sew. 


Inf. pres. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 


Coudre. 

Cousant. 

Cousu-e. 




To sew. 
Sewing. 
Sewed. 






Indicative present. 


Je couds. 
Tu couds. 
11 coud. 






I sew, or am sewing. 
Thou sewest. 
He sews. 



The other tenses are formed regularly. 

After the same manner as coudre, are conjugated : 

Decoudre. 1 To unsew (to rip). 

Recoudre. I To sew again. 



Croire, to believe, to think. 

Inf. pres. Croire. To believe. 

Pres. part. Croyant. Believing. 

Past part. Cru-e. Believed. 

Indicative present. 

Je crois. I believe. 

Tu crois. Thou believest. 

II croit. He believes. 



Important, important. 
Hospitalier, hospitable. 
Ridicule, ridiculous. 
Sociable, sociable. 
Sauvage, savage. 



Interessant, interesting. 
Necessaire, necessary. 
Content, glad, contented. 
Nouveau, nouvelle, new. 
Neuf, neuve, new. 



Obs. — Nouveau must be used for things new of nature ; as : 



Ch. C. a decouvert le nouveau 

monde en 1492. 
Notre nouveau jardin. 



Ch. C. discovered the New- World 

in the year 1492. 
Our new garden. 



TRENTE-NEUVI&ME LE£ON. 



139 



Du vin nouveau. 1 New wine. 

Le nouvel an. | The New Year. 

But new must be expressed by neuf for things that are newly made 
by men ; thus we say : 



Un chapeau neuf. 
Une robe neuve. 
Des bas neufs. 
Une table neuve. 
Un manchon neuf. 



A new hat. 
A new dress. 
New stockings. 
A new table. 
A new muff. 



Instead of nouveau, we say nouvel, before a noun masculine begin- 
ning with a vowel or a mute h ; as : mon nouvel appartement 



Jusqu'ou 1 

Jusque. 

Jusqu'a New York. 



Loin. 

Quel distance ? 

Quelle distance y 

Londres ? 
Y a-t-il loin d'ici a Boston ? 
II n'y a pas loin. 



How far ? 

As far as, up to. 

As far as New York. 



a-t-il d'ici a 



Far. 

How far, what distance ? 

How far is it from here to 

don? 
Is it far from here to Boston? 
It is not far. 



Lon- 



EXERCICE 102. 

Boiriez-vous si vous aviez soif ? Oui, mais comme (as) nous n'a- 
vons pas soif, nous ne boirons pas. Ces messieurs boiront-ils du vin? 
lis boiront de la biere, si vous en avez. Votre fille a-t-elle decousu 
ma mantille neuve ? Oui, et elle Pa deja recousue. M. Gustave, 
pourrez-vous me dire quel est Paccord (agreement) du participe passe ? 
Premierement (first), le participe passe employe sans auxiliaire, prend 
le genre et le nombre du mot auquel il se rapport (it relates) ; comme, 
des bas dechires (torn), les pories fermees, une assiette cassie, etc. 
Deuxiemement (secondly), le participe passe conjugue avec Pauxiliaire 
ttre, s'aceorde (agrees) avec le sujet du verbe ; comme : mes lettres sont 
ecrites, vos sceurs sont parties, etc. Troisiemement, le participe passe 
accompagne de Pauxiliaire avoir s'accorde avec son regime direct 
(direct object), quand il en (by it) est precede ; comme dans ces 
phrases : Voici la lettre que fax regue de votre niece ; combien de francs 
avez-vous perdus 1 les marchandises que vous avez achetees rtont pas en- 
core ttt apporties. Mais le participe passe reste invariable quand il 
precede le regime direct, ou qu'il n'en a pas ; comme dans ces phrases : 
J'ai requ une lettre de ma mere; nousavons perdu dix-huit francs ; fai 
achetts des marchandises ; vos fils ont bien travaille, etc. C'est tres 
bien ; je vois que vous avez etudie votre le5on de grammaire. Pour- 



140 TRENTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

riez vous me dire ou sont mes plumes ? Les voiei sur mon pupitre. 
Vos cousines savent-elles eoudre ? Elles ne savent pas coudre. Re- 
eoudrez-vous la robe que ma niece a decousue ? Nous ne la recou- 
drons pas. Croyez-vous cela ? Non, je ne le crois pas. Mon frere 
croira que e'est vous qui avez dechire son livre. Je eroyais que vous 
etiez inalade. Nous boirions de la biere ou du cidre, si nous en 
avions. Quelle distance y a-t-il d'ici a Paris ? II n'y a que trente-huit 
lieues (leagues), Y a-t-il loin de New York a Albany 1 II y a environ 
150 milles (miles). Je viens de voir votre nouvelle maison. J'ai un 
nouvel appartement. Les Francais sont tres-hospitaliers. Les Ame- 
ricains le sont-ils ? lis le sont au moins (at least) autant que les Fran- 
cais. Jusqu'ou irez-vous ? Nous irons jusque chez le pharmacien. 
Les medecins sont venus avec moi jusqu'au theatre. Mme. votre 
mere viendra-t-elle jusqu'ici? Elle ne pourra pas venir jusqu'ici. 
Quel est le feminin de nouveau ? C'est nouvelle. Messieurs, nous 
avons l'honneur de boire a votre sante. Nous buvons a la votre. On 
dit que cette femme ne croit pas en Dieu. Nous ne croyons pas les 
astrologues. Ni moi non plus. Ce livre est fort interessant : le lirez- 
vous ? Je l'ai deja lu (read). On dit qu'il est tout nouveau. Oui, il 
n'y a que trois ou quatre semaines qu'il est publie. Quel joli livre 
neuf vous avez la ? Qui vous l'a donne ? Un de mes amis me l'a 
apporte de l'AUemagne. Vos cousines m'ont paru fort sociables. 
Non seuleraent (only) elles le paraissent, mais elles le sont en erTet. 
Quelle preposition emploie-t-on apres l'adjective content 1 On emploie 
la preposition de. Le negociant est-il content de son nouveau com- 
mis ? On croit qu'il en est tres-content. Est-il necessaire de savoir 
lire ? Oui, il est necessaire de savoir lire et ecrire. 

EXERCISE 103. 

Is the English teacher satisfied with his pupils ? Yes, he is well 
pleased with them. Does the young carpenter wish to drink some 
cider ? No, he is not thirsty ; he has just drunk some beer. Let us 
drink the king's health. And the queen's too. I should drink some 
milk, if 1 had some. Here is some on the table, but it is not fresh 
(frais). May I (jpuis-je) drink it 1 You may, if you like. How far 
is it from here to Berlin ? It is not far. How many leagues are 
there ? There are but fifteen leagues. Is it far from Paris to Ber- 
lin ? It is very far. How many miles are there from here to Phila- 
delphia? There are about 355 miles. Will you sew to-day? No, 
but we shall sew to-morrow. Will your sisters sew again the silk 
gloves which my daughter ripped ? They will not sew them again. 
Would they sew them again, if they had'time ? I think they would 
(je pense que oui). Do you believe all that people (ce qrfori) say? 
No, we do not (believe all that people say). Is this new book in- 
teresting? It is. Here are the new books which your aunt brought 
from London. These gentlemen are more sociable than we thought 
(que nous ne le croyions). Would you drink, if your children drank ? 



QT7ARANTIEME LE£ON. 141 

No, for we are not thirsty. What do your parents drink in the 
morning ? They drink coffee. Do they drink coffee every morning? 
They drink some every morning and every evening. Did you drink 
coffee or tea, when you were in Spain ? We drank tea twice a day. 
What o'clock is it ? It is nine o'clock precisely. I thought (that) it 
was later than that. This old woman is quite (touUdfait) ridiculous. 
Do you know her ? Yes, we know her these four years (depuis quatre 
ans). What lesson have we this morning? We have the thirty- 
ninth lesson. I am very glad {fen suis bien aise), for it is a very in- 
teresting lesson. And it is very important also. There are the letters 
which I have received of the broker. How far does the new carpet 
go ? It goes as far as the other end of the parlour. How far does 
the surgeon wish to go ? He wishes to go as far as our house. 
Will your son's friends come as far as here ? They would come as 
far as here, if they could. We shall go as far as the theatre. Will 
the duke go as far as there also ? Yes, Sir. Is it necessary to know 
how to spell in French ? It is very important to know how to spell 
and read in French. 



QUARANTINE LEgON.— Fortieth Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Inf. present. Dire. To say, to tell. 

Present part Disant. Saying, telling. 

Past part. Dit-e. Said, told. 

Indicative present. 

Je dis. I say or tell. 

Tu dis. Thou say est. 

II dit. He says. 

Vous dites. You say. 

The 1st and 3d person plural are formed regularly. 

Thus are conjugated : 



Contredire, to contradict. 
Confire, to confect. 
Interdire, to interdict. 



Medire, to slander. 
Suffire, to be sufficient. 
Pre dire, toforetel. 



The 2d per. plur. of these six verbs is formed regularly : vous con- 
<redisez, vous siiffisez, &c. 

Dire takes the prepos. a before a noun or a pronoun, and de before 
an infinitive : 

Dites an domestique de balayer le magasin. 
Tax dit d voire fits d'tteindre la lampe. 

The past part, of suffire is suffi without an s. Cela nous a suffi. 



142 



QUARANTIEME LE^ON. 



Inf. pres. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 



J'ecris, 
Tu ecris. 
II ecrit. 



Ecrire. 

Eerivant. 

Ecrit-e. 



To write. 
Writing. 
Written. 



Ind. pres. 

I write, or I am writing. 
Thou writest. 
He writes. 



After the same manner as ecrire are conjugated : 



Decrire, to describe. 
Inscrire, to inscribe. 
Prescrire, to prescribe. 



Souscrire, to subscribe. 
Transerire, to transcribe, to copy. 



Inf. pres. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 


9 

Faire. 

Faisant. 

Fait-e. 




To make, to do. 
Making, doing. 
Made, done. 






Ind. pres. 


Je fais. 
Tu fais. 
11 fait. 






I make or do. 

Thou makest or dost. 

He makes or does. 


Vous faites. 
lis font. 


Je ferai. 




You make or do. 
They make or do. 


Future. 


| Cond. Je feraj 



After the same manner as faire are conjugated : 



Contrefaire, to counterfeit. 
Defaire, to undo. 
Refaire, to do again. 



Satisfaire, to satisfy. 

Surfaire, to exact, to ask too much. 



Faire plaisir. 

Vous faites plaisir a mon pere. 
Faire un plaisir. 
Faire de mon mieux. 
Faire de son mieux. 
Faire de la pluie — de la neige — 
de la grele. 



To please, to give pleasure. 
You please my father. 
To do a pleasure, a favor. 
To do my best. 
To do his best, or one's best.. 
To rain, to snow, to hail. 



QUARANTIEME LEJJON. 



143 



II fait de la pluie. 
Fait-il de la boue ? 
II fait du vent. 
11 fait beaucoup de vent. 



It rains. 

Is it muddy ? 

It is windy. 

It is very windy. 



Faire beau temps. 

II fait mauvais temps. 

Faire chaud — froid — frais — agre- 

able— clair de lune — humide — 

obscur. 
Fait-il agreable ? 
II fait trop chaud. 



To be fine weather. 

It is bad weather. 

To be warm — cold — cool — agree- 
able — moonlight — damp (moist) 
— dark. 

Is it pleasant ? 

It is too warm. 



Faire un mille. Une lieue. 

Faire un voyage. 

A pied. A cheval. 

En voiture. En bateau. 

II fait mauvais marcher. 



To go a mile. A league. 
To go on a journey. 
On foot. On horseback. 
In a carriage. In a boat. 
It is bad walking, the walking is 
bad. 



Faire bon vivre. 

Fait-il bon vivre en France ? 

II y fait cher vivre. 

II fait de Forage-— du brouillard. 

II ne fait pas beaucoup de vent. 

II fait du soleil. 

II ne fait pas de tonnerre. 

Faire la mine a quelqu'un 

II me fait la mine. 
Faire face a. 



To be good living. 
Is it good living in France 1 
It is dear living there. 
It is stormy — foggy. 
It is not very windy. 
The sun shines. 
It does not thunder. 
To look displeased with some- 
body. 
He pouts at me. 
To face, to meet. 



Faire valoir. 

Je ferai valoir mes talents. 

Faire mine de. 

Elle fait mine de vouloir nous 

parler. 
Faire cas de quelqu'un. 



To employ to advantage. 

I shall employ to advantage my 

talents. 
To seem. 
She seems to wish to speak to us. 

To esteem some one. 



Vous ferez mieux de. 



You had better. 



144 



QUARANTIEME LE£ON. 



Au lieu de jouer vous ferez mieux 

d'etudier. 
II fera bien de vendre son cheval. 



Faire chauffer. 
Faire bouillir. 
Faire cuire. 



Instead of playing you had better 

study. 
He had better sell his horse. 



To warm. 

To boil. 

To cook, to bake. 



C'est fait de lui. 

C'en est fait. 

Ne savoir qu'y faire. 

Je ne sais qu'y faire. 

Elle ne saurait qu'y faire. 

Nous ne savons qu'y faire. 



Faire faire. 
Faire laver. 

Faite^vous faire un gilet 1 
J'en t is faire un. 
II en a fait faire un. 
Comment ferez-vous teindre votre 
robe? 



It is all over with him. 

It is all over. 

Not to be able to help it. 

I cannot help it. 

She cannot help it. 

We cannot help it. 



To get made. 
To get washed. 
Do you get a waistcoat made ? 
I do get one made. 
He got one made. 
What color will you get your 
dress dyed ? 



Plutot. Plus tot. 

Tard. De bonne heure. 

11 est tard. 

Plus tard que vous. 

De meilleure heure que lui. 

Ce que. 

As-tu compris ce que j'ai dit ? 

J'ai compris tout ce que vous avez 

dit. 
Tout ce que. 
Frais, m., fraiche, f. 
Tout-a-fait. 

Dechirer. Raccommoder. 
Com me il faut. 
Au contraire. 
Une fois par jour. 
Quatre fois par mois. 
Etranger, m., etrangere, f. 



Rather. Sooner, earlier. 

Late. Early. 

It is late. 

Later than you. 

Earlier than he. 

What, meaning that what. 

Didst thou understand what 

said? 
I understood all you said. 

All that, all what. 

Fresh, cool. 

Quite, entirely. 

To tear. To mend, repair. 

Properly. 

On the contrary. 

Once a day. 

Four times a month. 

Stranger, foreigner, foreign. 



Etrange. 
C'est etrange. 
Du linge. 
Sombre. Humide. 



QUARANTINE LE£ON. 14£ 



Strange. 

It is strange. 

Linen, meaning linen clothes. 

Dark. Damp. 



EXERCICE 104. 

Avez-vous dit ail cuisinier de venir allumer le feu? Oui, madam e, 
je le lui ai dit.. Si vous faisiez cela, je le dirais a votre mere. Le 
vin qu'on vous a envoye vous a-t-il suffi ? II m'a suffi. Ce pain suf- 
fira-t-il a vos enfants 1 Je crois qu'il ne leur suffi ra pas. Pourquoi 
me contredisez-vous toujours? Avez-vous ecrit toutes vos lettres ? 
Oui ; et ee soil* je transcrirai tous mes themes francais. Je croyais 
que vous les aviez deja transcrits. Avez-vous fait inscrire vos tils? 
Non, mais je les ferai inscrire demain. Ce livre neuf est-il contrefait? 
Je ne le pense pas. Defaites tout cela. A present refaites-le. Sa- 
vez-vous ce que mon medecin m'a present ? Non, nous ne le savons 
pas. Quand ecrirez-vous a votre mere ? Je lui ecrirais cette apres- 
midi, si mes sceurs lui ecrivaient. Nous souscrirons a tout ce que vous 
ferez. En francais on emploie lu, toi, an lieu de vous, quand on est bien 
familier ; ainsi les parents, en parlant a leurs enfants diront lu et non 
vans. Et les enfants, en parlant a. leurs parents ou a leurs freres, em- 
ploient-ils lu ou vous 1 lis disent tu. Mon theme est fait. La musique 
vous fait-elle plaisir ? Non, mais elle fait plaisir a ma mere. Fait-il de la 
pluie? Non, il fait de la neige. Votre nouveau commis fera-t-il cela 
comme il faut? Je crois qu'il le fera comme il faut, car il fera de son 
mieux. Vos eleves pourront-ils faire cela comme il faut ? lis feront 
de leur mieux. Voudrez-vous me faire un plaisir ? Certainement, 
madame ; lequel ? Pouvez-vous me preter votre montre d'or jusqu'a 
demain ? Fait-il mauvais marcher dans la rue ? Oui, il fait beaucouD 
deboue. Quel temps a-t-il fait hier? II a fait bien mauvais temps; il 
a fait de la grele. Fera-t-il beau temps demain ? Faisait-il beaucoup de 
tonnerre lorsque vous etiez a. la campagne ? II ne faisait pas de ton- 
nerre, mais il faisait beaucoup de vent. Fait-il du vent aujourd'hui ? 
II fait du vent et de Forage. Le vieux chirurgien a-t-il fait ce voyage 
a cheval ou a pied? II la fait en voiture. Mon pere dit que nous 
ferons ce voyage en bateau. Ne le ferez-vous pas a cheval? S'il fait 
beau temps nous le ferons peut-etre a cheval. Nous aimons beaucoup 
a aller a cheval: etvous? Et moi aussi. Fait-il toujours du brouii- 
lard dans cette vallee ? Non, pas toujours. Le jeune marehand vous 
a-t-il surfeits ? II ne nous a pas surfaits ? Fait-il froid ce matin ? II 
ne fait pas froid ; il fait tres chaud. A-t-il fait bien froid a la cam- 
pagne cette annee? Non, il n'y a pas fait bien froid. Est-ce fait de 
lui? C'est fait de lui — e'en est fait. Nous irons passer la soiree chez 
mon grand-pere. Fait-il humide dans votre chambre? II y fait hu- 
mide et obscure. II fait trop de soleil au salon. Fait-il sombre a la 

7 



146 QUARANTIEME LE£ON. 

cuisine? Non, mademoiselle, il n'y fait pas sombre, mais il y fait 
bien frais. Combien de lieues avons nous deja faites ? Nous en 
avons deja fait cinq. Combien de milles cela fait-il? Cinq lieues 
font quinze milles ; car il y a trois milles dans une lieue ; trois fois 
cinq font (are) quinze. Combien font cinq fois cinq 1 Cinq fois cinq 
font vingt-cinq. Fait-il bon vivre en Italie ? II y fait bon vivre. II 
fait cher vivre en Angleterre. II fera de Forage ce soir. Nous au- 
rons un orage — de la plnie — de la grele. Cet homme ne pourra ja- 
mais faire face a. ses affaires. Y a-t-il longtemps que mon cousin vous 
fait la mine. II me fait la mine depuis l'annee passee. Cette femme 
me fait toujours bonne mine. L'avocat vous a-t-il fait bonne mine? 
II m'a fait mauvaise mine. Au lieu de passer votre temps a jouer, 
vous feriez mieux d'apprendre vos lecons et d'ecrire vos themes. 
Votre fille fera bien d'allervoir samarraine qui est tres-malade (sick). 
Comment vos cousines feront-elles teindre leurs mantilles? Elies 
disent qu'elles les feront teindre en brun. A-t-on fait chauffer de 
l'eau ? Non, mais on a fait cuire du pain. Quand ferez-vous laver 
votre linge ? Nous l'avons deja fait laver. Votre commis ferait-il 
faire un gilet, si j'en faisais faire un ? II en ferait faire un, si vous en 
faisiez faire un. Quand vos voisins ont-ils fait raccommoder (mend) 
leurs bottes et leurs souliers ? lis les ont fait raccommoder avant- 
hier. Faites-vous cas de ce jeune homme ? Oui, monsieur, je fais 
grand cas de lui (cas, case). La maison de votre oncle fait face a la 
mienne. Cet homme fait-il valoir son argent 1 Non, mais il fait va- 
loir ses talents. Combien de lieues faisiez-vous par jour, lorsque vous 
voyagiez ? Je faisais ordinairement douze lieues par jour. II ne fait 
pas encore jour (daylight). Je ne sais qu'y faire. Elle ne saurait qu'y 
faire. Nous ne savons qu'y faire. II rait deja nuit. Je ferai faire une robe. 

EXERCISE 105. 

Did you tell the shoemaker to bring my new shoes ? Yes, Sir. 
What did he say ? He said they were not made yet. Does it rain ? 
\t does not rain, but it is very damp. Was it stormy yesterday ? It 
was stormy and windy. Did the German merchant overcharge your 
daughters ? He did not overcharge them, on the contrary, he sold 
chem cheap (a bon marcht). To whom will you write ? We shall 
write to our nephew who is in Paris. Did you write every day when 
you were taking French lessons? Yes, and I think it is very impor- 
tant to write a great deal in order to learn a foreign language (une 
langue etrangere). What weather is it to-day ? It is very fine 
weather. It is very pleasant (agreable). How is your friend? It is 
all over with him. Did you tell the servant to boil the meat ? I did 
tell her. What color did the lawyer get his coat dyed ? He had it 
dyed blue. Is your father getting a carriage made ? He has had one 
made last month. What are you getting made ? I am getting a coat 
and an overcoat made. When will your sons have their shirts washed ? 
They will have them washed in a few days. I would have some boots 



QUARANTIEME LE£OK. 147 

made, if I had money enough. Tell your good friends to lend you 
some. It is all over with me. Who wishes to go on a journey ? 
The jeweller wishes to go on a journey. Will he travel on 
foot or on horseback ? He will travel neither on foot nor on 
horseback ; he will travel in a carriage or in a boat. There 
is a very thick (epais) fog this morning. It is always very foggy in 
this country. Is it good living in America? Yes, it is very good 
living there. It is too warm to-day. Will this joiner be able to do 
that well ? He will be able to do it well. Will he do his best 1 He 
will. Will your sister employ to advantage her talents ? She will 
not employ them to advantage. Is it bad walking in the street ? Yes, 
it is very muddy. Does the duke esteem my father ? Yes, he thinks 
very much of your father, and of your eldest brother too. What did the 
physician prescribe you ? He did not prescribe me anything. Will 
you do me a favor ? Yes, Miss, what one ? Will you lend me twenty- 
five dollars ? I shall return them to you next week. How many 
leagues does the watchmaker walk a day ? He walks ten leagues or 
thirty miles a day. It is cool this evening. We shall spend the 
evening with our neighbors. Is it dear living in Spain ? It is very 
dear living there. Does the bookseller look pleased with you 1 ? No, 
he pouts at me these three years. Your neighbor pouts at you. We 
cannot help it. 

EXERCISE 106. 

Is it late ? It is not late. Did you go to the concert late ? No, 
we went thither very early. Did you go thither earlier than I ? We 
went thither earlier than you. At what o'clock did the foreigner go 
to the ball ? He went thither too late. Is it damp in your room ? 
It is damp and dark there. Will your pupils rather learn history than 
a foreign language ? On the contrary, they will rather learn several 
foreign languages than history. Do your scholars speak French pro- 
perly 1 They do speak it properly. Who has torn my linen ? The 
dressmaker has torn it. Will you tell the maid-servant to mend it ? 
I shall tell her to mend it. It is very cool in our kitchen. Has the 
stranger any fresh meat ? He has none, but he intends to buy some. 
Does that wine-merchant sell any foreign wines ? He does sell some. 
Does he sell dear ? He sells very dear. Then (alors) I shall not 
buy any of him. How many times a day do you eat? I eat only 
twice a day. Do you take as many lessons a week as I ? I do not 
know how many you take a week. I take three a week. Then I 
take more than you ; I take six a week. Does your French teacher 
come in the morning or in the afternoon ? He com«s late in the 
evening. Mine comes early in the morning ; he comes at half past 
seven. It is (c'est) too early. Well {eh bieri), I like to take my French 
lesson at half past seven in the morning. It is strange ; for I know 
(that) you are pretty (assez) lazy in the morning. Instead of writing 
so many exercises, you had better learn yonr lessons. Instead of 



148 



QXJARANTIEME LEgON. 



getting your coats dyed, you had better get them repaired. These 
young ladies had better go to church than to the concert. Was it 
damp in the streets last night ? No, but it was very cold there, 
Have you the tenth or eleventh volume of my new work ? I have the 
twenty-first. I shall give it back to you this evening. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 
TERMINATIONS IN SE. 
SE. — Nouns ending in se are feminine ; as : 

Une chemise, a shirt. 
Cerise, cherry. 
Framboise, raspberry. 
Fraise, strawberry. 
Danse, dance, dancing. 

Except un vase, a vase; le gymnase, gymnasium; un diocese, a 
diocese ; le malaise, uneasiness ; thyrse, thyrsus. 



Une rose, a rose. 
Epouse, wife. 

Blanchiseuse, washerwoman. 
Recompense, reward. 
Reponse, answer. 



SSE. — Nouns ending in sse are feminine ; as : 



Une bosse, a hump. 
Fosse, grave. 
Sagesse, wisdom. 
Jeunesse, youth. 



La becasse, the woodcock. 
Mousse, moss. 
Tristesse, sadness. 
Vieillesse, old age. 



Except un carosse, a coach; le Parnasse, Parnassui ; un colosse, 
a colossus ; un narcisse, a narcissus. 



Obs. A. — Common nouns, taken in a general sense, do not take any 
article in English, but in French they take the definite article le, la, 
les ; as : la jeunesse, youth ; les hommes sont mortels, men are mortal. 



Depuis quand ? 

Depuis quand etes-vous ici 1 

Je parle depuis deux heures. 

Combien de temps y a-t-il que 

vous avez dine ? 
II n'y a pas longtemps que. 
II y a six ans que je suis dans ce 

pays. 
Un de mes amis. 
Une de ses connaissances. 
Par. Par coeur. 



How long (since when) ? 
How long have you been here ? 
I have been speaking these two 

hours. 
How long is it since you dined ? 

It is not long since. 

I have been in this country these 

six years. 
A friend of mine. 
An acquaintance of his. 
By. By heart. 



QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 149 

Obs. B. — The past participle, conjugated with avoir, to have, never 
agrees when it is preceded by en, some, some of them ; as : avez-vous 
regu des /raises ? Ten ai regit. But it agrees when it has a direct 
object with the pronoun en ; as : les en avez-vous punis ? Did you 
punish them for it ? 



EXERCISE 107. 

How long have you remained (combien de temps etes-vous resit) at 
the ball ? I remained there but one hour. How long have you been 
learning French ? We have been learning it these three months. 
How long did your sisters stay at the dancing school ? They remain- 
ed there one hour and a half (une heure et demie). How long is it 
since you have (que vous rCavez) seen your poor washerwoman ? It 
is a very long time since I saw her. How long is it since you have 
eaten your strawberries ? I ate them this morning at seven o'clock. 
Did the hunter kill a woodcock ? He killed three of them. Will 
you learn your lesson by heart ? I have learnt it by heart already. 
Is it long since you know French ? It is not long since I know it. 
How long is it 1 It is not more than one year. Who has torn my 
new waistcoat ? Your son has torn it. Have you eaten any rasp- 
berries ? Yes, I have eaten some very good. Have you bought any 
good cherries ? We have bought some excellent. Who broke your 
china vase ? My children have broken it. Have you punished them 
for it (en) ? I have punished them for it. Have you received an 
answer to your letter ? No, I have not yet received any. Let us 
always love virtue and wisdom. Did the washerwoman bring my 
nephew's new shirts ? She did. Who told you that my brother's 
wife is arrived 1 The German baker told it me. With whom did 
you dine yesterday 1 I dined with a friend of mine. Is this lady an 
acquaintance of yours 1 She is a friend of mine. And who is the 
gentleman who was with her a few minutes ago (il y a quelques mi- 
nutes) ? He is a relation of hers. All men are mortal. Is there any 
moss on that mountain ? No, there is not any. What shall we have 
for our dessert ? You will have some strawberries, raspberries, and 
cherries. How long have the bankers been writing % They have 
been writing these four hours. All nouns ending in se are feminine, 
except nine. Say the exceptions. 



QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LEgOTS.— Forty-first Lesson. 

Continuation of the verb faire. 

Faire vomir. To cause vomiting. 

Faire le boiteux. To counterfeit lameness. 

Faire voile. To set sail. 



150 



QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LE</6n. 



Faire un conte. 

Faire la meridienne. 

Faire la barbe. 

Faire la cour a quelqu'un. 

Faire fond sur quelqu'un. 

Faire main basse. 

Faire tort a quelqu'un. 

Faire un tour de promenade. 

Faire voir. 

Faire savoir a quelqu'un. 

Faire jour. 

II ne fait que chanter. 

II ne fait que d'arriver. 

C'est un prix fait. 

Une fern me bien faite. 

Une fille faite a peindre. 

C'est un homme fait. 

II est bien fait de visage. 



To tell a story. 

To take a nap after dinner. 

To shave. 

To court some one. 

To rely upon one. 

To fall upon. 

To wrong some one. 

To take a walk. 

To show. 

To let one know, to inform of. 

To be daylight. 

He does nothing but sing. 

He is but just arrived. 

It is a set price. 

A well-shaped woman. 

A girl extremely well-shaped. 

He is a grown-up man. 

He has a good face. 






Inf. pres. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 



Instruire, 

Instruisant 

Instruif-e. 



Instruire) to instruct. 

To instruct. 
Instructing. 
Instructed. 



Ind. 



J'instruis. 
Tu instruis. 
II instruit. 



pres. 

I instruct. 
Thou instructest. 
He instructs. 



After the same manner as instruire, are conjugated : 



Construire, to construct. 
Conduire, to conduct, take to. 
Reconduire, to lead hack. 
Cuire, to cook, to bake. 
Detruire, to destroy. 
Reduire, to reduce. 



Intro duire, to introduce. 
Luire, and reluire, to shine. 
Nuire, to injure, to hurt. 
Traduire, to translate. 
Seduire, to seduce. 
Produire, to produce. 



Obs. A. — The past participles of luire, reluire and nuire, are lui, 
relui and nui, without a t. 

Instead of cuire, we generally say faire cuire. 



Inf. pres. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 



Lire. 
Lisant. 
Lu, lue. 



To read. 
Reading. 
Read. 



QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 



'151 



Indicative present. 
Je lis, / read or am reading ; tu lis, il lit. 
After the same manner as lire, are conjugated : 



Elire, to elect. 

Inf. present. 
Pres. part. 
Past part. 



Mettre. 

Mettant, 

Mis-e. 



Relire, to read over. 

To put, to put on. 

Putting. 

Put, put on. 



M. 



pres. 

Je mets. I put. 

Tu mets. Thou puttest. 

II met. ! He puts. 

After the same manner as mettre, are conjugated : 



Promettre, to promise. 

Re mettre, to put again, to deliver 

up. 
Soumettre, to submit. 
\ Transmettre, to transmit 



Ad mettre, to admit. 
Commettre, to commit. 
Compromettre, to compromise. 
Demettre, to put out of joint. 
Omettre, to omit. 
Permettre, to permit. 

Obs. B. — Permettre and promettre take de before an inf. ; as : je 

vous permets de sortir ; il promet de venir. 

Mettre au net. 

Mettre quelqu'un a meme de. 

Je mettrai au net tous ces 

themes. 
Etre a meme de. 
Etre en etat de. 



To transcribe fairly. 
To enable some one to. 
I shall transcribe all those exer- 
cises fairly. 
To be able to. 
To fee able to. 



Faire part de quelque chose a | To impart something to some 

quelqu'un. j one. 

Avez-vous fait part de cela a votre Have you imparted that to your 

mere ? mother ? 

Je lui en ai fait part. j I have imparted it to her 



Trouver a redire a. 
Vous trouvez a redire a tout ce 
que je fais. 



To fiud fault with. 
You find fault with everything I 
do. 



EXERCICE 108 

Oil sont vos enfants ? Je les ai fait aller a l'ecole. Remarquez que 
le participe passe fait, suivi (followed) immediatement d'un infinitif, 



152 QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LEgON. 

reste toujours invariable. Faites-vous ecrire des themes a vos en- 
fins? Non, raais je leur fais apprendre leurs lecons par eoeur. Votre 
nr.itre de franc ais vous fait-ii apprendre par coeur tous vos themes? 
lis nous en fait apprendre quelques-uns. A-t-on fait vomir votre garcon? 
On ne Pa pas encore fait vomir. Quand le medecin le fera-t-il vomir? 
II le fera vomir ee soir. Cet homme fait le boiteux. M. votre pere 
fiit-il souvent la meridienne ? Autrefois il la faisait tous les jours, 
m ds a present il ne peut plus la faire ; il est trop occupe. Le capi- 
taine Italien a-t-il fait voile pour l'Amerique ? Non, il a f at voile 
pour l'Afrique. L'armee francaise a fait main basse sur l'ennemi. 
Ferez-vous fond sur ee vieillard? Je ferai fond sur lui. Mod neveu 
vous fiit-il la cour ? No , madame, mais on dit qu'il la fait a une tres 
jolte demoiselle. Je n'aime pas a faire la cour aux grands. C'est un 
homme qui fait tort a tout le monde. Votre petit frere apprend-il 
bien ? II apprenait tres-bien autrefois, mais a present il ne fait que 
jouer toute la journee. Allons faire un tour de promenade. Ma cou- 
sine et rnoi, nous avons fait quelques tours de jardin. Les Esp ignols 
feront iis voile pour l'Angleterre ou pour PIrlande ? Us feront voile 
pour l'Afrique ou pour PAsie. Mes soeurs ne font que d'arriver de 
Vienne. Y a-t-il longtemps que le boulanger est parti? II ne fait que 
de sortir. Mon fils est un homme fait. C'est un homme fait. Fait- 
il encore nuit? Non, i! fait jour. Cette femme est tres-bien faite. 
Faites-moi voir de la soie grise. Combien la vendez-vous ? Sept 
dollars l'aune {yard). Elie est trop chere. C'est un prix fait. Melle. 
votre fllle est faite a peindre. Sa cousine est encore mieux faite 
qu'elle. Cette demoiselle est fort bien faite de visage. Avez-vous 
fut savoir aux banquiers que le bal aura lieu domain soir ? Je le leur 
ai fiit savoir. L'avez-vous aussi fait savoir aux deux generaux fran- 
cais? Non, mademoiselle, mais je le leur ferai savoir aujourd'hui. 
Votre cousin a-t-il deja fait part de cela a ses parents? Non, il ne 
leur en a pas encore fait part. II est deja. tard. Votre ami instruit- 
il ses enfants lui-meme ? Non, il les fait instruire. Jusqu'ou con- 
duirez-vous vos enfants? Nous les conduirons jusque chez le peintre. 
Aurez-vous la bonte de reconduire cette demoiselle? Certainement, 
madame. Qui vous a conduites a l'opera, mesclemoiselles? Les deux 
avocats, qui demeurent chez nous, nous y ont conduites. La cuisi- 
niere fait-elle cuire de la viande? Oui, et elle fera aussi cuire du 
poisson (fish). Les ennemis ont detruit notre ville. Mantroduiriez- 
vous a la dame francaise, si elle venait vous voir? Je vous introdni- 
rais a elle et a sa fille. Sa fllle est-elle aussi bien faite qu'elle ? Sa 
fllle est mieux faite qu'elle ; elle est faite a peindre. Le soleil luit. 
Le soleil ne luira pas aujourd'hui. Le capitaine Ausex fera-t-il cons- 
truire un autre vaisseau ? II n'en fera pas construire d'autre. Cela 
lui a nui. Cela nous nuira. Ces femmes sont reduites a une extreme 
pauvrete. L'Amerique produit du cafe et du ble. La France pro- 
duit du vin en abondance. Avez-vous lu le journal ce matin ? Non, 
pas encore. Le lirez-vous ? Oui, si j'ai le temps. Relirez-vous cette 



QUARANTE-ET-UNIEME LE£ON. 153 

histoire ? Non, nous ne la relirons pas. Quel chapeau mettrez-vous 
aujourd'hui? Je mettrai mon chapeau blanc. Madame votre mere 
a-t-elle mis sa robe de soie verte? Non, elle ne Fa pas mise. Quand 
la mettra-t-elle ] Elle la mettra dimanche, s'il fait beau temps. Vos 
freres ont-ils ete admis a l'academie espagnole. lis y ont ete admis. 
Ce courtier a compromis sa fortune. On a demis le bras a cet homme. 
Qui le lui a demis ? Je ne le sais pas. Me promettez-vous de venir 
me voir? Je vous le promets. Le libraire que vous a-t-il promis? 
II ne nous a rien promis. Permettrez-vous a vos eleves d'aller jouer 
dans la cour ? Au lieu de leur permettre d'aller jouer, je ferai mieux 
de leur faire apprendre par C03ur les lecons qu'ils n'ont pas sues. 
Vous remettrez cette lettre a mon frere quand il viendra. Avez-vous 
mis au net tous vos themes'? Oui, je les ai tousjnis au net. Quand 
mettrez-vous les votres au net? Je les mettrai au net aussitot que 
(as soon as) je saurai mes lecons de francais. Trouve-t-on a redire a 
ce que vous faites ? On trouve a redire a tout ce que je fais. Cette 
dame trouve toujours a redire a tout ce qu'elle voit. Votre fils aine 
est-il en etat d'acheter un cheval et une voiture ? Non, mais il est 
a meme de payer les dettes qu'il a faites l'annee passee. 

EXERCISE 109. 

Did this wicked boy tell you a story ? He did tell me one. Will 
the American sailors take a walk ? No, Sir. Do your daughters 
take a nap after their dinner ? Sometimes. Have the Russian cap- 
tains set sail for Asia ? No, they have set sail for Africa. We shall 
set sail for America. Can you rely upon that lady ? We can rely 
upon her. Did the jeweller wrong your father? He did. Let us 
take a walk. Is it very dark ? No, it is moonlight. Will you show 
me some crimson velvet ? Yes, Madam, here is some very fine. How 
much do you sell it a yard ? We sell it eight dollars and a half a 
yard. Is it a set price ? It is. It will soon be daylight. Does your 
English teacher make you write ? Instead of making us write, he 
does nothing but talk to us. The prince has but just arrived. These 
children do nothing but play all day. How old is your son ? He is 
twenty years old. He is a grown-up man. Did the German army 
fall upon the enemy ? No, but the enemy fell upon the German 
army. Do the banker's sons court any one ? They do not court any 
one. This woman is very well-shaped. Are you acquainted with 
her ? Yes, Miss. This young man has a very good face. Did you 
ever see the apothecary's eldest daughter? No, Madam. They say 
she is extremely well-shaped. Did you let the writer know that the 
lawyers wish to see him? I did. This old woman counterfeits lame- 
ness. One of our friend's children is lame. Is your daughter lame ? 
She is not. Who instructs your sisters ? My father instructs them. 
Who used to instruct them when you were living in Boston ? My 
mother used to instruct them. Will you instruct your children your- 
self this winter (hiver) ? Yes, I shall instruct them myself. How far 

1* 



154 QTJARANTE-DETJXIEME LE^ON. 

did the merchant conduct his wife ? He took her as far as his friends'. 
If this young lady permits me, I shall lead her back. This house will 
soon be constructed. When will you impart that to your husband ? 
I shall impart it to him to-night. Will your servant cook any vege- 
tables (legumes) this morning ? Yes, she will cook some vegetables, 
and she will also cook some fish. Man will be reduced to dust (en 
poussiere). Is it dusty to-day ? Yes, it is very dusty. The enemies 
have destroyed all our cities. Will you introduce me to your uncle I 
Certainly, I will (introduce you to him). I have been introduced to 
the queen of England. Did the sun shine yesterday ? It did not 
shine yesterday, but it shines to-day. It was very dusty yesterday. 
Europe produces much wine and corn. What are you reading ? I 
am reading a very good book. Will they elect another president next 
year ? They will elect another president and another vice-president. 
I shall read this book over. What dress will you put on to-day 1 I 
shall put on my fine silk dress. My son will put on his new boots. 
Put on another mantilla. Do you put your clothes to dry (a secher) 1 
I do not. Did you permit your children to go to the opera when you 
were living in London ? I did not permit them to go thither. Did 
your grandmother promise you a book ? No, but she promised me a 
fine velvet hat. I have transcribed all my exercises fairly. My 
brother finds fault with everything he sees. Now we are able to 
buy a large house. Did you not tell me a story ? No, Madam, I 
did not. 



QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LECON.— Forty-second Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Inf. pres. Moudre. 

Pres. part. Moulant. 



To grind. 
Grinding. 
Ground. 



Past part. Moulu. 

Indicative present, 



Je mouds. 
Tu mouds. 
II moud. 



I grind, or I am grinding. 
Thou grindest. 
He grinds. 



After the same manner as moudre, are conjugated : 
Remoudre, to grind again. | Emoudre, to ivliet. 



Inf. pres. PI aire. 
Pres. fart. Plaisant. 
Past part. Plu. 



To please. 

Pleasing. 

Pleased. 



QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



155 



Indicative present. 



Je plais. 
Tu plais. 
II plait. 



I please. 
Thou pleasest. 
He pleases. 



After the same manner as plaire, are conjugated : 



Complaire, to please. 

se Complaire to take delight. 

Deplaire, to displease. 



se Plaire, to delight in. 
Taire, to keep secret. 
se Taire, to be silent, to hold one's 
tongue. 



-Se complaire and se plaire take the preposition a after 



Obs. A.- 
them. 

Plait-il ? 

Je dis que vous me faites du mal. 

Faire du mal a quelqu'un. 

Se faire mal. 

Faire du bien. 

Faire de. 

Que faites-vous de votre argent 1 

Avez-vous fini d'ecrire ? 

II ya. 

Voulez-vous de l'eau ? 

Mettre a secher. 

Montrer. Laver. 



What do you say ? 

I say you hurt me. 

To hurt somebody. 

To hurt one's self. 

To do good. 

To do with. 

What do you do with your money? 

Have you done writing ? 

Ago ; there is, there are. 

Do you wish to have some water ? 

To put to dry. 

To show. To wash. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

Reflective verbs are those that are conjugated with two pronouns 
one subject and the other object ; as : 



je me, 1st pers. sing, 

tu te, 2d 

il se, elle se, 3d 



nous nous, 1st pers. plur. 
vous vous, 2d 
ils se, elles se, 3d 



Je m'amuse. 
Tu t'amuses. 
II s'amuse. 
Elle s'amuse. 
On s'amuse. 



S'amuser, to amuse one's self. 
S'amusant, amusing one's self. 

Indicative present. 



I amuse myself. 
Thou amusest thyself. 
He amuses himself. 
She amuses herself. 
One amuses himself. 



156 



QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



Nous nous amusons. 
Vous vous amusez. 
Us s'amusent. 
Elles s'amusent. 



Me leve-je ? 

Te 1 eves- til? 

Se leve-t-il or elle? 

Nous levons-nous? 

Vous levez-vous? 

Se levent-ils or elles? 



We amuse ourselves. 
You amuse yourselves. 
They amuse themselves. 
They amuse themselves. 



Do I rise or get up ? 

Dost thou rise? 

Does he or she get up ? 

Do we rise ? 

Do you get up ? 

Do they rise ? 






Obs. B. — It must be observed that in the interrogative form, the 
pronoun object stands before the verb, and the pronoun subject after. 



Vous taisez-vous ? 

Je ne me tainri pas. 

Vous y etes-vous amuses? 

Nous ne nous y sommes pas plu. 

Leve-toi, levez-vous. 

Ne te leve pas. 



Do you hold your tongue? 

I shall not be silent. 

Did you amuse yourselves there? 

We were not pleased there. 

Get up. 

Do not get up. 



Obs. C. — In the compound tenses of reflective verbs, the auxiliary 
itre is used instead of avoir; but the past participle must agree in 
gender and number with its direct object, as if it were conjugated with 
avoir, as may be seen in the third of the above examples. 

The past participle, however, remains invariable, when the reflective 
verb is formed from a neuter verb, as may be seen in the fourth of 
the above examples. 



Nous nous etions rases. 

Je me serais habille. 

Depechez-vous de vous habiller. 

II se fait nuit. 

Se faire soldat. 

lis se flattent de savoir le grec. 



We had shaved ourselves. 
I would have dressed myself. 
Make haste and dress yourself. 
Night comes on. 
To turn, or to become a soldier. 
They flatter themselves that they 
know Greek. 



Se flatter. 

Se bruler la main. 

Se couper le doigt. 

Sa laver la figure. 

Se promener. 

S'enroler. 

Se coucher. 



To flatter one's self. 

To burn one's hand. 

To cut one's finger. 

To wash one's face. 

To take a walk. 

To enlist, to enrol. 

To go to bed, to lie down. 



QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£OTS\ 



15f 



Inf. pres. Rire. To laugh. 

Pres. part. Riant. Laughing. 

Past part. Ri. Laughed. 

Ind. pres. — Je ris, / laugh ; tu ris, il rit, &c. 

After the same manner as rire, are conjugated : 

Sourire, to smile. | Frire, to fry ; p. fk f.iC 

Obs. D. — Frire is used only in the singular of the ya^r'i, r.f fr* 
indicative, je fris, tu fris, ilfrit ; in the fut, jefrtr'** iv f-tras cv,c. , 
and in the cond., jefrirais, &e. ; the other tecs*^ Hrt, (ocm&i witn t*,-* 
verb J "aire; as: nous faisons frire. 



Inf. pres. Suivre. J To Foliar, 

Pres. part. Suivant. j Fo^'owrs^ 

Past part. Suivi. ! / jP.ovve^. 

Ind. pres. — Je suis, I folio* r ; lr s-ii?, "i r trt, &o. 

After the same manner as suiwt. &* vObjugated : 

s'Ensuivre, to follow from. ! Pov.rsuivre, io pursue. 

EXEKOICE 110. 

Vous plaiit-il d'aller au concert? Non, il ne nous plait pas d*j 
aller. Vos amies se plaisent-elles en vil'e? Elles s'y plaisent beau- 
eoup. Quand ferez-vous moudre votre ble ? Ii est deja moulu. 
Moudrez-vous du cafe ce soir ? Non, nous en moudrons demain ma- 
tin. Cela deplait-ii a vos parents? Oui, cela leur deplait excessive- 
ment. Vous etes-vous bien amuses a. la campagne ? Nous ne nous 
y sommes pas amuses; il faisait trop mauvais temps. Ces jeun<s 
personnes (young ladies) se seraient-elles plu a Vienne, si elles avaient 
merne de parler lY.liemand ? Je crois qu'elles s'y seraient plu, 
si elles avaient su parler l'allemand. Madame, seriez-vous restee a 
Dublin, si vous vous y etiez plu ? Oui, monsieur, j'y serais restee, si 
je m'y etais piu. Ces enfants se tairont-ils ? lis ne se tairont pas. 
Taisez-vous. Vos el eves se taisent-ils quand vous leur parlez ? Oui. 
Tais-toi. Je me tais. A quoi passiez-vous le temps, lorsque vous 
etiez en Pologne ? Je passais le temps a. lire et a me promener. 
Comment vous amusiez-vous a Londres? Nous nous y amusions de 
notre mieux. Je me suis bien amuse pendant (during) les vacances 
(vacation). A quelle heure vous couchez-vous ordinairement ? Nous 
nous couchons tous les jours a neuf heures et demie. J'ai fait la me- 
ridienne aujourd'hui. Levez-vous ; il fait jour. Je me leverai un peu 



158 QTJARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

plus tard. Nous nous sommes couches tres-tard hier. A quelle 
heure vos fils se coucheront-ils ce soir ? lis disent qu'ils se couche- 
ront a huit heures precises. Vous leviez-vous de bonne heure, lors- 
que vous etiez a l'hotei ? Je me couchais de tres-bonne heure, et je 
me ievais tres-tard. Levons-nous. II est encore trop matin pour se 
lever. Vous etes-vous dej a rases? Non, mais nous nous raserons 
tantot (soon). Combien de fois M. votre pere se rase-t-il par semaine ? 
II se rase trois fois par semaine. Mon mari se rase deux fois par jour. 
Je me serais rase hier, si je n'avais pas ete si occupe. Leve-toi a 
present. Habille-toi. Donnez-moi mes bas, mes souliers, mon pan- 
talon vert, mon gilet blanc, mon habit noir et un mouchoir. Ou est 
ma bonne petite sceur ? Elle s'habille dans sa chambre. Vient-elle 
seulement (only) de se lever? Non, il y a longtemps qu'elle est 
levee ; elle s'est levee a cinq heures et quart. De quoi riez-vous ? 
Je ris de votre grand chapeau. Ne me va-t-il pas bien ? 11 ne vous 
va pas du tout (not at all). Depechez-vous de vous habiller. Je me 
depeche autant que je puis. II se fait nuit. La nuit approche. Se 
fait-il tard ? II se fait tard. Que sont devenus vos deux freres ? 
L'un s'est enrole et l'autre s'est fait medecin. Je croyais que l'aine 
(eldest) s'etait fait pretre (a priest). Cet homme se flatte de savoir 
Panglais ; mais si vous essay ez (try) de lui parler, il ne saura que 
vous repondre. Vous etes-vous brule la main ? Non, mais je me 
suis coupe le doigt. Promenons-nous dans ce pare. Nous nous pro- 
menions dans le jardin, lorsque Mme. votre mere est venue nous voir. 
Je me serais lave les mains et la figure, si j'avais eu de l'eau propre 
et du savon. En void. Oa est le savon ? Le voila. Cet enfant se 
coupera la main, si vous lui laissez ce couteau. Je fris du poisson. 
Que faites-vous frire ? Nous faisons frire de la viande. Aimez-vous 
la viande frite ? Je ne l'aime pas beaucoup. Cette demoiselle a-t-elle 
""souri ? Non, mais le jeune homme qui est avec elle, a souri. Cet 
enfant vous souri t. II souriait quand nous passions. Suivez-moi. 
Cette jeune fllle suit-elle les bons exemples de ses parents ? Non, 
elle ne les suit pas. Vos bons enfants suivront votre exemple. A-t- 
on poursuivi la femme qui a battu votre garcon ? On Pa poursuivie, 
mais on n'a pu l'atteindre. Poursuivra-t-on l'individu qui a tue le 
serrurier? On le poursuivra. Fait-il de la poussiere aujourd'hui ? 
Non, mais il fait bien mauvais marcher. Qui vous a vendu ces le- 
gumes ? Ce vieux marchand me les a vendus. Vous etes-vous lave 
les bras 1 Oui, je me suis lave les bras et les mains. Lave-toi la 
figure. 

EXERCISE 111. 

Are you getting up ? No, we shall only get up in an hour. Have 
I not made haste enough in dressing myself? No, for we are waiting 
for you these two hours. Do your cousins take delight in (a) walk- 
ing in the park ? They do take delight in it (y). Will it please your 
mother to come to see us ? Certainly. Does that displease you ? 






QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 159 

Yes, that displeases ine very much. Will you hold your tongue 1 
No, I shall not hold it. Would your children be silent, if mine were 
silent ? They would. Did the French scholars keep silence when 
their teacher spoke to them ? They did. How do you amuse your- 
self? I amuse myself as well as I can. How did your daughters 
amuse themselves in the country ? They amused themselves there 
as well as they could (de leur mieux). Would you have amused 
yourselves well, if it had been fine weather 1 We would have amused 
ourselves very well. At what o'clock did you go to bed last night ? 
We went to bed very late. Did your servants get up early this morn- 
ing ? They got up very late ; they got up at half past seven only. 
Mine got up earlier than yours ; they got up at a quarter to five. To- 
day I shall go to bed very early, for I feel very sleepy. Were you in 
bed already when I came to your house last night ? (Say : etiez-vous 
dejd couche ?) No, I was up yet (fttais encore text). Is your brother 
up ? No, he is in bed still. Tell him to get up immediately. I have 
told him so (le) already. Is Miss Margaret dressing herself? She is. 
Let us make haste to breakfast. I am not hungry yet. This lady 
flatters herself that she knows Spanish. Do these apothecaries flatter 
themselves that they know Russian ] No, but they flatter themselves 
that they know Italian and Arabic {Varabe). What has become of 
your old friend ? He has turned physician. And what has become 
of his two cousins ? One has become a lawyer and the other has en- 
rolled. My sons are now grown up men. Did you burn your arm ? 
No, but I have burnt my foot. I shall wash my face and my hands. 
Did you wash your feet ? I did not wash them. This child would 
cut itself, if you gave him a knife. Do you fry eggs ? No, I fry beef 
and mutton. Our cook will fry some fish. We do not like fried pork. 
Is it late ? Yes, and night is coming on. What do you laugh at 1 
We laugh at your grey greatcoat. Do your children follow your 
example % They do. Did the soldiers follow their general ? They 
did not follow him. Did they pursue the man who killed our neigh- 
bor's eldest son % No, but they will pursue him. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

TERMINATIONS IN TE. 

ATE, ATTE. — Nouns ending in ate and atte, are feminine ; as : 



Une cravate, a cravat, neckcloth. 
Pate, past 
Natte, mat, twist. 



Une patte, a paw. 

Date, date, 

Datte, date (a fruit). 



Except un automate, an automaton ; un aromate, an aromatic. 



ETE, ETTE. — Nouns ending in tie and ette, are feminine ; as : 
La tete, the head. | Une serviette, a napkin. 



160 QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 



Fete, feast. 
Belette, weasel. 
Allumette, match. 

Except un squelette, a skeleton. 



Mouchettes, snuffers. 
Cuvette, basin. 
Alouette, lark. 



ITE. — Nouns ending in ite, are feminine ; as : 



Une limite, a limit. 

Conduite, behavior, management. 

Boite, box. 



La suite, the continuation. 
Fuite, flight. 
Droite, right hand. 

Except le merite, merit ; le demerite, demerit ; un gite, a home, a 
seat of a hare. 



OTE, OTTE. — Nouns ending in ote and otte, are feminine ; as : 

Une note, a note. I Une botte, a boot. 

Cote, rib, hill. Carotte, carrot. 

Grotte, grotto. | Anecdote, anecdote. 

Except un antidote, an antidote ; un vote, a vote. 



UTE, UTTE. — Nouns ending in ute m&utte, are feminine; as: 



Une flute, a flute. 
Minute, minute. 
Dispute, dispute. 
Route, road, way. 
Faute, fault, mistake. 



Une hutte, a hut. 
Chute, fall 
Voute, vault. 
Erneute, insurrection. 
Me ute, pack of hounds. 



Except le doute, doubt ; un parachute, a parachute. 



OMPTE, OMTE.— Nouns ending in ompte and omte, are mascu- 
culine ; as : 

Un compte, an account. 1 Le comte, the count. 

Escompte, discount. | Mecompte, a misreckoning. 



EXERCISE 112 



When will the washerwoman put your blue neckcloth to dry? She 
will put it to dry this afternoon, if she has time. What do you do 
with that white napkin ? I wash my face and my hands with it. Put 
the date on your letter. What day of the month is it to-day? To-day 



QUARANTE-TROISIEME LE^ON. 161 

is the fifteenth. To-morrow will be the sixteenth. Do your children 
like dates 1 Yes, Sir, they are very fond of them. Here are some 
very good. What was the matter with you yesterday evening ? I 
had a headache. Are your new boots too large ? On the contrary, 
they are too small. Will you have another pair made ? I will. 
What do you say? I say you hurt me. Shall we have the conti- 
nuation of the French genders in the following (suivante-e) lesson ? 
We shall. Will you soon have done speaking ? I shall soon have 
done. Have the counts done writing 1 They have. Did you like 
travelling in Russia when you were in Europe ? I did not like to 
travel there at all (pas du tout), for the roads are too bad there. Is 
it long since you have done sweeping? No, I have but just finished 
(je viens de finir). When did the cook put the eggs in the paste? 
He has put them in it two hours ago. When has the broker been in 
Holland? He has been there three years ago. How far will your 
grandfather go ? He will go as far as the last limits of Austria. 
Please show me what you have in that nice box. I cannot show it to 
you, for I have lost the key. Put the old snuffers on that round 
table, and tell the servant to bring me a basin, a napkin, soap and po- 
matum. How would you say in French : on the right hand? I would 
say : a droite. And how would you say : on the left hand or side ? I 
should say : a gauche. Did the servant wash the large carrots ? She 
did. In a few days I shall relate (raconter) you some little anecdotes. 
We shall be very glad to hear some, for we are very fond of pretty 
anecdotes. They say there will soon be an insurrection in this city. 
Of what gender are nouns ending in ate, atte, tie, ette, ite, ote, olte, utte, 
ute ? They are all feminine, except ten, which are . . . Please give us a 
few feminine nouns of each of these terminations. 



QUARANTE-TROISlfeME LECON.— Forty-third Lesson. 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Inf. pres. Resoudre, to resolve. 

Pres. part. Resolvant, resolving. 

Past part. Resolu, resolved. 

Ind. pres. Je resous, i" resolve ; tu resous, il resout, etc. 

After the same manner as resoudre, are conjugated : 

Absoudre, to absolve, past part, absous, absoute, absolved. 
Dissoudre, to dissolve, past part, dissous, dissoute, dissolved, 
Resoudre takes de before an inf. ; as : il a resolu de vous punir. 



Inf. pres. Traire, to milk. 
Pres. part. Trayant, milking. 



162 



QUARANTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 



Past part. Trait, milked, 

Ind. pres. Je trais, J milk ; tu trais, il trait, etc. 



After the same manner as traire, are conjugated : 

Abstraire, to abstract. 

Distraire, to divert one's attention, 

Extraire, to extract. 



Rentraire, to darn, to draw finely. 

Soustraire, to subtract. 

se Soustraire, to avoid, to escape. 



Inf. pres. Vaincre, to vanquish. 

Pres. part. Vainquant, vanquishing. 

Past part. Vaincu, vanquished. 

Ind. pres. Je vainc, I vanquish ; tu vaincs, il vainc, etc. 

Convaincre, to convince, is conjugated like vaincre. 



Inf. pres. Vivre, to live, to have life. 

Pres. part. Vivant, living. 

Past part Vecu, lived. 

Ind. pres. Je vis, I live ; tu vis, il vit, etc. 

After the same manner as vivre, are conjugated : 
Revivre, to revive, | Survivre, to survive. 



S'endormir. 

S'appreter. 

Je me prepare a partir. 

S'entretenir. 

Se moquer de quelqu'un. 

Se chauffer. 

S'enfuir (like fair), 

Se divertir (regul.). 



Se repentir (like partir). 

Se souvenir (like venir). 

Se souvenir de quelque chose. 

Se servir (like partir). 

Se marier. 

Epouser. 



To fall asleep. 

To get ready. 

I am getting ready to set out. 

To converse. 

To laugh at some one. 

To warm one's self. 

To run away. 

To make merry. 



To repent. 

To remember. 

To remember something. 

To use, to help one's self. 

To get married. 

To take for husband or wife. 



Inf. pres. S'asseoir, to sit down. 
Pres. part. S'asseyant, silting down. 



QUARANTE-TROISI&ME LE^ON. 



163 



Past part. Assis, sat down, seated, 

Ind. pres. Je m'assieds, / sit down ; tu t'assieds, il s'assied, etc. 

Fut. Je m'asseierai, or je m'assierai, I shall sit down. 

Con. Je m'asseierais, or je m'assierais, I would sit down. 



Assieds-toi. 

Asseyons-nous. 

Asseyez-vous. 



Imperative. 

Sit down (thou). 
Let us sit down. 
Sit down (you). 



In the same manner is conjugated, se rasseoir, to sit down again. 



Eveiller, s'eveiller. ) 

Reveiller, se reveiller. \ 

Obs. — Eveiller, s'eveiller, to put an end to sleep. 
veiller, to interrupt sleep. 

Je m'eveille presque toujours a 

cinq heures du matin. 
Le moindre bruit me reveille. 
S'approcher de. 
S'arreter. 
Se defaire de. 



• To awake. 



Reveiller, se re- 



I awake almost always at five 

o'clock in the morning. 
The least noise awakes me. 
To approach, to come near. 
To stop. 
To get rid of, to part with. 



Se porter. 

Comment vous portez-vous ? 
Assez-bien, je vous remercie. 
Mon pere ne se porte pas bien. 
Comment vous trouvez-vous \ 
Comment se porte-t-on chez vous? 



To be, to do (with regard to health). 
How are you, how do you do ? 
Pretty well, I thank you. 
My father is not well. 
How do you find yourself? 
How are they all at your house? 



La maladie. 

Faire du mal a. quelqu'un. 

Faire du bien a quelqu'un. 

Avoir mal aux yeux. 

II a mal a la tete. 

J'ai mal a la gorge. 

Avoir mal aux pieds. 

J'ai le rhume de cerveau. 

La jambe lui fait mal. 

Avoir mal aux dents. 

Se faire mal. 

Je me suis fait mal au pied. 

Avoir la fievre. 



Sickness. 

To hurt somebody. 

To do good to some one. 

To have sore eyes. 

He has a headache. 

I have a sore throat. 

To have sore feet. 

I have a cold in my head. 

His leg hurts him. 

To have a toothache. 

To hurt one's self. 

I have hurt my foot. 

To have a fever. 



164 QUARANTE-TROISlilME LE^ON. 



Avoir un rhume. 

La toux. 

Le mal de mer. 



To have a cold. 
The cough. 
Sea-sickness. 



Se deshabiller. I To undress one's self. 

Se faire raser. j To get shaved. 



EXERCICE 113. 

De quelle preposition le verbe reflechi se servir doit-il etre suivi ? 
II doit etre suivi de la preposition de. Monsieur F. a-t-il resolu de 
punir ses enfants ? Oui, il a resolu de les punir. Le sel se dissout-ii 
dans l'eau ? II s'y dissout. Soustrayez cette somme-ci de celle-la. 
La moindre chose me distrayait autrefois. Combien d'annees a-t-il 
vecu ? II a vecu t rente-cinq ans. Combien font 10 fois 10 ? 10 fois 
10 font 100. Convaincrez-vous Mme. votre mere de cela? Nous 
Pen convaincrons. A-t-on pu en convaincre vos soeurs ? On les en a 
convaincues tres-facilement. Votre pere a-t-il survecu a votre mere ? 
Non, il ne lui a pas survecu. Je ne survivrai pas a mon pere. Que 
font vos sceurs ? Elles se preparent a aller au bal. Sont-elles ha- 
billees? Non, elles s'habillent dans ce moment. A quelle heure 
vous endormez-vous ordinairement ? Je m'endors ordinairement a dix 
heures du soir. Etiez-vous endormi lorsque vos filles sont revenues 
du spectacle ? Non, je n'etais pas encore endormi. Je m'endormais 
tres-facilement a la campagne. Vous souvenez-vous d'avoir vu cette 
dame 1 Non, je ne me souviens pas de Pavoir vue. Vous ne vous en 
souvenez pas? Non, pas du tout. De quoi vous entretenez-vous ? 
Vos cousines se sont-elles entretenues de cela ? S'en entretiendront- 
elles ? Approchez-vous du feu et chaufTez-vous les mains. Le tils 
du boulanger francais s'est enfui la nuit passee. Ces hommes s'en- 
fuiront-ils ? lis ne s'enfuiront pas. Vous etes-vous chauffe les pieds ? 
Je me les suis chaufFes. Comment vous divertissez-vous ! Nous 
nous divertissons de notre mieux. Ces mechants garcons se repen- 
tent-ils d'avoir fait cela ? Non, ils ne s'en repentiront jamais. Nous 
nous sommes repentis bien des fois (many times) d'avoir ete en Russie. 
Vous servez-vous de plumes de fer pour ecrire ? Non, je me sers de 
plumes d'or. Vous servirez-vous encore de cela ? Non, je ne m'en 
servirai plus. Autrefois je me servais d'encre bleue, mais a present 
je me sers d'encre noire. Quand votre soeur s'est-elle mariee ? Elle 
s'est mariee le mois passe. Qui a-t-elle epouse ? Elle a epouse un 
jeune artiste. Approchons-nous de ces messieurs. Vous etes-vous 
eveille de bonne heure ce matin ? Oui, je me suis eveille de meil- 
leure heure qu'a l'ordinaire. Vous ai-je reveille en ouvrant la porte 
de votre chambre ? Oui, vous m'avez reveille. Ma mere se reveille 
au moindre bruit. La moindre chose la reveille. Quand on me re- 



QUARANTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 165 

veille la nuit, j'ai beaucoup de peine a me rendormir. A quelle heure 
votre oncle s'eveille-t-il ? II s'eveille ordinairement a sept heures du 
matin. Se leve-t-il aussitot qu'il s'eveille % Oui, aussitot qu'il s'e- 
veille, il se leve et s'habille. Deshabillez-vous. Nous nous sommes 
deshabilles avant de (before) nous coucher. Vous etes-vous defait 
de vos chevaux et de vos boeufs ? Je m'en suis defait. Vous defaites- 
vous de vos meubles ? Non, je ne m'en defais pas. Bon jour, mon- 
sieur : comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte tres-bien, je vous 
remercie. Et comment se porte-t-on chez vous ? On se porte assez 
bien. J'ai appris que vous etiez malade la semaine derniere : quelle 
etait votre maladie ? J'avais la fievre. Et maintenant comment vous 
trouvez-vous ? Je me trouve tres bien. Ce jeune homme parait in- 
dispose. Oui, il a mal a la tete. II a un violent mal de tete. Avez- 
vous le rhume de cerveau ? Non, j'ai mal a la gorge — le mal de 
gorge. Votre pere a un mauvais rhume. Oui, il ne fait que tousser 
(to cough) toute la nuit. Tousse-t-il aussi le jour ? Non, il ne tousse 
que quand il est eouehe. Sa toux m'inquiete (to make uneasy). J'ai 
mal aux dents — le mal de dents. Avez-vous fait du mal a cet homme? 
Non, je ne lui ai pas fait de mal ; je ne fais de mal a personne. Nous 
avons fait beaucoup de bien a ces gens (people). Vous etes-vous fait 
mal ? Oui, je me suis fait mal a la main. Le pied me fait mal. 

EXERCISE 114. 

Good morning (jour), Charles, how do you do to-day ? I am very 
well, I thank you. How are they all, at your house ] They are all 
pretty well. At what o'clock did you get up this morning ? I got 
up at six o'clock. This little boy has hurt himself. Did the coach- 
man hurt his foot ? No, but this poor workman (ouvrier) hurt his 
head. Did the grocer's son hurt your little daughter ? He did. Will 
you approach near the fire ? I shall not come near it, for I am not 
cold. Do you shave yourself or do you get shaved % I get shaved. 
Does the black barber (le barbier negre) shave well ? Yes, the black 
barber shaves very well, but the white barber shaves very badly. Do 
these merchants express themselves (s'exprimer) well in French ? No, 
they express themselves badly. How do these ladies express them- 
selves in French 1 They express themselves pretty well. Do your 
parents get up as soon as (aussitot que) they awake 1 Yes, Sir. Did 
you awake last night % Yes, the roaring (bruit) of the wind awoke 
me several times. Did you awake early this morning 1 Yes, I awoke 
earlier than yesterday morning. This old tailor has hurt his arm. 
You will hurt yourself. 

EXERCISE 115. 

At what o'clock do you generally fall asleep ? I generally fall 
asleep at half past seven in the (du) evening. Will you sit down 1 
We shall not sit down, for we are in a great hurry (tres-presses) 



166 QUARANTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

Have you a headache or a toothache ? I have a violent headache. 
Our teacher has a violent toothache. Pray, sit down a little. Here 
is an arm-chair. I shall sit down on the sofa. Where is your daugh- 
ter ? She is sitting (assise) near the fire. Is she cold ? She is, and 
her arm hurts her very much. How is your mother ? She is not 
well ; she has a bad cold. Does she cough much ? She coughs a 
great deal. I had a cold in my head last week. Have you had a sore 
throat ? I have had a sore throat and sore eyes. I have a great pain 
in my foot. Do you remember that 1 I do not remember it. Will 
your scholars remember you ? They will. Do these gentlemen use 
soap to wash themselves % They do. Do you use soap to wash your 
face ? No, Madam, but I use some to wash my hands. How does 
your cousin's wife find herself to-day ? She is not well at all ; she 
has a fever. Did the joiners sit down ? The joiners did not sit down, 
but the dressmakers did. It is too early yet to go to bed. Do you 
use white paper to write your exercises ? We use blue paper for our 
exercises, but we use white paper for our notes and letters. Here is 
some roast beef; help yourself. Do you amuse yourselves in (d) 
reading ? We amuse ourselves in playing. Do you play the flute ? 
I do. In what (d quoi) did you amuse yourself when you were in the 
country ? I amused myself in walking (se promener). Did you go 
a walking every day ? I did. Let us take a walk. What difference 
is there between (entre) un verre de vin and un verre a vin ? The 
former means (signifier) a glass of wine, and the latter a wine-glass. 
In French we always make use of the preposition a to express the 
use (Vusage) of a thing : une tasse d cafe, une bouteille a vin, une 
cuiller a cafe, &c. Give me a tea-spoon. 



Continuation of the French Genders. 

NTE.— Nouns ending in nte, are feminine ; as : 

Ma tante, my aunt. 

Tente, tent. 

Honte, shame. 

Feinte, feint, dissimulation. 



La vente, the sale, auction. 
Fonte, melting. 
Crainte, fear. 
Point e, point, sharp end. 



Except un conte, a story, which is masculine. 



ISTE. — Nouns ending in isle, are masculine ; as : 

Un dentiste, a dentist. I Un artiste, an artist. 

Organiste, organist. I Antagoniste, antagonist. 

Except la piste, the footstep; une liste, a list ; la batiste, cambric; 
and une modiste, a milliner, which is feminine, of course. 



QUARANTE-TR0I3IEME LE£ON. 



167 



STE, CTE, XTE. — Nouns ending in cte, xte, and ste, are mascu- 
line; as: 

Un acte, an act. 
Buste, bust. 
Contraste, contrast, 
Insecte, insect. 
Geste, gesture. 

Except une caste, a tribe; une haste, a dart; une cataraete, a cata- 
ract ; la peste, the plague ; une veste, a waistcoat. 



Un pretexte, a pretext. 
Arbuste, shrub. 
Faste, pomp. 
Pacte, pact. 
Reste, rest. 



RTE. — Nouns ending in rte, are feminine ; as 



Une carte, a card. 
Tarte, tarte. 
Porte, door, gate. 



La charte ou la chartre, the charter. 
Tourte, pie. 
Perte, loss. 



VE. — Nouns ending in ve, are feminine ; as : 



La cave, the cellar. 
Octave, octave. 
Betterave, beet. 
Seve, sap, juice. 



Une rave, a radish. 
Bave, slever, slime. 
Feve, bean. 
Rive, bank, shore. 



Except un conclave, a conclave ; un fleuve, a great river ; un glaive, 
a sword ; un reve, a dream. 



Etes-vous malade ? 

Je le suis. 

Cet homme est-il peintre ? 

II Test. 

A qui est ce ruban 1 

II est a moi, or c'est le mien. 

Cette tourte est a ma tante. 

C'est celle de ma bonne tante. 

A qui ? Dont ? 

As-tu le livre dont tu as besoin ? 

J'ai ce dont j'ai besoin. 



Are you sick % 

I am. 

Is this man a painter ? 

He is. 

Whose ribbon is this ? 

It is mine. 

This pie belongs to my aunt. 

It is my good aunt's. 

Whose ? Of whom, of which, 

whose. 
Hast thou the book of which thou 

art in want ? 
I have what I want. 



• EXERCISE 116. 

Are the American dentists as learned as they say 1 They are not 
so learned as they say. Are you fond of pomp ? I am. Is your or- 



168 QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEfON. 

ganist a good musician ? He is. Is that milliner poor? She is not. 
Whose radish is this ? It is the grocer's. Is that tart yours ? No, 
it is my mother's. Whose pictures are these 1 They belong to the 
Italian painter. Are the German painters sick ? They are. Who 
told you so (le) ? The physician told me so. Are you an artist ? I 
am. Did you see the countrywoman whose (dont) beans and beets 
we bought ? I did see her. Was your mother sometimes sick when 
she was in France ? She was so very often. Let us go to the shore 
of that great river. Are you willing to come with me? I am willing 
(je le xeux Men). How many octaves has your new piano ? It has 
six and a half. Shall I open the window 1 If you please (s'iZ vous 
plait). Pray, open the door too. Have the milliners what they want? 
They have not what they want. In French, when the direct object 
and the indirect (object) are of equal length, the direct is placed (pla- 
ce) first and the indirect last; but t-he shortest must (doit) be placed 
(the) first, when they are not of equal length. Have you carried my 
boots to the shoemaker ? I have carried them to him.. This rule 
does not apply (ne s 'applique pas) to pronouns. We have given some 
very fine cards to the children. What did you say to the man whose 
carriage we have bought ? I did not say anything to him. Here is 
the bust of our president. 



QUARANTE-QUATRlfeME LEgOK— Forty-fourth Lesson. 
OF IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

These verbs are conjugated only in the third person singular, with 
the pronoun il, it ; as : 



Neiger. 

II neige. 

Tonner. 

II. tonne. 

Greler. 

II grele. 

Importer. 

II importe. 

Qu'importe ? 

N'importe. 

Que m'importe ? 



To snow r . 

It snows. 

To thunder. 

It thunders. 

To hail. 

It hails. 

To be of consequence. 

It is important. 

What does it signify 1 

It is no matter. 

What is it to me ? 



Inf. pres. PI eu voir, to rain. 

Pres. part. Pleuvant, raining. 

Past part. Plu, rained. 

Ind. pres. II pleut, it rains. 



QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 



169 



Pleuvra-t-il ? 

II ne pleuvra pas. 



I Will it rain 1 
I It will not rain. 



Fait-il des eclairs 1 


Does it lighten ? 


11 fait beaucoup d'eclairs. 


It lightens much. 


II fera bien tot nuit. 


It will soon be night. 


11 fait clair de lune. 


The moon shines, it is moonlight. 


11 pleut fort. 


It rains hard. 


11 pleut a verse. 


It pours, it rains very hard. 


11 va pleuvoir. 


It is going to rain. 


11 pleut bien fort. 


It rains very fast. 


11 bruine (bruiner). 


It drizzles. 


11 a plu bien fort hier. 


It rained very hard yesterday. 


11 a beaucoup plu ce matin. 


It has rained very much this 




morning. 


Geler. 


To freeze. 


11 gele. 


It freezes. 


11 fait du verglas. 


It is a glazed frost. 


Degeler. 


To thaw. 


11 degele. 


It thaws. 


Eclairer. 11 eclaire. 


To lighten. It lightens. 


Y a-t-il longtemps que ? 


Is it long since? 


11 y a longtemps que. 


It is long since. 


Sembler. 11 semble. 


To seem. It seems. 


Inf. pres. Falloir, to be \ 


necessary, must. 


There is no present participle. 




Past part. Fallu, been necessary. 


Ind. pres. 11 faut. 


It is necessary. 


Imper. 11 fallait. 


It was necessary. 


Pret. indef. 11 a fallu. 


It has been necessary. 


Fut. 11 faudra. 


It will be necessary. 


Condit. 11 faudrait. 


It would be necessary. 



Me faut-il un corTre ? 
11 te faut un pistolet. 
Lui faut-il des biscuits ? 
II ne lui en faut pas. 
Nous faut-il du miel ? 
II nous en faut. 
Que vous faut-il ? 
II nous faut un matelas. 
Leur faut-il du riz ? 



8 



Must I have a trunk ? 
Thou must have a pistol. 
Must he have any biscuits ? 
He does not want any. 
Are we in need of honey? 
We are in want of some. 
What are you in want of? 
We are in want of a mattress. 
Do they want any rice ? 



llo 



QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 



Me faut-il sortir ? 

II vous faut aller au marche. 

II me faut des oeufs. 



Must I go out ? 

You must go to market. 

I must have some eggs. 



Dont. 

Ce dont. 

Fai ce qu'il me faut (ce dont j'ai 

besoin). 
II faut faire cela. 
II faut le faire. 



Whose, of whom, of which. 
What, that of which. 
I have what I want. 

It is necessary to do that. 
It must be done. 



Se conduire. 

Elle ne se conduit pas comme il 

faut. 
Mon fils s'est-il bien comporte 

envers vous 1 
Envers. 
Vers. 
II vient vers nous. 



To behave. 

She does Dot behave as she ought. 

Did my son behave well towards 

you ? 
Towards (morally). 
Towards (physically). 
He comes towards us. 



S'en aller. 

Ne vous en allez pas encore. 

Je m'en vais. Je m'en irai. 

Je m'en suis alle. 

Vous en seriez-vous alles ? 



To go, to go away. 
Do not go away yet. 
I go. I shall go. 
I have gone away. 
Would you have gone? 



Le soleil se couche. 

Le coucher du soleil. 

Le soleil se leve. 

Le lever du soleil. 

S'elever. 

Elever. 

A qui est ce canard ? 



The sun sets. 

Sunset. 

The sun rises. 

Sunrise. 

To rise, to arise. 

To lift up, to raise. 

Whose duck is this ? 



EXERCICE 117. 

Comment votre mere s'exprime-t-elle en francais ? Elle s'exprime 
assez bien. Les negres parlent tres-mal anglais. Me faut-il appren- 
dre le polonais ? II vous le faut apprendre. Quel temps fait-il au- 
jourd'hui ? II pleut a verse. A-t-il plu la nuit derniere ? Oui, il a 
beaucoup plu la nuit passee. Nous aurons un orage aujourd'hui. II 



QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEfON. lfl 

fait deja des eclairs. Entendez-vous le tonnerre 1 Oui, il vient de 
tonner bien fort. Tonne-t-il dans ce moment ? Non, mais ii grele. 
Ii fait beaucoup de grele. Fermez les portes et les fenetres, je vous 
prie, car j'ai peur du tonnerre. Cesse-t-il de pleuvoir ? ( Cesser, to 
cease.) II cesse de pleuvoir ; le soleil commence a luire. Que vous 
faut-il 1 II me faut un coffre, un pistolet, un matelas, du miel, du riz 
et des biscuits. Ne vous faut-il que cela ? II ne me faut que cela. 
Que nous faut-il faire a present 1 II vous faut ecrire vos themes et 
apprendre par coeur vos lecons de francais. Fait-il des eclairs ? Non, 
il fait clair de lune. Rasseyez-vous, je vous prie. Je ne puis me ras- 
seoir, je suis trop pressee. Vous ne pouvez pas partir ; il pleut trop 
fort. N'importe, je m'en vais. II gele. A-t-il fait froid hier % Oui, 
il a gele. Gelera-t-il cette nuit ? Je ne le crois pas, car il fait tres- 
doux (mild). Pleuvait-il souvent lorsque vous etiez a Edimbourg ? 
II pleuvait presque (almost) tous les jours. Votre soeur est-elle ma- 
riee ? Que vous importe de le savoir ? Comment trouvez-vous ces 
biscuits ? Je les trouve fort bons. Les matelots ont-ils ce qu'il leur 
faut ? lis n'ont pas tout ce qu'il leur faut. Que leur faut-iH II leur 
faut du beurre, du lait et des biscuits frais. Y a-t-il longtemps que 
vous avez ce joli pistolet de fer ? Ilya dix ans que je l'ai. Les me- 
nuisiers ont-ils ce dont ils ont besoin ? lis ont ce dont ils ont besoin. 
A qui sont ces pantoufles rouges ? Elles sont a ma niece. Faudra- 
t-il faire cela ? II faudra le faire. Faudrait-il aller au marche, s'il ne 
pleuvait pas ? II faudrait y aller. Fait-il bon marcher 1 II fait mau- 
vais marcher ; il fait du verglas. II degele. II degelera bientot. 
Nous partirons aussitot qu'il cessera de pleuvoir. Comment ces de- 
moiselles se conduisent-elles ? Elles se conduisent tres-bien. Se 
sont-elles toujours bien conduites 1 Non, autrefois elles se condui- 
saient tres-mal. Comment ces enfants se comportent-ils envers vous ? 
Ils se comportent bien envers moi. Ils se sont toujours bien compor- 
tes envers tout le monde. Cette vieille femme semble vouloir s'ap- 
procher de nous. Oui, elle vient vers nous. Le soleil se leve a l'Est 
et se couche a l'Ouest. Levez votre chaise, je vous prie, pour ne pas 
dechirer ma robe. 

EXERCISE 118. 

Does the sun shine ? Yes, the sun shines and it is very warm. 
Did it rain yesterday ? It rained very hard all day. Will it rain to- 
day ? I think not. Pray sit down. I thank you, I must go. Why 
are you in such a hurry (si presse) % They are waiting for me at 
home. Why do you go away already ? Because I am in a great 
hurry. Does it snow now ! No, it hails. It lightens. It thundered 
a great deal last night. Did the storm awake you ? It did awake 
me. What is it to you to know that ? This boy wishes to 
know everything. It freezes very hard. It is no matter. I have 
lost all my money. What is that to me? Is the walking bad? 
Yes, it is a glazed frost. It lightened a great deal all day. Have you 



172 QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

been long in this country ? I have been here these five months. It 
seems to me that you are cold. On the contrary, I am very warm. 
What do you want ? We want some rice and honey. Do you also 
want some biscuits ? No, we do not want any. I must have a fine 
iron pistol and a leathern trunk. Have these gentlemen what they 
want ? They have what they want, but these countrymen have not 
what they want. What do they want ? They want some apples. 
Has the painter the picture of which we speak ? Yes, sir. How do 
your sons behave ? They behave very well. Did my daughters be- 
have well towards you ? They behaved well towards me, for they 
behave well towards everybody. These hatters are going away. 
When will they go away ? They will go away as soon as they have 
(say will have) sold all the hats that they have in their store. Those 
men are coming towards us. Will it soon be night ? It will be night 
in an hour. The sun is set. At what o'clock does the sun rise at 
this season of the year ? At six o'clock. I generally get up at sun- 
rise (au lever du soleil). Whose ducks are these ? They are my 
aunt's. Are not these your grandfather's slippers ? No, they are my 
grandmother's. Whose penknives are these? They are my god- 
father's. Does it rain or snow % It neither rains nor snows. Does 
it lighten ? It lightens and it thunders. We must (nous devons) be- 
have well towards all men. Warm your feet and your hands ; you 
appear to be cold. No, Miss, I am not cold at all. How are your 
brothers to-day ? My brothers are very well, I thank you ; but my 
eldest sister is a little indisposed. What is the matter with her ? She 
has a cold. I have a headache, a toothache, sore eyes, a sore throat 
and a cold in my head. This old negro has a little fever. I cough 
(je tousse) a little every evening. Does your mother cough too ? She 
does. We shall go out at sun-set. 



QUARANTE-CINQUlfiME LEgON.— Forty-fifth Lesson. 

OF THE PRETERITE DEFINITITE. 

The terminations of the preterite definite of the first conjugation are, 
without exception : 

ai, 1st pers. sing. ames, 1st pers. plur. 

as, 2d " ates, 2d " 

a, 3d " erent, 3d " 

It may be formed from the past participle by changing e into the 
above terminations ; as: parte, spoken. 
Je parlai, I spoke. J Nous pari ames, we spoke. 



Tu pari as, thou spokest 
II parla, he spoke. 

Past. part. Alle, gone. 

J'allai, I went ; tu alias, il alia, etc. 



Vous parlates, you spoke. 
Us pari erent, they spoke. 



QUARANTE-CINQUI&ME LE£ON.' ll3 

Envoye, sent. 

J'envoyai, I sent ; tu envoyas, il envoya, etc. 

The preterite definite of the second and fourth conjugation ends in : 

is, 1st pers. sing. imes, 1st pers. plur. 

is, 2d " ites, 2d " 

it, 3d " irent, 3d " 

The preterite definite of these two conjugations is formed from the 
past participle by changing i and u into the above terminations ; as : 

Past part. Fini, finished. 



Nous finimes, we finished. 
Vous finites, you finished. 
lis fmirent, they finished. 



Je finis, I finished. 
Tu finis, thou finishedst. 
II finit, he finished. 

Past part. Vendu, sold. 

Je vendis, / sold. | Nous vendimes, we sold. 

Tu vendis, thou soldest. Vous vendites, you sold. 

II vendit, he sold. \ lis vendirent, they sold. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

When the past participle ends in is, the preterite definite also ends 
in is ; as : 

- Past part. Mis, put 
Pret. def. Je mis, I put or did put ; tu mis, il mit, etc. 

When the past participle ends in it, this syllable is changed into 
is ; as : 

Past part. Dit, said, told. 

Pret def. Je dis, I said ; tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, etc. 

Courir, to run. Past fart. Couru, run. 

Here the letter u of the past participle is changed into us, us, ut* 
times, utes, went ; as : 



Pret. def. Je courus, Iran. 

Tu courus, thou ranst. 
II courut, he ran. 

In the same manner as courir, are conjugated : 
Accourir, to run to. 
Concourir, to concur. 
Discourir, to discourse. 
Encourir, to incur. 



Nous courumes, we ran. 
Vous courutes, you ran. 
Us coururent, they ran. 



Parcourir, to overrun. 
Recourir, to have recourse to 
Secourir, to succor. 



Inf. pres. Mourir, to die. 

Past. part. Mort, dead. 

Pret. def. Je mourus, I died; tu mourus, etc. 



114 



QUARANTE-CINQUlfiME LEfON. 



Obs. — As this verb has not been given yet, we give it here. 

Pres. fart. Mourant, dying. 

Ind. pres. Je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, — , — , ils meurent. 

Fut. Je mourrai, tu mourras, etc. 

Cond. Je mourrais, tu mourrais, etc. 

Inf. pres. Ouvrir, to open. 
Past. part. Ouvert, opened. 
Pret. def J'ouvris, / opened ; tu ouvris, etc. 

After the same manner as ouvrir, are conjugated : 



Offrir, to offer. 
Recouvrir, to cover again. 
SoufTrir, to suffer. 



Entr'ouvrir, to open a little. 
Couvrir, to cover. 
Decouvrir, to discover. 

Inf. pres. Venir, to come. 
Past part. Venu, come. 

This verb changes enu into : ins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent ; as : 

Pret. def Je vins, I came. Nous vinmes, we came. 

Tu vins, thou earnest. Vous vintes, you came. 
II vint, lie came. Ils vinrent, they came. 

After the same manner are conjugated : 



S'abstenir, to abstain. 
Appartenir, to belong. 
Con venir, to agree. 
Contrevenir, to contravene. 
Contenir, to contain. 
Disc on venir, to disagree. 
Detenir, to detain. 
De venir, to become. 
Entretenir, to keep up. 
Intervenir, to intervene. 
Maintenir to maintain. 
Obtenir, to obtain. 



Parvenir, to arrive — attain. 
Prevenir, to prevent — anticipate — 

inform. 
Provenir, to proceed. 
Revenir, to return — come again. 
Retenir, to retain — keep. 
Soutenir, to maintain — sustain. 
Se souvenir, to remember. 
Subvenir, to afford. 
Sur venir, to happen — befall 
Tenir, to hold. 



Inf. pres. 
Past part. 
Pret. def 

Inf. pres. 
Past part. 
Pret. def. 

Inf. pres. 
Past part. 
Pret. def 



Boire, to drink. 

Bu, drunk. 

Je bus, / drank ; tu bus, il but, nous bumes, &c. 

Etre, to be. 

Ete, been. 

Je fus, I was; tu fus, il fut, &c. 



Conclure, to conclude. 

Conclu, concluded. 

Je conclus, / concluded ; tu conclus, &c. 

Thus is conjugated exclure, to exclude ; past fart, exclus. 
def J'exclus, &c. 



Pret. 



QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 175 

Inf. pres. Connaitre, to know, to be acquainted with. 

Past part Connu, known. 

Pret. def Je connus, J knew ; tu connus, &c. 

After the same manner as connaitre, are conjugated {see lesson 38). 

Inf. pres. Croire, to believe. 

Past part. Cru, believed. 

Pret. def. Je cms, / believed ; tu cms, il crut, &c. 

Inf. pres. Ecrire, to write. 

Past part. Ecrit, written. 

Pret. def. J'ecrivis, i" wrote ; tu ecrivis, &c. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 40). 
Faire, to do. Past part. Fait. Pret. def. Je fis, / made. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 40). 
Craindre, to fear. Past part. Craint. Pret. def. Je craignis, I feared. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 38). 

Instraire, to instruct. Past part. Instruit. Pret. def J'instruisis, i" 
instructed. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 41). 
Lire, to read. Past part. Lu. Pret. def. Je lus, I read. 

After the same manner are conjugated {see lesson 41). 
Moudre, to grind. Past part. Moulu. Pret. def Je moulus, I ground. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 42). 
Plaire, to please. Past part. Plu. Pret. def. Je plus, I pleased. 

After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 42). 

Rtsoudre, to resolve. Past part. Resolu. Pret. def Je resolus, I 
resolved. 

Vivre, to live. Past part. Vecu. Pret. def Je vecus, / lived. 
After the same manner are conjugated (see lesson 43). 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

The preterite definite of the third conjugation is formed by chang 
*fng u into : us, us, ut, umes, iites, urent ; as : 

Past part. Recu, received. Pret. def. Je recus, J received ; tu recua 
il regut, nous regimes, vous recutes, ils regurent. 



176 QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

Past part. Eu, had. Pret. defi J'eus, Iliad; tu eus, &c. 

EXCEPTIONS. Preterite definite. 

Asseoir, to sit down. Past part. Assis. J'assis, I sat down. 
Prevoir, to foresee. Past part- Prevu. Je previs, I foresaw. 
Voir, to see. Past part. Vu. Je vis, I saw. 

After the same manner as voir are conjugated : 
Entrevoir, to have a glimpse of. 
Revoir, to see again. 

USE OF THE PRETERITE DEFINITE. 

The preterite definite is a narrative tense, which can only be used 
to express an action entirely past and completed within a period of 
time of which there is nothing more existing ; such as : yesterday, last 
week, last month, last year, last century, &c. 

Thus we say : je lus hier ; je recus une letlre la semaine passee ; il 
vendit sa maison le mois passe ; son pere mourut deux ans avant le 
mien ; elle arriva deux jours avant vous, &c. 

But we could not say : je lus ce matin ; je recus une lettre cette se- 
maine, ce mois, cette annee ; for this morning, this week, this month, 
this year, are not entirely past. We must then use the preterite inde- 
finite, which is formed from the past participle of the verb and the 
present of the indicative of the auxiliary ; as : j^ai lu ce matin ; j^ai 
recu une lettre cette semaine, ce mois, cette annee. 



EXERCICE 119. 

Je vis hier mademoiselle votre soeur. Le passe defini s'emploie (is 
used) ordinairement apres aussitot que et des que (as soon as). Aus- 
sitot que le comte me vit, il m'introduisit a sa soeur. Comment la 
trouvates-vous ? Je la trouvai charmante. Que f ites-vous hier, apres 
vous etre habillees ? Apres nous etre habillees, nous allames voir 
nos f re res au magasin. Lorsqu'un verbe a deux regimes (objects), le- 
quel doit-on placer le premier ? On doit placer le plus court le pre- 
mier. Comment direz-vous en francais : / give your little sister a 
pencil ? Je dirai : je donne un crayon a votre petite soeur. Ne pour- 
riez-vous pas dire : je donne a voire petite soeur un crayon ? Non, 
monsieur, ce serait une faute ; car le regime un crayon, comme le plus 
court, doit etre place le premier, et il faut dire : je donne un crayon a 
votre petite sceur. Serait-ce aussi une faute de dire : fapiprends touies 
mes lecons par cceur? Oui, monsieur, car le regime toutes mes lecons, 
comme le plus long, doit etre place le dernier, et il faut dire : fap- 
prends par cceur toutes mes leqons. Ces avocats que rirent-ils l'annee 
passee 1 lis firent un long voyage. Les francais furent-ils toujours 



QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LEgON". ITT 

heureux ? lis ne furent pas toujours heureux. Saviez-vous par coeur 
toutes vos lecons, lorsque je vins vous appeler hier ? Nod, je ne les 
savais pas toutes par coeur. Par qui l'Amerique fut-elle decouverte 1 
Elle fut decouverte par Christophe Colomb, en Pan 1492 apres Jesus 
Christ. Ce grand homme donna-t-il son nom au pays qu'il avait de- 
couvert ? Non, il n'eut pas la gloire de donner son nom a ce vaste 
continent qui, sans lui, serait peut-etre encore inconnu aux Europeens. 
Nous parlions tout-a-1'heure (a moment ago) de la place des regimes, 
et vous me disiez que c'est le plus court qui doit etre place le pre- 
mier ; mais je voudrais bien savoir a present comment il faut les pla- 
cer, s'ils sont tous les deux d'egale longueur : pourriez-vous me le 
dire ? Dans ce cas (case) le regime direct doit etre place le premier, 
et le regime indirect, le dernier ; comme : je donne mon argent aux 
pauvres. Mais d'abord (first), dites-moi ce que c'est que le regime 
direct et le regime indirect ? Le regime direct est celui qui complete 
la signification du verbe sans le secours d'aucun (of no) autre mot. II 
repond a la question qui ? pour les personnes, et quoi ? pour les choses : 
je vois votre mere, je donne mon argent. Je vois qui ? votre mere ; je 
donne quoi ? mon argent. Votre mere est le complement ou le re- 
gime direct de je vois, et mon argent, celui de^'e donne. Main tenant 
dites-moi, s'il vous plait, ce que c'est que le regime indirect ? Le re- 
gime indirect est celui qui ne complete qu'indirectement (indirectly) la 
signification du verbe. II repond a la question qui ou quoi, precedee 
d'une des prepositions a, de, pour, avec, dans, &c. Je donne aux pau- 
vres, il marche sur vosfleurs. Je donne a qui? aux pauvres : voila le 
regime indirect deje donne. II marche sur quoi? sur vos fleurs: voi- 
la le regime indirect de il marche (walks). Revenons au preterit defi- 
ni qu'on appelle aussi passe defini. Des que je sus ma lecon, je me 
couchai. Comment le monde a-t-il ete cree (created) 1 Voici com- 
ment la Bible rapporte l'histoire de la creation du monde : Au com- 
mencement (beginning), Dieu crea le ciel et la terre ; puis il dit : Que 
la lumiere soit (be), et la lumiere fut. Ce fut la le premier jour.— 
Dieu en employa encore cinq autres a creer tout ce que nous voyons 
sur la terre (earth) et dans les cieux (heaven). — Le second jour, il fit 
le firmament, qu'il appela le ciel. — Le troisieme jour, il reunit en un 
merae endroit (place) toutes les eaux, qui, jusque la (till then), avaient 
couvert la terre ; il leur donna le nom de mer, et il fit produire a la 
terre les plantes et les arbres. — Le quatrieme jour, Dieu fit le soleil, 
la lune et les etoiles (stars). — Le cinquieme jour, il crea tous les pois- 
sons qui nagent (swim) dans les eaux, et tous les oiseaux qui volent 
(fly) dans les airs. — Le sixieme jour, Dieu fit produire a la terre les 
animaux de toute espece, et dit ensuite (then) : " Faisons l'homme a 
notre image et a notre ressemblance : qu'il commande aux poissons 
de la mer, aux oiseaux du ciel et aux animaux de la terre." Alors il 
forma le corps (body) de l'homme du limon (slime) de la terre ; puis 
(and then) il lui donna une ame capable de connaitre et d'aimer son 
Createur. — Dieu, ayant (having) ainsi accompli son ouvrage en six 

8* 



178 QITARANTE-CINQUIEME LEgON. 

jours, se reposa le septieme jour, le benit (to bless), et voulut qu'il lul 
fut consacre. — Les Espagnols commandes par Fernand Cortez, simple 
lieutenant de Velasquez, gouverneur de Cuba, firent la conquete du 
Mexique en Tan 1519. Parlons d'autres choses. A present que vous 
savez ce que c'est que le regime, dites-moi l'accord (agreement) du 
participe passe conjugue avec l'auxiliaire avoir? Le participe passe 
accompagne de l'auxiliaire avoir, s'accorde avec son regime direct 
quand il en est precede ; mais il reste invariable quand le regime di- 
rect est place apres, ou qu'il n'y en a pas. Ainsi Ton ecrira avec ac- 
cord: La lettre quefai ecrite a ma tante, est fort longue. Les canards 
que vous avez achetes sont perdus. Et Ton ecrira sans accord: J^ai 
ecrit une lettre ; nous leur avons parte. Dites-moi, je vous prie, pour- 
quoi vous mettez V devant le pronom indefini on ? Par raison d'eu- 
phonie. Et quand faut-il se servir de V euphonique ? II faut s'en 
servir principalement apres et, ou, si. 

EXERCISE 120. 

What were you doing yesterday when we came to see your pa- 
rents ? I was writing in my room. Did anybody come to see me 
yesterday morning while {pendant que) I was out 1 Yes, madam, se- 
veral ladies came to see you. What did you tell them 1 I told them 
that you had gone to see a friend of yours. What did you do after 
having {apres etre) arrived in Paris ? We went to see the royal pa- 
lace. Did your nieces amuse themselves well last night? They 
amused themselves as well as they could {de leur mieux). Did they 
dance ? They danced, sang and played. Miss D . . ., can you tell me 
the difference between (entre) the preterite definite and the preterite 
indefinite ? The preterite definite can only be used to express an ac- 
tion completed within a period entirely passed and separated by the 
interval of one night at least (au moins) from the instant (where) we 
speak. The preterite indefinite, on the contrary, may be used in both 
cases. Thus we may say, fai ecrit d ma soeur aujourdliui, hier, cette 
semaine, V annee passee, cette annee. Could you not also say : fieri- 
vis a ma sozur aujourdliui, cette semaine, cette annee 1 No, Sir, for we 
are still in this day, in this week, in this year, and the preterite definite, 
as (comme) . you have often told us, can only be used to designate 
a period entirely passed. Miss G.*.., will you please tell me {say : tell 
me if it pleases you) whether the preterite indefinite may, in any case, 
be used for the preterite definite ? The preterite indefinite may. in any 
case, be used for the preterite definite, particularly (iparticulierement) in 
conversation, but never the opposite. Where did your cousins go to 
yesterday after having been at the captain's ? They went to see their 
friends at the hotel. Did you not go (along) with them ? No, I went 
to see a brother of mine, who is very sick. What is his sickness 7 
He has a fever. Did you hear of him to-day ? Yes, they say he is a 
little better. Good morning, Sir, how do you do to-day? I am very 
well, I thank you : but how are you ? lam not very well ; I am a 



QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



179 



little indisposed. What is the matter with you ? I have a cold in my 
head. How are they all at your house ? They are all very well, 
except my mother. What ails her? She has a bad cold. When was 
she taken sick (tomber malade) ? She was taken sick two weeks ago. 
Did your aunt's ball take place last week ? Yes, it took place the 
ninth of this month. To-morrow we shall begin the forty-sixth les- 
son. Will it be (an) interesting (one)? Yes, it will be (a) very in- 
teresting (one). About what (de quoi) will you speak to us in the for- 
ty-sixth lesson? I shall speak to you about the preterite anterior 
(anterieur), the pluperfect (plus-que-parfaii), the future, the conditional 
and the imperative. When will you give us the French grammar of 
which (dont) you have so often spoken to us ? I shall give it yon 
after the fiftieth lesson. Then (alors) we shall always speak French. 
Whenever the first person singular ends in s, the second is alike, and 
the third takes at; as : je vois, tu vois, il voit. When the first person 
ends in ds, the second is alike (semblable a la premiere), and the third 
ends (se termine) in d ; as : je vends, tu vends, il vend. Did you get up 
as soon as your brother awoke you ? Yes, I always get up as soon 
as he calls me. 



QUARANTE-SIXIEME I3SQ0T$.—Forty-*ixth Lesson. • 

PRETERITE ANTERIOR. 

The preterite anterior is formed by annexing the past participle of 
the verb to the preterite definite of the auxiliary ; as : feus etudie, nous 
eumes parle, je fus parti, Us furent arrives. 

This tense is used to express an action past immediately before 
another action expressed by the preterite definite ; as : aussitbt que 
feus ecrits mes billets, je partis pour la campagne ; des qu!ilfut arrive, 
il vint me voir. 

The preterite anterior is hardly ever used in conversation, except 
after the words : 

Aussitot que. 
Sitot que. 
Des que. 
D'abord que. 



Apres que. 
Pas plus tot. 
A peine. 
Lorsque. 
Quand. 

Aussitot que j'eus recu mon ar- 
gent, je le payai. 



■ As soon as. 

After. 
No sooner. 
Hardly, scarcely. 

I When. 



As soon as I had received my mo- 
ney, I paid him. 



180 



QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



Des qu'elle fut partie, nous nous 

couehames. 
Sitot que nous eumes recu sa 

lettre, nous al lames ehez lui. 
Apres qu'elles se furent habillees, 

eJles allerent au baJ. 
Lorsqu'il se fut deshabille, il se 

eoucha 
A peine fut-elle arrive e, qu'elle 

tomba malade. 
Vous n'eutes pas plus tot recite 

votre lecon, que vous allates 

jouer 
Entrer (takes etre). 



As soon as she had set out, we 
went to bed. 

As soon as we had received his 
letter, we went to his house. 

After they had dressed them- 
selves, they went to the ball. 

When he had undressed himself, 
he went to bed. 

Scarcely had she arrived, when 
she was taken sick. 

You had no sooner recited your 
lesson than you went to play. 

To enter, to go or come in. 



PLUPERFECT. 

The pluperfect is formed by annexing the past participle to the im- 
perfect of the auxiliary ; as : favais fini, vous etiez alles, Us avaient 
parte. 

This tense is used to express an action past before another that is 
likewise past ; as: 



J'etais alle a l'eglise quand votre 
beau-pere est venu chez nous. 

Votre belle-mere avait rini son ou- 
vrage lorsqu'on Pa appelee. 

Mon beau-frere et ma belle-soeur 
etaient venus a deux heures. 

Gendre. 

Belle-fille. 

Petit-fils. Petite fille. 



I had gone to church when your 
father-in-law came to our house. 

Your mother-in-law had finished 
her work when they called her. 

My brother-in-law and my sister- 
in-law had come at two o'clock. 

Son-in-h'W. 

Daughter-in-law. 

Grandson. Granddaughter. 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 

The future expresses what is to happen in a time to come ; as : je 
finirai mon theme la semaine prochaine ; firai demain au concert. 

FUTURE PAST. 

The future past is formed from the future absolute of the auxiliary 
and the past participle of the verb ; as : faurai aime, il aura parity il 
sera alle, nous serons venus. 

The English use the present or the preterite indefinite to express 
futurity, after one of the words when, as soon as, as long as (tant que), 
after ; as : I" will come as soon as I have dined, but the French always 
employ the future in such instances : 



QTJARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



181 



Que ferez-vous quand vous aurez 

fini vos themes ? 
Quand j'aurai fini mes themes, 

j'irai me promener en voiture. 

Se promener en voiture. 

Se promener a cheval. 

Aussitot que j'aurai dtjeune, je 

passerai chez vous. 
Passer chez quelqu'un. 
Promener un enfant. 



What will you do when yom have 
finished your exercises ? 

When I have done my exercises, 
I shall take an airing in a car- 
riage. 

To take an airing in a carriage. 

To take a ride. 

As soon as I have breakfasted, I 
shall call upon you. 

To call upon some one. 

To walk a child. 



IMPERATIVE. 

This tense is formed from the present of the indicative by omitting 
the pronouns tu. nous, vous ; as: tu finis, thou finishest ; finis, finish ; 
— nous parlous, we speak ; parlons, let us speak ; — vous recevez, you 
receive; recevez, receive. The third persons singular and plural are 
the same as those of the present of the subjunctive. Qu'il vienne, let 
him come ; quHls parlent, let them speak. 

The second person singular of the present of the indicative of the 
first conjugation drops the s in the imperative; as: tu donnes, thou 
givest ; donne, give. 

The second person singular and the first and second plural of this 
tense in the affirmative form, take after the verb, and joined to it by 
a hyphen, all those pronouns which, in the other tenses, precede the 
verb : 



Dornez-moi du pain. 

Pretons-le-leur. 

Ailez-y. 

Donnez-les-lui. 

Donne-lui-en. 

Pretez-les-nous. 



Give me some bread. 
Let us lend it to them. 
Go there. 
Give them to him. 
Give him some. 
Lend them to us. 



But in the negative form the pronouns precede the verb: 

Ne me les donnez pas. j Do not give them to me. 

Ne iui en pretons pas. Let us not lend him any. 

Ne vous couchez pas encore. I Do not go to bed yet. 



EXERCICE 121. 

Allates-vous voir vos amis, aussitot que vous futes arrives de Phi 
ladelphie 1 Non, nous allames d'abord voir notre beau-frere, qui de- 
meure dans la rue de Sullivan, numero 180. Et apres que vous 



182 QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

l'eutes vu, que fites-vous ? Nous allames chez nous. Des que voire 
belle-fille nous aper9ut, elle s'approcha de nous et nous demanda 
pourquoi son beau-pere n'etait pas venu avec nous. Nous lui repon- 
dimes que vous etiez alle vous promener a cheval, lorsque nous 
sommes partis. Aviez-vous dejeune lorsque j'ai passe chez vous ce 
matin ? Non, mais j'allais dejeuner lorsque vous etes entre dans ma 
cham bre. Quand irez-vous vous promener ? J'irai aussitot que je 
me serai habillee. Mettriez-vous votre robe de soie violette, s'ii ne 
faisait pas si mauvais temps ? Oui. Montrez-la-rnoi, je vous prie. 
Faut-il la montrer a votre belle-seem* ? Non, ne la lui montrez pas. 
A peine eumes-nous fait deux milles, que nous ne fumes plus en etat 
de continuer notre chemin. Que fites-vous alors ? Nous nous ar- 
retames (s'arreter, to stop) dans une petite ville ou nous passames la 
nuit. J'ai appris que vous avez achete quelques livres ; pretez-les- 
moi, je vous prie. Je ne puis vous les preter, car je ne les ai pas 
encore lus. Vous en etiez-vous deja alle, lorsque nous sommes arri- 
ves chez votre belle-mere ? Je m'en etais deja alle. Le roi ne nous 
eut pas plus tot reconnus, qu'il vint vers nous. Des que mes petits- 
flls furent revenus de l'ecole, ils passerent chez vous. A quelle heure 
aviez-vous fini vos billets ? Nous les avions finis a quatre heures du 
soir. Vos petites-filles etaient-elles a Tecole, lorsque nous sommes 
alles nous promener en voiture ? Oui, elles y etaient. Saviez-vous 
par coaur vos 1650ns de francais, quand votre maitre est arrive 1 Nous 
ne les savions pas par coeur. Monsieur Louis, quand faut-il se servir 
de Yimparfait de Vindicatift II faut s'en servir dans deux cas : 1°. 
pour exprimer une action presente relativement (relatively) a une epo- 
que passee : J'&crivais quand vous entrdtes ; je lisais lorsqu'on vint 
TrUapptler ; je sortais comrne vous arriviez. II faut done l'employer 
toutes les foi3 qu'on peut dire, en anglais, ivas doing, or used to do ; 
comme : fallais tous les jours au theatre ou au bal ; je me promenais 
souvent dans le pare. 2°. L'imparfait s'emploie aussi tres-souvent 
dans la description : 

Calypso ne pouvait se consoler du depart (departure) d' Ulysse. Dans 
sa douleur elle se trouvait malheureuse d'etre immortelle. Sa grotte ne 
resonnait (echoed) plus de son chant (song, voice) : les nymphes qui la 
servaient rtosaient (dared not) lui parler. Elle se promenait souvent 
seule sur les gazons (turf )fleuris (flowery) dont un printemps eternel 
hordait son He ; mais ces beaux lieux, loin de moderer sa douleur, ne 
faisaient que lui rappeler (only recalled to her mind) le iriste souvenir 
(the sad remembrance) a" Ulysse, quelle y avait vu tant defois aupres 
(near) d'elle. Souvent elle demeurait immobile sur le rivage de la mer, 
quelle arrosait de ses larmes ; et elle etait sans cesse (without inter- 
mission) tournee vers le cote oil le vaisseau a" Ulysse, fendant les ondes 
(ploughing the waves), avait disparu a ses yeux. 

Que faHez-vous la semaine passee? Je travaiilais dans les champs. 
Faisait-il chaud a la campagne ? Oui, il y faisait tres-chaud. Etiez- 
vous malade a la campagne 1 Oui, j'avais la fievre. 



QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



183 



EXERCISE 122 

Did your son-in-law pay his debts, as soon as he had received the 
money which you have sent him ? He paid them as soon as he had 
received it. We were no sooner arrived in London than we heard 
that our daughther-in-law had gone to Paris. Did you see your 
grandchildren ? No, they had gone to Paris with their mother. Did 
you not also go to France, when you heard that your daughter-in-law 
and grandchildren were there? No, we went to see our friends. 
Scarcely had my pupils written their exercises, when they went to 
play with the children of your brother-in-law. Where did your sister- 
in-law go to, after she had dressed herself? She went to the Italian 
opera. How long did she stay there I She remained there till half 
past eleven. We had finished our work at five o'clock in the evening. 
Had you taken your supper yesterday, when we came to your house 't 
I was going to take supper, as you came in. I had already bought a 
house, when I heard that your son-in-law wished to sell his. How 
were you yesterday 1 I had a great headache. After I have break- 
fasted, I shall take a ride. My granddaughters will take an airing in 
a carriage, when they know their lessons by heart. We shall call 
upon you, as soon as we have dressed ourselves. Tell the servant 
to walk the child. 



QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LEgON.— Forty-seventh Lesson. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present Tense. 

The present of the subjunctive is formed from the present participle, 
by changing ant into : 



e, 1st pers. sing. 
es, 2d " 

e, 3d " 



ions, 1st pers. plur. 
iez, 2d " 

ent, 3d 



Parlant. 

Que je parle, 
Que tu paries, 
Qu'il parle, 
Que nous parlions, 
Que vous parliez, 
Qu'ils parlent, 






Finissant. 
Que je finisse, 
Que tu finisses, 
Qu'il finisse, 
Que nous finissions, 
Que vous finissiez, 
Qu'ils finissent, 

EXCEPTIONS. 

AUant, going— que faille, que tu ailles, qu'il aille, — , — , qu'ils aillent 






184 QTJARANTE-SEPTlfcME LEgOtf. 

Venant, coming — -que je vienne, que tu viennes, qu'il vienne, — , — 
qu'ils viennent. 

Acquerant, acquiring — que ^acquiere, que tu acquieres, qu'il acquiere, 
— , — , qu'ils acquierent 

Mourant, dying — que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, qu'ils 
meurent. 

All verbs of the third conjugation, ending in evoir, change this ter- 
mination into oive, oives, oive, evions, eviez, oivent ; as : 

Recevant, receiving — que je recoive, que tu recoives, qu'il recoive, que 
nous recevions, que vous receviez, qu'ils re^oivent. 

Pouvant, being able — que je puisse, que tu puisses, qu'il puisse, que 
nous puissions, que vous puissiez, qu'ils puissent 

Voulant, wishing — que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, qu'ils 
veuillenL 

Volant, being worth — que je vaitte, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, qu'ils 
vaillent. 

Ay ant, having — que ^aie, que tu aies, qu'il ait, qu'ils aient. 

Etant, being — que je sois, que tu sois, qu'il soit, que nous soyons, que 
vous soyez, qu'ils soient. 

Buvant, drinking — que je boive, que tu boives, qu'il boive, qu'ils boivent. 

Faisant, doing — que je fasse, que tu fasses, qu'il fasse, que nous fas- 
sions, que vous fassiez, qu'ils f assent. 

Prenant, taking — que je prenne, que tu prennes, qu'il prenne, qu'ils 
prennent. 

Mouvant, moving — que je meuve, que tu meuves, qu'il meuve, qu'ils 
meuvent. 

OF THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The subjunctive must be used : 

1st. After all verbs that express desire, wish, doubt, uncertainty, fear, 
command, permission : 

Je desire 1 

Je veux > que vous parliez a cet homme. 

Je commande ) 



Voulez-vous que je lui parle ! 
Je desire que vous soyez heureux. 
Je doute qu'elle soit partie. 
Je ciains qu'il ne vienne. 
II permet que je sorte. 
Je suis surpris que vous ne l'ayez 
pas vue. 



Do you wish me to speak to him? 
I wish you may be happy. 
I doubt that she has set out. 
I fear he will come. 
He permits me to go out. 
I am surprised you have not seen 
her. 



QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 



185 



Je suis fache qu'il soit mort. 
Nous sommes bien aise qu'il soit 
verm avec vous. 



I am sorry he is dead. 
We are very glad he came with 
you. 



Obs. — It will be seen from the three last of the above examples, 
that the subjunctive is also used after all verbs and adjectives denot- 
ing joy, sorrow, surprise. 



2d. After verbs used negatively or interrogatively : 

Do you think he will do it? 
I do not think he will do it. 
Do you think it will rain to-day 1 



Pensez-vous qu'il le fasse ? 
Je ne pense pas qu'il le fasse. 
Pensez-vous qu'il pleuve aujour- 

d'hui? 

Je ne pense pas qu'il pleuve. 
Je ne pense pas que je puisse ve- 

nir. 



I do not think it will rain. 
I do not think I shall be able 
come. 



to 



EXCEPTION. 

When it is certain that a thing is or wall be, then the indicative 
must be used : 



Savez-vous qu'il est arrive ? 
I] ne sait pas que vous etes ma- 
lade. 



Do you know that he is arrived ? 
He does not know that you are 
sick. 



3d. After impersonals or verbs used impersonally : 

You must tell me that. 



11 faut que vous me disiez cela. 

II faudra que j'y aille. 

II est a dtsirer qu'il vienne. 

II sernble que vous soyez malade. 
II est a souhaiter. 
II est a craindre. 



I must go thither. 

It is to be desired that he should 

come. 
It seems you are sick. 
It is to be wished. 
It is to be feared. 



EXCEPTION. 

The indicative, however, must be used after the impersonals : 



II y a. 
II parait. 
II est sur. 
II est certain. 
II est vrai. 
II resulte. 



There is, there are. 

It appears. 

It is sure. 

It is certain. 

It is true. 

It follows, it results. 



186 



QUARANTE-SEPTlfcME LE£ON. 






And after il semble, it seems, when it has an indirect object of 
persons : 



II y a des personnes qui ne sont 

jamais satisfaites. 
II est certain que vous avez tort. 
II me semble que vous avez raison. 
II resulte de la que vous avez 

tort. 



There are persons that are never 

satisfied. 
It is certain that you are wrong. 
It seems to me that you are right. 
The consequence is that you are 

wrong. 



But whenever these impersonals are used negatively, they require 
the subjunctive after them : 11 rHest pas sur quHl vienne ; il ne me 
semble pas quHl soil malade. 



4th. After the following words : 

Quelque que. 

Quel que. 
Quoique (conj.). 
Quoi que. 
Aim que. 
A moins que. 
Avant que. 
Bien que. 
De crainte que. 
De peur que. 
En cas que. 
Jusqu'a ce que. 
Pour que. 
Pourvu que. 
Sans que. 
Soit que. 



However, whatever. 

Whatever. 

Though, although. 

Whatsoever, whatever. 

That, in order that. 

Unless. 

Before. 

Though, although. 

Lest. 

For fear that. 

In case that, if. 

Till, until. 

That, in order that. 

Provided. 

Without. 

Whether. 



Quelque riche que vous soyez. 
Quell es que soient ses vertus. 
Quoique nous soyons pauvres. 



However rich you may be. 
Whatever may be his virtues. 
Although we are poor. 



5th. After qui, que, dont, oil, when they are preceded by le seul, the 
only ; le plus, la plus, les plus, the most ; le mieux, the best ; le moins, 
the least ; peu, little. 

C'est la seule chose qu'il puisse ! It is the only thing he can do. 

faire. . j 

C'est la plus belle robe qui soit i It is the finest dress that is in my 

dans mon magasin. | store. 



QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 18*7 



C'est la seule chose dont nous 

ayons besoin. 
C'est le moins honnete homnie 

qu'il y ait. 
II n'y a que votre frere qui puisse 

le faire. 



This is the only thing we want. 

He is the least honest man there 

is. 
Nobody but your brother can do 

it. 



EXERCICE 123. 

Voulez-vous que j'aille avec vous au marche % Vous me feriez 
plaisir, si vous vouliez venir avec moi. Faut-il que le domestique 
fasse du feu ? Oui, il faut qu'il en fasse, car j'ai bien froid. Etes- 
vous etonoe que votre belle-fille ne soit pas venue ? Je ne suis pas 
du tout etonne qu'elle ne soit pas venue ; mais je suis bien fache que 
votre gendre ne soit pas venu. Doutez-vous que vos eleves appren- 
nent par coeur leurs lecons d'allemand ? Non, mais je doute qu'ils 
ecrivent leurs themes. Melle. S..., irez-vous vous promener apres la 
classe ? Oui, monsieur, a moins qu'il ne pleuve. Pourquoi mettez- 
vous la negation ne devant le subjonctif pleuve 1 Parce qu'en fran^ais 
il faut toujours se servir de la negation ne apres d moins que, de peur 
que, de crainte que, autre, autrement, plus, mieux, moins, meilleur, et les 
verbes empeclier (to hinder), craindre, avoir peur, trembler, apprehen- 
der : d moins qu'on ne lid ecrive; de peur qu'il ne vienne ; de crainte 
quelle ne soil malade ; il parle autrement (otherwise) qu'il ne pense; 
vous etes tout autre que vous n'eliez ; celte demoiselle est plus instruite 
qu'elle ne le parait ; j'ecris mieux V anglais que je ne le parle ; il a 
moins d'amis qu'il ne croit ; ce cheval est meilleur que vous ne vous 
imaginez (think) ; la pluie empeche qu'on ne se promene a cheval ; nous 
craignons qiCils ne viennent ; fai peur qu'il ne fasse mauvais temps ; 
je tremble qu'il ne s?en aille ; nous apprehendons qu'il ne le fasse. Mais 
si les mots ci-dessus (above) etaient accompagnes d'une negation, 
le verbe suivant devraiUil aussi etre precede de la negation ne 1 Non, 
monsieur, dans ce cas, le verbe suivant ne prendpas la negation ne :je 
ne parle pas autrement que je pense; elle rf est pas plus instruite qu'elle 
le parait ; je ne crains pas qu'il vienne ; mais, de crainte que, de peur 
que, a moins que, empecher, sont toujours suivis de ne. Mon cousin 
desire qu'on lui ecrive au moins une fois par semaine. Quelque sa- 
vant que vous soyez, vous ignorez (you are ignorant of) bien des 
choses (many things). Quelque riche que vous soyez, vous avez bien 
peu d'amis. Quoique les mechants prosperent quelquefois, ne pen- 
sez pas qu'ils soient heureux. La sagesse est la seule chose dont la 
possession soit certaine. Pensez-vous qu'on ecoute ces pauvres 
femmes ? Quoi qu'elles disent, on ne les ecoutera pas. Ecrirez-vous 
a votre beau-frere pour qu'il vienne demain 1 Je lui ecrirai pour 
qu'il vienne la semaine prochaine. Pourvu que vous lui donniez de 
l'argent, il sera content. 



188 quarante-huitiEme le^on. 

EXERCISE 124. 

Although we study all our life, we are always ignorant of many 
things. Whatever you may do, your master will never be satisfied 
with you. Does your sister-in-law desire me to go to see her. No, 
but she wishes you to write to her. Do you think your grandson 
will succeed in learning German ? I doubt that he will succeed in 
learning it. Do you fear it will rain? We are much afraid it will 
rain. Good day, Sir, how do you do to-day ? I am very well, I thank 
you. I am very glad you came to see me. You must dine with us 
to-dciy. What do they say new in town? They say Mr. P... died. 
Do you think it is true ? Yes, Sir. I am very sorry he is dead. We 
are very astonished that your sisters-in-law do not come to see us. 
Are you afraid your father-in-law will come ? On the contrary, I am 
afraid he will not come. Will the rain prevent people (qu'ori) from 
taking a ride ? No, it will not hinder people from taking a ride, but 
fi om taking a walk in the country. How long must we wait ? You 
must wait till I return from (de chez) the captain's. We shall wait, 
provided you will not stay long. We have more money than we will 
spend (depenser). These ladies have fewer friends than they think. 
Do you think it will rain ? I do not think that it will rain much. We 
must go away before the rain comes. Do you think the English 
soldiers will soon come ? I dont think that they will come before I 
go out. I am astonished that you have not yet finished your letters. 
Are the sailors surprised that their captain has sold his ship ? No, 
but they wonder that he has not yet paid them. Do you think it is 
already nine o'clock? I think it is (je le pense). Then (alors) it is 
time that we should go to school. When must you set out? I must 
set out this evening. At what o'clock must you be in Albany ? I 
must be there at half-past seven to-morrow morning. Must we write 
to your cousins ? It is not sufficient that you write to them, you 
must go to see them. Is there not anybody here whom I can send 
to the market? There is not anybody here whom you can send 
there. 



QUARANTE-HUITlfiME LEgON.— Forty-eighth Lesson. 

IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The imperfect of the subjunctive is formed from the preterite defi- 
nite, by adding se to the second person singular ; as : 

Preterite definite. Imperfect of the Subj. 
Tu parlas. Que je parlasse. 

Tu finis. Que je finisse. 

Tu recus. Que je recusse. 

Tu rendis. Que je rendisse. 

Tu vins. Que je vinsse. 



QUARANTE-HCJITIl!:ME LE£ON. 189 

The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunctive are : 

sse, 1st pers. sing. ssions, 1st pers. plur. 

sses, 2d ssiez, 2d 

A t, 3d ssent, 3d 

Que j'ai masse, that I loved or might love ; que tu aimasses, qu'il aim&t, 
que nous aimassions, que vous aimassiez, qu'ils aimassent 

Que je finisse, that I finished or might finish ; que tu finisses, qu'il 
finit, que nous finissions, que vous fmissiez, qu'ils finissent. 

Que je recusse, that I received or might receive; que tu recusses, qu'il 
recut, que nous recussions, que vous recussiez, qu'ils recussent. 

Que je rendisse, that I rendered or might render ; que tu rendisses, 
qu'ii rendit, que nous rendissions, que vous rendissiez, qu'ils ren- 
dissent. 

Que je vinsse, that \came or might com,e ; que tu vinsses, qu'il vint, 
que nous vinssions, que vous vinssiez, qu'ils vinssent. 



PERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The perfect of the subjunctive is formed by joining the past parti- 
ciple to the present of the subjunctive of the auxiliary : 

Que f aie p>arle\ that I have or may have spoken. 

Que tu aies etudie, that thou hast or mayst have studied. 

Qu'il ait ecrit, that he may have written. 

Que nous soyons partis, that we have or may have set out. 

Que vous ayez regu, that you have or may have received. 

Qu'ils soient arrives, that they have or may have arrived. 

Qu'elle soit venue, that she may have come. 



PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed by prefixing the im- 
perfect of the subjunctive of the auxiliary to the past participle of the 
verb that is to be conjugated : 

Quefeusse defense, that I had or might have spent. 
Que le voleurfut resie, that the thief had remained. 



USE OF THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Rule I. — When the verb that requires the subjunctive is in the 



190 



QTJARANTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 



present or future, the present of the subjunctive must be used to ex- 
press a present or future : 

Ilfaudra \ q«e vous partiez. 
And the perfect of the subjunctive, to express a past event : 

Nous ne pensons pas ) .. ■»., 

ti ™ ,™;™ ™~ f Q ue vous avez etudie. 

11 ne pensera pas ) ^ 

EXCEPTION. 

The imperfect of the subjunctive must be used instead of the present, 
and the pluperfect instead of the perfect, when the verb in the subjunc- 
tive is followed by a conditional expression : 



Pensez-vous que ces enfants ap- 
prissent leurs lemons, si leur 
maitre etait plus severe ? 

Je ne croirai pas qu'il eut reussi 
sans votre secours. 



Do you think these children would 
learn their lessons, if their mas- 
ter were More severe ? 

I shall not believe that he would 
have succeeded without your 
assistance. 



Rule II.— The imperfect of the subjunctive must be used to express 
a present or future action, when the verb that requires the subjunctive 
is in the imperfect, preterite definite, preterite indefinite, pluperfect, pre- 
terite anterior, or conditional : 



Je doutais 
Je doutai 
J'ai doute 
J'avais doute 
J'eus doute 

Vous devriez 
Vous auriez du 



que vous etudiassiez aujourd'hui, demain. 



( attendre qu'elle fut prete. 



And the pluperfect of the subjunctive, to express a past event : 
II fallait 



II fallut 
II a fallu 
II avait fallu 
II eut fallu 

Je desirerais 
J'aurais desire 



que vous lui eussiez parle hier, la semaine 
passee. 



) que vous eussiez su par cceur tous vos dialo- 
\ gues. 



EXCEPTION. 

After the preterite indefinite the present of the subjunctive must be 



QUARANTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 191 

used instead of the imperfect, after the conjunctions afin que, pour que, 
bien que, quoique, de peur que, de crainte que : 

God has created us in order that 



Dieu nous a crees pour que nous 

l'aimions. 
II ne m'a jamais ecoute, quoique 

je sois son ami. 



we may love him. 
He never listened to me, although 
I am his friend. 



EXERCICE 125. 

Je ne pensais pas que vous eussiez ecrit a vos beaux-freres. Dou- 
tiez-vous que ces enfants etudiassent leurs lecons de latin? Je ne 
doutais pas qu'ils n'etudiassent toutes leurs lecons, car ils sont tres- 
studieux. Pourquoi dites-vousye ne doutais pas qwils ri! etudiassent...! 
Parce que les verbs douter, desesperer (to despair), nier (to deny), et 
disconvenir (to disown), sont suivis de ne, lorsqu'ils sont accompagnes 
d'une negation : Je ne nie pas que xotre sceur ne nrCait ecrit ; nous ne 
desesperdmes pas que le roi ne nous accorddt la liberie ; je ne discon- 
viendrai pas que ce ne soil mon devoir (duty). Pensez-vous que ces 
demoiselles voulussent aller avec nous au spectacle, si on le leur de- 
mandait ? Je ne pense pas qu'elles voulussent y aller avec nous. 
Aurait-il fallu que je restasse chez votre gendre ] Oui, vous auriez 
du y rester jusqu'a ce que ma belle-fille fut arrivee de la campagne. 
Y a-t-il longtemps que vous n'avez vu mon beau-pere 1 Oui, il y a 
bien longtemps que je ne 1'ai vu. Ce jeune homme serait-il parvenu a, 
se faire avocat sans le secours de M. votre pere 1 Non, je ne pense 
pas qu'il y fut jamais parvenu sans mon pere. Si l'on respecte la 
personne a laquelle on parle, on se sert ordinairement des qualifica- 
tions monsieur, madame, mademoiselle, en parlant des parents, des 
freres, des soeurs, des cousins, &c, de cette personne. Mesdemoi- 
selles vos soeurs ne s'imaginent pas que je sois parti. II faudrait que 
monsieur votre oncle vous fit apprendre le grec et le polonais. II est 
bien possible qu'il me fasse apprendre ces deux belles langues. N'est- 
ii pas plus elegant de se servir de rinfinitif au lieu du subjonctif ? 
Oui, mais il faut alors que rinfinitif ne donne lieu a aucune equivoque 
{a double meaning). Suffit-ii de lui parler pour qu'il attende que vous 
soyez de retour? II suffit de lui parler. Croyez-vous savoir par 
coeur vos lecons d'espagnol ? Oui, madame, je crois les savoir. 

EXERCISE 126. 

Do you think your brother will soon get married ? I think he will 
get married next month. Whom will he take for his wife ? He gets 
married with a charming young lady. Is she rich ? She is rich, 
well-educated (bien elevee), and very amiable. Do you think she will 
come to see you to-day ? I should be very glad you would see her ; 
but I am afraid she will not come to-day, for she is a little indisposed. 



192 QUARANTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

What do you think is the matter with her ? My brother says she has 
a cold in her head. I am very sorry to hear that she is not well. Do 
you think your sons have money enough ? They have more than 
they will spend. Is it long since you saw your granddaughters ? It 
is very long since I saw them. Observe (remarquez) that longtemps 
is followed by ne, when it is expressed in English by a long time since; 
otherwise it is not followed by ne : Have you been sick long ? I 
have been sick these four years. In fine, longtemps only takes ne 
after it, when it means that it is long since a thing has not happened : 
11 y a longtemps que nous n'avons ete au bal. Do your cousins know 
that I am here ? They know that you are here, but they do not know 
that your mother came with you. It should be necessary for us to 
go to our uncle's. Whether you are right or wrong, you should be- 
have better. Do you think your sisters-in-law will go out ? They 
will not go out, unless you accompany them. Did you wish your 
cook to go to market ? I wished him to go there, but he was not 
here when I wanted him. Did your friends fear you might be sick ? 
No, but they feared I had gone to New York. Why have you writ- 
ten to your daughter-in-law ? We have written to her that she may 
be here at nine o'clock to-morrow morning. What did you wish me 
to tell your servant ? I wished you to tell him to light a candle and 
bring it to me in my room. I was afraid that you would tear my new 
silk waistcoat. Were you not also afraid that I would break your 
gold watch ? No, but I was afraid you would not wait till I had 
written my exercise. 



QUARANTE-NEUVIEME LEgON.— Forty-ninth Lesson. 
List of the prepositions that have not been given yet. 



A travers, through. 

Contre, against. 

De dessus, from above. 

De dessous, from under. 

Par dessus, above. 

Par dessous, under or below. 

jjj* \ in, into. 

Depuis, since. 
Des, from. 
Devant, before. 
Derriere, behind. 
Entre, between. 



Parmi, among. 
Hors, but or except. 
Malgre, in spite of. 
Moyennant, by means of for. 
Outre, besides. 

I£!U \ according t0 - 

Environ, about. 

l xce ^' I except. 
Hormis, { r 

Touch ant, touching. 



The above prepositions are immediately followed by the word to 
which they relate, without de. 



QUARANTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



193 



The following prepositions are 

A cause de, because of, on ac- 
count of. 

A couvert de, sheltered from. 

Au-deca de, on this side of 

Au-dela de, on the other side of 

Au-devant de, before. 

Aux depens de, at the expense of. 

Aux environs de, near about. 

Au grand regret de, to the great 
regret of 

A force de, by dint of 

A Tegard de, as to. 

A moins de, for less, unless. 

A Pexception de, excepted. 

Autour de, round about. 

A raison de, at the rate of 

Par raison de, for the sake of. 



followed by de : 

Hors de, out of. 

A cote de, by, beside, near. 

A fleur de, near the edge of. 

Au-dessus de, above. 

Au-dessous de, below. 

A l'insu de, unknown to, without 

the knowledge of 
A l'abri de, secure from. 
Au lieu de, instead of. 
Au moyen de, by the means of. 
Au milieu de, in the middle of 
Au niveau de, even with. 
Au travers de, through. 
Aupres de, near, by. 
En depit de, in spite of. 
Vis-a-vis de, opposite, over against. 
Au peril de, at the peril of 



In French we use the proposition de between two nouns, to express 
the substance of which the first is made or which it contains: un 
panialon de drap, une robe de velours, une bouteille de vin, un verre 
d'eau, une tasse de cafe, une monlre d'or. 

But the preposition a must be used to express the use of the first 
noun : une bouteille a vin, a wine-bottle ; une tasse a the, a tea-cup ; 
une cuiller d cafe, a coffee-spoon ; un moulin a vent, a. windmill ; un 
moulin d cafi, a coffee-mill ; un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat. 



Le cheval est pres du moulin a 

eau. 
Le meunier a des armes a feu. 
J'ai achete de la poudre a canon. 
Une maison a un etage. 
Une maison a deux etages. 
Une voiture a un cheval. 
Une voiture a quatre roues. 
Une salle a manger. 
Une chambre a coucher. 
Une montre a repetition. 
Une ligne a pecher. 
Le pot au lait. 



L'homme a l'habit noir. 
La femme a la robe grise. 



The horse is near the watermill. 

The miller has fire-arms. 

I have bought some gunpowder. 

A one-story house. 

A two-story house. 

A one-horse wagon. 

A four-wheeled wagon. 

A dining-room. 

A bed-room. 

A repeater. 

A fishing-line. 

The milk-pot. 



The man with the black coat 
The woman with the grey gown. 



194 



QUARANTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



A mes depens. A vos depens. 
A son gre. A notre gre. 
Au gre de tout le monde. 
Au gre de votre gendre. 



At my expense. At your expense. 
To his liking. To our liking. 
To everybody's liking. 
To the liking of your son-in-law. 



A droite ou sur la droite. 

A gauche ou sur la gauche. 

A ma portee. 

A sa portee. 

A leur portee. 

A la portee du fusil. 



To or on the right hand. 
To or on the left hand. 
Within my reach. 
Within his reach. 
Within their reach. 
Within gun-shot. 



De vue. 

De nom. 

Je la connais de vue. 

Les connaissez-vous de nom 1 



By sight. 

By name. 

I know her by sight. 

Do you know them by name ? 



Passez-vous le temps a lire ? 
Je passe le temps a etudier. 
A quoi passez-vous le temps ? 
Nouspassonsle temps a travailler. 
Gagner sa vie. 
Je gagne ma vie a enseigner. 



Do you spend your time in reading? 

I spend my time in studying. 

In what do you spend your time ? 

We spend our time in working. 

To get one's livelihood by. 

I get my livelihood by teaching. 



Se preparer, to get one's self ready. 
S'attendre, to expect, to rely upon. 



Se faire payer, to get paid. 

Se faire gronder, to get scolded. 



EXERCICE 127. 

Avez-vous passe a travers les champs ? Non, nous avons passe au 
travers des prairies (meadows) qui sont au-dela de ce chemin. Contre 
qui votre belle-mere est-elle fachee ? Elle n'est fachee contre per- 
sonne. Avez-vous quelque chose contre moi? Nous n'avons rien 
contre vous. Depuis quand Mme. votre mere est-elle malade 1 Elle 
est malade depuis quinze jours. Permettez-vous a vos eleves de 
passer par-dessus le mur de la cour ? Non, mais je leur permets de 
passer par-dessous le pont (bridge). Y a-t-il un jardin devant votre 
maison neuve ? Oui, et il y a aussi une grande cour derriere la mai- 
son. Mettez une nappe sur la table. Faut-il que je vous ramasse le 
livre qui est sous votre chaise ? Oui, ramassez-le. Le chat est-il 
sous la chaise ? Non, il est dessus. Ou etiez-vous Tautre jour pen- 



QTJARANTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 195 

dant Forage? J'etais chez mon barbier. Vos parents resteront- 
ils a lacampagne durant l'hiver? Oui, et peut-etre aussi durant 
le printemps. Ou demeurez-vous a present? Nous derneurons a 
present dans la quatrieme avenue, numero 148, entre la seizierae 
et la dix-septieme rue. Est-ce au-dega ou au-dela du pare % C'est 
au-dela. Y a-t-il des paresseux parmi vos ecoliers 1 Non, tous 
mes ecoliers sont diligents. Les serruriers sont-ils venus a cause 
de cela ? Oui. Mettons-nous a l'abri de la pluie. Vos enfauts 
sont-ils alles au-devant de leur grand-pere ? Oui, ils sont alles 
au-devant de lui. J'ai passe hier a cote de votre femme, et elle ne 
m'a pas vu. Quand vos belles-soeurs partiront-elles ? Je crois qu'elles 
partiront dans huit jours. Avez-vous ete longtemps a. apprendre 
le francais % Non, je Fai appris en fort peu de temps ; je l'ai appris 
en six mois. Vous devez avoir eu un tres-bon maitre. Je n'ai pas 
eu de maitre du tout ; mais j'ai eu une excellente methode. Quelle 
difference y a-t-il, mademoiselle, entre dans et en 2 En parlant du 
temps, dans exprime Pepoque, et en, la duree (duration). Melle. votre 
niece a les yeux a rleur de tete. Y a-t-il de jolies maisons de cam- 
pagne aux environs de Boston ? Oui, madame, il y en a de bien jolies. 
Apprenez que tout flatteur vit au depens de celui qui l'ecoute. En 
combien de temps votre fils aine a-t-il appris l'allemand ? A force 
d'etudier, il l'a appris en trois mois. Comment pretez-vous votre ar- 
gent ? Je le prete a raison de cinq pour cent. 

EXERCICE 128. 

Qu'a-t-on decide a l'egard de mon neveu ? On a decide qu'il doit 
commencer a etudier le grec. Pourquoi, dans la forme interrogative 
des verbes, met-on toujours un t devant les pronoms personnels de la 
troisieme personne du singulier, lorsque celle-ci se termine par une 
voyelle ? On met un t par raison d'euphonie. Promenons-nous au- 
tour de la place (square). Au lieu d'aller au theatre a l'insu de vos 
parents, vous ferez mieux de le leur dire. Ce moulin a. vapeur peut 
aussi aller au moyen de l'eau. Oa avez-vous trouve ce joli parapluie 
de soie 1 Je l'ai trouve au milieu de la place. Je vous donnerai tous 
mes livres, a l'exception de trois. Son jardin est presque au niveau 
de la mer. Jusqu'a quand resterez-vous anpres de votre mere ? Je 
resterai aupres d'elle jusqu'a ce que je me marie. Ou votre cordon- 
nier demeure-t-il ? II demeure pres de l'arsenal, vis-a-vis du college. 
Cet homme vit aux depens de tout le monde. II se fait inviter a di 
ner chez toutes ses connaissances. Nous nous amuserons malgre 
vous. Malgre la pluie, nous sortirons. Fera-t-il cela en depit de 
tout ce qu'on lui a dit ? A qui appartient ce moulin a vent ? II ap- 
partient a la dame a la robe bleue. A qui est cette belle montre d'or? 
Elle est a l'homme a l'habit noir. Ce capitaine fera-t-il construire un 
autre bateau a vapeur ? II en fera construire deux autres. Mon on- 
cle fera batir une maison a trois etages. Ma belle-mere demeure au 
second etage. Ce meunier se procurera-t-il des armes a feu ? II se 



196 QUARANTE-NETJVIEME LE£ON. 

procurera des armes a feu et de la poudre a canon. Qu'avez-vous 
envie d'acheter ? J'ai envie d'acheter une voiture a deux chevaux, une 
raontre a repetition et une ligne a pecher. Ou ai-je laisse ma petite 
clef d'or ? Vous Favez laissee dans la salle a manger. Je croyais 
Pavoir laissee dans ma chambre a coucher. Est-ce une voiture a 
quatre roues ? Non, monsieur, c'est une voiture a deux roues. On 
ne peut rien faire a son gre. On fait tout a votre gre. Me faut-il 
aller a droite ou a gauche ? II faut que vous alliez a droite. Sa 
maison est sur la gauche, a deux portees de fusil de ce grand chemin. 
Connaissez-vous cette femme ? Je la connais de vue. Ne la eon- 
naissez-vous pas de nom ? Non, je ne la connais pas de nom ; je ne 
la connais que de vue. Cela est-il a votre portee ? Cela n'est pas a 
ma portee. II est vrai que cela n'est pas a la portee de tout le monde. 
Pouvez-vous vous procurer de Targent pour payer vos dettes? Je ne 
puis m'en procurer pour les payer. A quoi passiez-vous le temps 
l'annee passee 1 Je passais le temps a lire. A quoi cet ouvrier pas- 
se-t-il le temps? II passe le temps a travailler. A quoi gagnez-vous 
votre vie ? Je gagne ma vie a ecrire. Ce professeur gagne sa vie a 
enseigner. Melles. vos nieces se preparent-elles a partir? Oui. 
Vous attendiez-vous que je vinsse vous voir? Non, mais je m'atten- 
dais que vous m'ecrivissiez. Je me preparais a sortir lorsque vous 
etes entre dans ma chambre. M. votre frere s'est-il deja fait payer? 
II ne s'est pas encore fait payer ; mais il se fera payer demain. Je 
ne crois pas qu'il s'attende que vous vendiez votre montre a repetition? 
Remarquez, dans cette derniere phrase, qu'un verbe precede de que, 
et place apres un subjonctif, doit etre mis egalement au subjonctif. 
Vous etes-vous fait gronder hier % Non, je ne me suis pas fait gron- 
der. Mon frere se fait gronder tous les jours. 

EXERCISE 129. 

Is there any river behind your house? No, but there is a large 
square before my uncle's house. Are not your cousins angry against 
us? I do not think they are angry against you. Is your garden on 
this side of the road ? No, it is on that side of the wood. Let us 
walk till the other side of the theatre. When will your aunts set out 
for Boston ? I think they will set out in three weeks. I thought 
they were only to set out in two months. Did you not put my hat 
on that chair? No, Sir, I put it on the large table in the dining-room. 
What sort of watches have you there on the table ? They are {ce 
sont) repeaters. Where does your mother-in-law live now ? Now, 
she lives in a three-story house near the exchange (la bourse). Are 
you going to the exchange to get paid ? Yes, Miss, I am going thither 
to get paid. What do people get their livelihood by in the country ? 
They get their livelihood by working. Do you get your livelihood 
by teaching ? No, I get my livelihood by writing. Besides that, you 
must buy a four-horse waggon, fire-arms and gunpowder. According 
to your brothers, my sons went to the play without my knowledge. 



CINQUANTIEME LE£ON. 



197 



This man gets rich (fenrichit) at your expense. We shall do it in 
spite of you. Are my shoes on the chair ? No, they are under it. 
At what o'clock will you go to the water-mill ? I shall go thither 
at about five o'clock. Did your pupils get scolded during school? 
Yes, they did. Whither did the servant put the coffee-cups and tea- 
spoons 1 He put them in the closet. Did he not put them on the 
kitchen-table ? He did not put them on it. In what will you spend 
your time when you are in the country? I shall spend my time in 
working and amusing myself. The man with the white waistcoat is 
coming towards us. Did the woman with the green dress go into the 
two-story house which is on the right hand of the road? No, but 
she entered the four-story house on the left hand of the road. Is that 
within your reach ? That is not within the reach of everybody. It 
is impossible to do anything to your liking. One can do nothing 
to your father's liking. Do you know these gentlemen by name ? 
No, I only know them by sight. This captain sold his steamer at the 
rate of 125,389 dollars. 



CINQUANTIEME LEgOK— Fiftieth Lesson. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

For the conjunctions that govern the subjunctive, see lesson 47. 



CONJUNCTIONS THAT GOVERN THE INFINITIVE. 



Afin de, in order to. 

A moins de, unless. 

Avant de, before. 

Au lieu de, instead of. 

Au point de, to such an extent that. 

De crainte de, for fear of. 

De peur de, for fear of 



Faute de, for want of. 
Jusqu'a, till. 
Loin de, far from. 
Plutot que de, rather than. 
Pour, for, in order to. 
Que de, than. 
Sans, without. 



CONJUNCTIONS THAT GOVERN THE INDICATIVE. 



A condition que, provided. 

Ainsi, thus. 

Ainsi que, as, as well as. 

Apres que, after. 

Au lieu que, whereas. 

An moins, at least. 

An surplus, moreover. 

D'nilleurs, besides. 

De ffic/m que, so that. 

Depuis que, since. 

De plus, moreover. 



Car, for. 

Ce pendant, however. 

C'est pourquoi, therefore, that is 

why. 
Com me, as, like. 
Consequemment, ) j7 

Par consequent, \ consequently. 

D'abord. in the first place. 
Pendant que, while. 
Pour lors, then. 
Pourtunt, however. 



198 



CINQUANTIEME LE£ON. 



De sorte que, so that. 

Done, then. 

En effet, indeed. 

En fin, at last, in short. 

En suite, afterwards, then. 

Joint a cela, moreover. 

Meme, even. 

Ni .... non plus, nor .... neither. 

Non seulement, not only. 

Or, now (in reasoning). 

Ou .... ou, either .... or. 

Ou bien, or assuredly, or else. 

Outre cela, besides, moreover. 



Puis, then, 

Puisque, since. 

Quand meme, although, even if. 

Selon que, > ,. 

Svivantque, \ wording as. 

Si bien que, so that. 
Si ce n'est que, except that. 
Sinon, if not, else, or else. 
Surquoi, whereupon. 
Surtout, especially. 
Tandis que, whilst. 
Tant que, as long as. 
Toutefois, however, nevertheless. 



ADVERBS. 



Alors, then. 

Auparavant, before. 

Comment, how. 

Da vantage, more. 

Debout, standing, upright. 

Dedans, in, within. 

Dehors, out. 

Desormais, ) henceforth, 

Dorenavant, ^ hereafter. 

Ensemble, together. 

Expres, on purpose, purposely. 

Long-temps or longtemps, long. 

A peu pres, almost, nearly. 



£ a et la, here and there. 
C'est-a-dire, that is to say. 
Maintenant, now. 
Naguere, not long since, a little 

while ago. 
Neanmoins, nevertheless. 
Partout, everywhere. 
Plus tot, sooner, earlier. 
PI u tot, rather. 
Presque, nearly. 
Quant a, as to. 

Tantot, tout-a-1'heure, presently. 
Volontiers, icillingly. 



En vain. 
Peu a peu. 
Sans doute. 
Tant mieux, 
Tant pis. 
Tour a tour. 
Tout a coup. 
Tout a fait. 



In vain, vainly. 
By little and little. 
No doubt. 
So much the better. 
So much the worse. 
By turns. 
Suddenly. 
Entirely, quite. 



All adverbs of quantity take de before a noun : beaucoup de gilets ; 
peu d'argent ; ne . . . guere de fromage (but little cheese) ; ne . . .plus 
guere de canifs (not many more penknives); plus de plomb que de 
cuivre ; autant de sacs que de bas ; il rta jamais de pain ; pas de sou- 
liers, etc. 



CINQUANTIEME LE£ON. 199 

When how denotes admiration, it must be expressed by que : 

Que vous etes bon ! | How kind you are ! 

Qu'elle est jolie ! j How pretty she is ! 

Qu'il parle eiegamment ! How elegantly he speaks ! 

Que vous venez tard ! How late you come ! 

Que de livres vous avez ! How many books you have ! 



Most of the adverbs are formed from the adjectives, by adding merit 

to the masculine when it ends with a vowel : 

Adjective. Adverb, 

Absolu, absolute. Absolument, absolutely. 

Agreable, pleasant. Agreablement, pleasantly. 

Aise, easy. Aisement, easily. 

Assidu, assiduous. Assidument, assiduously. 

Aveugle, blind. Aveuglement, blindly. 

Commode, convenient. Commodement, conveniently. 

Habile, skilful. Habilement, skilfully, 

Hardi, bold. Hardiment, boldly. 

In time, intimate. Intimeinent, intimately. 

Poli, polite. Poliment, politely. 

Deuxieme, second. Deuxiemement, secondly. 

Troisieme, third. Troisieinement, thirdly. 

But if the adjective ends by a consonant in the masculine, the 
adverb is formed by adding ment to the feminine ; as : 

Mas. Femin. 

Bon, bonne, good. Bonnement, ingeniously. 

Doux, douce, soft. Doucement, softly. 

Reel, reelle, real. Reellement, really. 

Except adjectives ending in ?i/, which change nt into mmeni : 

Constant, constant. Constamment, constantly. 

Courant, fluent. Comammeut, fluently. 

Elegant, elegant. Eiegamment, elegantly. 

Frequent, frequent. Frequemment, frequently. 



EXERCICE 130. 

Ferais-je mieux d'etudier que de lire 1 Vous feriez mieux d'ecrire 
vos billets que de lire Pourquoi etudiez-vous 1'histoire ? Nous Te- 
tudions afm de la savoir. Vos gendres s'habillent-ils avant de se 
raser? lis se rasent avant de s'habiller. Je n'ai pas voulu entrer 
dans votre chambre, de peur de vous deranger. Votre neveu alia 



200 CINQUANTIEME LE£ON. 

jusqu'a dire qu'il ne vous aimait pas. Loin d'etre des dieux, ce ne 
sont pas rneme des hommes. Offrez, je vous prie, mes respects a vos 
parents, ainsi qu'a MelJes. vos soeurs. Aimez-vous mieux rester a la 
maison que d'aller vous promener 1 J'irai plutot me coucher que 
d'aller me promener, car j'ai bien sommeil. Vous etes-vous leves de 
meilleure heure que moi ? Non, mais nous avons dejeune plus tot 
que vous. Pourquoi ne vous etes-vous pas promene en voiture la 
semaine passee ? J'etais malade toute la semaine, c'est pourquoi or 
voila pourquoi je ne me suis pas promene. Quand ces dames iront- 
elles a l'eglise ? Elles iront peut-etre tantot. Comment se porte 
Melle. votre niece? Elle se porte tantot bien, tantot mal. Elle est 
tantot gaie, tantot triste. (Tantot, in the two last phrases, means 
sometimes). Peut-on apprendre le francais sans etudier beaucoup 1 
II est impossible de l'apprendre sans etudier beaucoup. Que faut-il 
done faire pour apprendre une langue en peu de temps ? II faut d'a- 
bord prendre un bon maitre, ensuite se procurer une bonne methode. 
Mon frere a-t-il raison ou tort ? II a raison, et par consequent or con- 
sequemment vous avez tort. On m'a dit hier que vous etiez indispo- 
see ? En erTet, je n'etais pas bien ; j'avais un violent mal de tete ; 
cependant aujourd'hui je me trouve beaucoup mieux. Combien de 
bateaux a vapeur M. votre pere fera-t-il construire ? II en fera cons- 
truire au moins six. Je n'irai pas a l'ecole aujourd'hui. Ni moi non 
plus. 

EXERCICE 131. 

Faites-nous le plaisir de venir diner avec nous lundi prochain. A 
quelle heure dinez-vous ordinairement ? Nous dinons ordinairement 
a cinq heures ; cependant si vous voulez accepter, nous dinerons a 
trois heures ce jour-la. Faisons nos themes ensemble. Que ces 
fleurs sont jolies ! Qu'elles sentent bon ! Mon petit frere a certai- 
nement mieux su ses lecons que vous. Puisque vous ne voulez pas 
venir avec moi, je n'irai jamais plus chez vous. Tant que vous serez 
diligents, vous serez aimes de vos professeurs. Quoique la terre 
semble immobile, cependant elle tourne sur elle-meme en vingt-quatre 
heures. La maison a quatre etages, que mon pere vient d'acheter, 
est tres-commode. Melle. votre fille est tres-prudente ; aussi est-elle 
mon amie intime. Parlez tout doucement. Restez ici, si vous vou- 
lez parler a mon pere ; car il sortira aussitot.apres son diner. Parti- 
rez-vous tantot 1 Non, nous ne partirons que demain matin. Mes 
petits-fils parlent aisement le francais. Comment avez-vous passe le 
temps % Nous l'avons passe fort agreablement. Vous dites que vous 
avez perdu toute votre fortune ; neanmoins il vous reste des talents. 
Heureusement que vous n'avez pas perdu vos amis. Quant a moi, je 
n'ai que des ennemis. Que de peines ma niece a eues depuis son 
mariage ! Mes freres vous diront hardiment ce qu'ils ont contre 
vous. Allez deraander poliment a votre precepteur, si vous pouvez 
venir vous promener a cheval avec mes fils. Vos enfants ont-ils casse 



CINQUANTIEME LE£ON. 201 

mes verres ? Us les ont casses, mais ils ne l'ont pas fait ex pre s. 
Votre tailleur demeure-t-il loin d'ici 1 Oui, il demeure bien loin d'ici. 
Votre cousine est arrivee plus tot que je ne pensais. Pleut-il partout 
rnaintenant ? Non, il ne pleut pas partout. D'ou vient done la pluie? 
Elle vient des nuages sombres que vous voyez dans Tair. Voulez- 
vous me preter votre canif ? Volontiers, monsieur. Y a-t-il un tpi- 
cier dans cette rue ? Oui, il y en a un au bout de la rue, vis-a-vis de 
Teglise. ^ 

EXERCISE 132. 

Do you see those gentlemen intimately ? Yes, I do. Will you at 
last buy this four-story house ? I have no money, so that I cannot 
buy it. However, if your father-in-law did give you the dowry which 
he promised you, when you got married, you could buy it very easily. 
How tall your daughters are ! My good mother is quite alone (seule). 
How late you come to school this morning! 1 could not come sooner, 
for I was writing nearly all morning. What shall we do now? First 
you will write your letters; secondly you will study by heart all your 
French lessons ; and thirdly, you will take a ride. As to me, I shall 
soon have finished my work. So much the better for you. Do these 
young ladies speak French fluently ? Yes, Sir, and they speak Spa- 
nish fluently too. We have not many more bags, so that we cannot 
lend you any. This poor old man has not even money enough to 
buy bread. We have but little silver. So much the worse. We go 
out by turns. Has this coachman done that boldly ? He has done it 
blindly. Do these blind women speak aloud? Yes, they speak aloud 
constantly. How elegantly these Spaniards speak ! Does the cook 
absolutely wish to go to market before he prepares the breakfast? 
Yes, Madam Indeed, you have many inkstands, but the bookseller 
has more (davaniage). Why did you not go to see my grandfather, 
while he was at the physician's? I was very sick, that is the r< 
why I did not go to see him. I have not heard of my s«m-in 1 
since he is in Boston. Have the surgeons really been there? No, 
they have not been there at all. Must I learn all those dialogues by 
heart? You must learn at least two dialogues every day. How 
commodious this new house is ! How skilfully the joiners have done 
that ! I shall not go to the play to-night. Nor I either. Not only 
it will not rain, but it will be fine weather. He, who not long ago 
was my best friend, is now my greatest e emy. Let us go together. 
Hereafter we shall speak nothing but French. 



9* 



202 



ClNQUANTE ET UNI&ME LE£ON. 



ClNQUANTE ET UNlfiME LEgON.— Fifty-first Lesson. 

Nouns ending in E mute, not comprehended in the preceding rules. 

Masc. nouns. Fern, nouns. 



Un globe, a globe. 

Le lobe, the lobe (cod of pulse). 

Un cube, a cube. 

Un tube, a tube. 

Un or be, an orb. 

Un teorbe, a theorb. 

Un verbe, a verb. 

Un adverbe, an adverb. 

Un proverbe, a proverb. 

Un pouce, a thumb, an inch. 

Un eloge, praise. 

Un ange, an angel. 

Le change, tlw change, 

Un echange, an exchange. 

Un melange, a mixture. 

Du linge, linen. 

Un singe, a monkey, an ape. 

Un songe, a dream. 

Un mensonge, a lie. 

Un saule, a willow. 

Le baume, balsam, balm. 

Un royaume, a kingdom. 

Un psaume, a psalm. 

Un volume, a volume. 

Un rhume, a cold. 

Le costume, dress, fashion. 

Les legumes, vegetables. 

Un asthme, an asthma. 

Le diaphragme, the diaphragm. 

Un dogme, a dogma. 

Un verre, a glass. 

Le tonnerre, the thunder. 

Le parterre, the pit of a playhouse. 

Un cimeterre, a scymitar. 

Du beurre, butter. 

Du babeurre, buttermilk. 

Le lierre, ivy. 

Le pampre, vine-branch full of 

leaves. 
Un cigarre, a cigar. 



Une robe, a dress, a gown. 
Des bribes, scraps. 



La bourbe, mwd. 
La tourbe, turf. 
La barbe, feanZ, whiskers. 
La rhubarbe, rhubarb. 
Une gerbe, a sta/I 
La sorbe, sorbs (a fruit). 
Une puce, a flea. 
Une horloge, a cZocfc. 
Une loge, a lodge. 
La fange, dirt. 
La frange, the fringe. 
Une grange, a 5am. 
Une orange, an orange. 
Les louanges, praises. 
Une eponge, « sponge. 
La sauge, sog^e. 
Une aile, a wing. 
La paume, Z7ie palm. 
La coutume, costume. 
Une ecume, a foam. 
Une enclume, an ann7. 
Une plume, « pen. 
Une brume, « Z/iicfc fog. 
Une enigme, an enigma. 



La terre, 2fte eart/fc. 
La guerre, war. 
La lepre, a leprosy. 
Les vepres, vespers. 



Une boite, a Z>o# 
La syntaxe, syntax. 
La gaze, gauze. 









CINQUANTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 



203 



Masc. nouns. 

Le culte, vjorship. 

Un tumulte, a tumult 

L'axe, the axis. 

Le luxe, luxury. 

Du bronze, bronze. 

Le sexe, the sex. 

Un meleze, a larch-tree. 

Un paradoxe, a paradox. 

Un equinoxe, an equinox. 



Fern, nou 

La taxe, the tax. 
Une rixe, a conflict. 



Liste des substantifs qui changent de signification en 
changeant de genre 



Un aigle, an eagle. 

Une aigle, a standard, 

Un aune, an alder-tree. 

Une aune, an ell, a yard. 

Un barbe, a Barbary horse. 

Une barbe, a beard. 

Un barde, a bard, a poet. 

Une barde, a slice of bacon. 

Un berce, (a bird) robin-redbreast. 

Une berce, (a plant) cow-parsnip. 

Un capre, a privateer. 

Une capre, a caper. 

Le caraque, cocoa. 

Une caraque, a carrack (ship). 

Le carpe, the ivrist. 

Une carpe, a carp. 

Un cartouche, an ornament. 

Une cartouche, a cartridge. 

Un coche, a stage-coach. 

Une coche, an old sow, a notch. 

Le concierge, the door-keeper. 

La concierge, the door-keeper's wife. 

Un couple, a man and his wife. 

Une couple, a brace, a pair. 

Un crepe, a crape. 

Une crepe, a pancake. 

Un critique, a critic. 

Une critique, a criticism, 

Un enseigne, an ensign, an officer. 

Une enseigne, a token, a sign. 

Le faux, falsehood. 

La faux, the scythe. 



Le fin, the main point. 

La fin, the end. 

Un foret, a gimlet. 

Une foret, a forest. 

Une foudre, a thunderbolt. 

Un foudre de guerre, a great 
warrior. 

Un fourbe, a swindler. 

La fourbe, deceit, knavery. 

Un garde, a guardsman. 

Une garde, a defence. 

Le greffe, the register office. 

Une greffe, a graft. 

Un guide, a guide. 

Une guide, a rein, a bridle. 

Uh heliotrope, a sun-floiver. 

Une heliotrope, a precious stone. 

Un hymne, a song of the an- 
cients. 

Une hymne, a christian hymn. 

Un iris, a rainbow. 

Une iris, the circle round the pupil 
of the eye. 

Une ligne, a line. 

Une interligne, the space between 
two lines. 

Un litre, a measure of liquid. 

Une litre, mourning hangings. 

Un livre, a book. 

Une livre, a pound, 

Un manche, a handle. 

Une manche, a sleeve. 



204 



CINQUANTE ET UNIEME LE£OST. 



Un manoeuvre, a hodman. 

Une manoeuvre, a manoeuvre. 

Un martyre, a martyr, a martyr- 
dom. 

Une martyre, a female martyr. 

Un matamore, a boaster. 

Une matamore, a slave-prison. 

Un memoire, a memoir, bill. 

La memoire, the memory. 

Un mire, a boar Jive years old. 

Une mire, an aim. 

Un mode, a mood. 

La mode, fashion, custom, 

Un mort, a corpse. 

La mort, death. 

Un moufle, a pulley. 

Une moufle, a mitten. 

Un moule, a model, mould. 

Une moule, a muscle, a shell-fish. 

Un mousse, a ship boy. 

La mousse, moss. 

Un oeuvre, a literary work. 

Une oeuvre, an action. 

Un orgue, an organ. 

Des orgues (f.), a pair of organs. 

L'orge (fem.), barley. 

L'orge monde, peeled barley. 

Un page, a page, an attendant, 

Une page, a page in a book. 

Un paillasse, a theatrical clown. 

Une paillasse, a mattress. 

Un panache, a flume. 

;J e panuehe, a pea-hen. 

Un pantomime, a pantomime 
player. 

Une pantomime, a pantomime. 

Un parallele, a comparison. 

Une parallele, a parallel line. 

Un pendule, a pendulum. 

Une pendule, a clock. 



Un pique, a spade. m 

Une pique, a spear, a quarrel, 

Un plane, a plane-tree. 

Une plane, a plane, a tool. 

Le platine, platina. 

La platine, a copper plate, the plate 
of a watch. 

Le periode, the height. 

Une periode, a period. 

Un poele, a stove. 

Une poele, a frying-pan. 

Un Polacre, a Polish gentle- 
man. 

Une polacre, a polacca, a vessel. 

Un ponte, a gambler 

La ponte, the laying of eggs. 

Un poste, a station, a situation. 

La poste, the post-office. 

Le pour pre, purple ; spotted fever. 

La pourpre, the dignity of a 
king. 

Un pupille, a male pupil. 

La pupille, the apple of the eye. 

Le relache, relaxation. 

Une relache, the touching at a sea- 
port. 

Un somme, a sleep, a nap. 

Une somme, a sum. 

Un souris, a smile. 

Une souris, a mouse. 

La tete, the head. 

Un tete-a-tete, a tete-a-tete. 

Un trompette, a trumpeter. 

Une trompette, a trumpet. 

Le vague, the empty space. 

La vague, the wave. 

Un vase, a vase. 

La vase, dirt, slime, mud. 

Un voile, a veil. 

Une voile, a sail. 






Les substantifs composes, formes d'un verbe et d'un substantif, 
sont masculins, quelle qu'en soit la terminaison : 



Un porte-feuille. 
Un porte-mouchette. 



A pocket-book. 
A snuffer-pan. 



CINQUANTE ET UNI&ME LE£ON. 



205 



Un porte-faix. 
Un tourne-broche. 
Un essuie-mains. 
Un tire-botte. 
Un tire-bouchon. 



A porter, a street porter. 

A turnspit. 

A towel. 

A boot-strap. 

A corkscrew. 



N'gociant. Marchand. 
Mauvais, pire, le pire. 
Mai, pis, le pis, adv. 
Tant raieux. Tant pis. 

Petit, moindre, le raoindre. 



Merchant. Storekeeper. 

Bad, worse, the worst. 

Bad, worse, the worst. 

So much the better. So much 

the worse. 
Small, smaller, smallest. 



Soul-e. 

Essayer de. 

Mouiller. 

Repondre a une lettre. 

Y repondre (for things). 

Lui ou leur repondre (for persons) 

Je demeure rue Charles, nume- 

ro 25. 
Le - gentilhomme, les gentils- 

hommes. 
Jusque chez le medecin. 
Venez-vous de chez ma soeur ? 

Jusqu'en France. 

Le milieu. 

Jusqu'au milieu du jardin. 



Drunk. 

To try to. 

To wet. 

To answer a letter. 

To answer it or them. 

To answer him, her or them. 

I live in Charles-street, number 25. 

The nobleman, the noblemen. 

As far as the physician's house. 
Do you come from my sister's 

house? 
As far as France. 
The middle. 
As far as the middle of the garden. 



A Her bien. 

D'ou? 

Comment trouvez-vous cette 
biere ! 

Je la trouve tres bonne. 

De qui es-tu aime 1 

Nous avons ete punis par nos pa- 
rents. 

II s'est coupe la main. 

II se Test coupee. 

Lavez-vous la figure. 

Je me la suis deja. lavee. 



To fit. 

Whence, where from ? 

Hoav do you like this beer ? 

I like it very well. 

By whom art thou loved 1 

We have been punished by our 

parents. 
He has cut his hand. 
He has cut it. 
Wash your face. 
I have already washed it. 



206 CINQTJANTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 



Le matin de bonne heure. 

Un coup. 

Un coup de poing. 

Un coup de pistolet. 

Tirer un coup de fusil. 

Apres avoir lu. 

Apres avoir ecrit ses billets. 

Rendre malade. 

Cela me rend malade. 



Early* in the morning. 
A blow, a stab, a slap. 
A blow with the fist. 
A shot of a pistol. 
To fire a gun. 
After having read. 
After writing his notes. 
To make sick. 
That makes me sick. 



EXERCISE 133. 

Will the peasant put his corn in that large barn ? He will. When 
did you get your linen washed t I got it washed last week. Did you 
hear the thunder last night ? We did not. Do your children like 
buttermilk better than cider 1 They like the latter better than the 
former. Is there any ivy on your house ? No, Sir, there is none. 
Please wet that sponge (for) me. The earth is much smaller than 
the sun. There have been great wars in Europe in the beginning of 
this century. Will you smoke (fumer) a cigar ? No, I do not smoke. 
What is there in that little box ? There is nothing (in it). When 
shall we learn the French syntax ? You will begin to learn it to- 
morrow, in the second part of this book. How much do you sell 
this grey silk ? I sell it one dollar a yard. I want twenty yards of 
it. What (a) long beard that Italian has ! Do you wish me to bring 
you a carp from the market ? You would oblige me very much by 
doing so. Did the door-keeper open the door (for) you ? No, but 
his wife did. Will you put this crape in the closet ? Do you wish 
me to cut you a piece of that pancake ? If you please. To-day we 
shall be at the end of the first part of this book. Please bring me 
that gimlet. Let us take a walk to the forest. Is it you who broke 
the pendulum of my clock ? No, it is my cousin who broke it. Will 
you put this wood into the stove ? I will. Tell the servant to take 
these letters to the post-office. Do you think that my pocket-book 
is lost? I do not think so. Put that match on the snuffer-pan. 
Whither did the porter take my trunk ? He took it to the steam- 
boat. Please send me a clean (pi-opre) towel. What is the diffe- 
rence between marcliand and negotiant 1 The least slap makes your 
son cry. I shall have a new coat which will fit me very well. So 
much the better for you. And so much the worse for you, if you are 
jealous of it. These boys speak French very badly. Is that grocer 
drunk \ No, but his wife is. Will you try to fire a pistol 1 I shall 
try to fire a gun after having done writing. If you drink so much of 
that sweet cider, it will make you sick. That makes him sick. Why 
have you given that dog a blow with a stick {un coup de baton) ? 
Because it has bitten me. Did that man give your nephew a blow 






CINQUANTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 207 

with his fist (un coup de poing) ? He did give him one. The prepo- 
sition by after a passive verb, must be expressed in French by de, 
when the verb expresses a motion (un mouvement) of the soul, such 
as, to be loved, to be hated, &c. ; and by par, when the verb expresses 
a physical action, such as to be punished, to be beaten, &c. Thus we 
say : Nous sommes aimes de nos parents ; je suis puni par mon maitre. 
By whom are your nieces hated ? They are hated by their enemies. 
Have you been rewarded (recompense) by your uncle ? I have, on the 
contrary, been beaten by him, because I had not done my task. Did 
you wash your hands after cutting your ringer ? I did. The French 
use the reflective verbs to express any action performed (faite) on the 
body. Have your children cut their nails ? They have not. When 
will you cut your hair? I shall cut it (les) to-morrow morning. 
When does your father shave? He shaves early in the morning. 
Whence does your coachman come 1 He comes from the grove. 
Whence do you come ? I come from the country. Does that white 
silk dress fit your sister-in-law ? It fits her admirably (a merveillc). 
How do you like that cigar ? I like it very well. How does your 
father-in-law like our beer ? He likes it very well. When will you 
answer your letter ? I will answer it this evening. Will the physi- 
cian answer his notes to-day ? He will answer them this morning. 
Where does your aunt live? She lives in King-street, number 183, 
opposite the great square. Has the English nobleman come as far as 
your house ? No, but he has come as far as my grandfather's house. 
Let us go as far as the middle of your large meadow. Do the noble- 
men come from your house ? No, Madam, they come from the duke's 
house. To-morrow we shall begin the second part of this work, 
where all the rules of French Grammar are given in French. 



END OF PART I. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



